O$ UE Defense PHILOSOPHY OF DEFENSE Our main objective on defense is to keep our opponent from scoring and to gain possession of the football for our offense with good field position. The “Best defensive unit in the S.E.C is measured by the number of points scored against it. TEAM DEFENSE is the product of everyone's “Best Effort.” Each player must know his assignment and carry out his assignment in order that the defense may function as a unit. The primary consideration js for our defense to take the ball away from our opponent in one of two ways. 1. Force them to give up the ball on downs ‘A. Hold our opponent to 3 yards or less on 1" down. B. Eliminate mental efrors and resulting “Big Plays”. C. Play Team Defense and eliminate “Big Plays”. 2. Force a Turmover ‘A. Knock the ball loose by gang tackling. force a fumble or strip the ball B. Pressure the QB to throw early- INTERCEPTION. i Cover receivers tight to make the QB hesitate — SACK — FUMBLE or INTERCEPTION. As we successfully achieve these two objectives our ultimate goa! of limiting the number of points scored against us will take care of itself RUN DEFENSE ur goal is to keep the gain to a minimum and prevent a long run. Any long run can be traced to the defense being “Split”, Missed tackles or Improper Pursuit. It is essential to our defense that every man STAYS ON HIS FEET! To accomplish this you must: SEE the Blocker NEUTRALIZE him ~ move your feet LOCATE the ball SEYES* SHED the blocker - move your feet ATTACK the ball carrier and tackle aggressively KNOCK HIM BACK. aeayne ‘We must win on 1" down by allowing three yards or less, Our success in doing this will depend on how well we tackle. We must meet the ball carrier near the line of scrimmage and stop his forward progress. Always “Knock Him Back. “PASS DEFENSE This starts by combining pressure on the passer with jamming and disrupting the timing of receivers and their pattems. We must communicate to be effective in pass coverage. “TALK” Code Words, “Bail” call and “Hand Signals” are the responsibility of everyone in our secondary. Our basic theory is to mix man to man and zone coverage’s in pass situations. This along with varying our secondary alignments will create uncertainty for ‘opposing QB's and receivers. Nowhere is the concept of TEAM DEFENSE more evident than in pass defense. ‘The coordination between pressure on the passer by our line and tight coverage by our secondary will produce interceptions, sacks and the ability to control our opponent. TEAM DEFENSE A lot of things are necessary to have a great Defensive football team. 1 mL. INTELLIGENCE- KNOW YOUR DEFENSIVE ASSIGNMENTS: A B. Eliminate the possibility we might “beat” ourselves To play our best, other team members must have confidence in you and they must fee! that you are a “team player”. A player that is out of pattern and allows the team defense to break down cannot be considered a “team player.” Getting blocked is one thing, but getting. the other 10 men beat simply because you don’t know WHAT to do is inexcusable. _. Eliminate any reason for hesitation. You can be a confident player, a fast player and an aggressive player when you know what to do. ‘TECHNIQUE SOUND- WORK HARD TO PERFECT DEFENSIVE TECHNIQUES WITH PRACTICE. AGGRESSIVE- BE MENTALLY AND PHYSICALLY TOUGH INTENSITY-PLAY HARD EVERY DOWN Everyone must play to the level of their ability, Our AVERAGE football players have to play GOOD, our GOOD football players have to play GREAT, and our GREAT football player have to play “GREAT EVERY DOWN” (making the team) is not enough. Contributing to a GREAT DEFENSIVE TEAM has got to be our goal.DEFENSIVE SCORING The margin of winning in many close games has been the result of the Defense scoring by: 1, __Intercepting a pass and returning for a touchdown 2. Recovering a fumble with a runback for a touchdown 3. A Safety To intercept a pass or recover a fumble close to their goal line often means the difference ina close game. To have their offensive plans backfire can be a damaging blow to a team and sometimes leads to total collapse. When the tumover ratio is on the plus side, you are playing winning football. The greatest contribution a defensive unit can make to the team is to create a turnover and score; or at the very least, change the momentum of a game ini our favor. ADVERSITY SITUATIONS In virtually every game, our defense will be faced with several difficult situations. We refer to these as “Adversity Situations” and the way we handle these plays, or perhaps series of plays will usually determine the outcome of the game. These “Adversity Situations” fall into several categories: 1. Our opponent is moving the ball against us and appears to be gaining momentum. 2. Our opponent has possession inside our 15 yard line. (Red Zone) 3. ‘Our opponent has gained possession in excellent field position (80 yd. Line to G.L,} through an interception, fumble recovery, long return, or blocked kick —“Sudden Change”. 4, The last two minutes of the half or game and we are protecting the lead. 5. ~ “Sudden Death”—the overtime period of a game that ended in a tie, 6. Goal line or short yardage situations.‘THE APPROACH TO SUCCESSFUL TEAM DEFENSE e A. WORK While we feel that there are many things which can contribute (o a successful team defense, by far the most important is for all defensive players to be fimdamentally sound in the techniques of their individual position. No matter what our defensive alignments or philosophy, our defense will be only as strong as the individuals that make it up. Each player must constantly strive to improve the individual techniques he must perform. A team plays the way it practices. Each practice should be a challenge for self-improvement in some phase of defense techniques. We want our defensive personnel to be analytical and recognize the areas where they need work. ‘We want them willing to spend extra time on their weaknesses. Remember, practice does not make perfect; only perfect practice makes perfect. Practice with as much “game like” tempo as possible—at all times. B. VARIATION ON DEFENSIVE DESIGN ur defenses are designed to provide our front line sound variations in location and intensity of charge and also variation in numbers of rush men at various angles to create positive leverage positions. Our secondary is also provided a variation of pattems. Pass defense includes man to man, zone and combination coverage’s, If our backs execute our coverage’s e properly, we will present problems to the offensive QB’s and receivers. We expect that by performing these different maneuvers, we will create doubt in the player’s minds as to the type of coverage to expect; thus, reducing the number of pass patterns that a QB has confidence in using. We will also vary our support pattern on running plays, by doing so it enabies us to destroy the organization of a run; thus, causing confusion which can cause an offense to lose its poise and assurance. C. ATTITUDE ‘We must develop an attitude that nothing will keep us from becoming the “BEST”. We as a team will do “whatever it takes” to achieve our goal—Winning the Championship. Within the pattern of our Defense, You—make the play that sets the tempo for our defense. To be the best we have to be aggressive. But, in doing so, we have to have an intelligent approach. We must be a team that attacks and forces errors by relentless pursuit, We must punish the ball carrier by converging and swarming. Football is a test of mans mental and physical toughness. Ability alone is not enough. ‘The success of our defense requires your DEDICATION, CONCENTRATION and a PRIDE in our unit. Make a commitment to these goals and you will be part of a great defense. e |FRONTS We are a multiple front defense, Each front carries with it Primary-Gap responsibilities. Those gaps are based on Man Blocking When combination blocking schemes occur the gap responsibilities are affected and “replacement” principles come into play. ‘That means that a plzyer will “replace” a teammate in a given area due to the type of blocking. tis a natural action and great importance is placed on each ‘player understanding the effect “replacement” has on his ply. The combination blocks usually apply to an end and inside linebacker, or an end and an outside linebacker, the nase and an inside Kinebacker. The pporpose in having multiple fronts isto vary each players mamer in which be should attack blocks. This Jeads directly into the second phase in a down: pursuit, The front called gives everyone an intial picture ‘of his gap control. The blocking scheme may alter gap contr! through “replacement”. Bach player is free 10 increaséthe intensity of his play by developing an understanding of how and where he needs torenter pursuit tothe ball. Pursuit isa team concept, which is the reason for gap control awareness.SUPPORT ‘THE FUNCTION OF THE SECONDARY DEFENSE.AGAINST THE END RUN ‘The importance of good defensive secondary play cannot be overemphasized~a closely knitted, hard hitting secondary that thrives on destroying the effectiveness of an offensive attack is indispensable to success, The goal of the defensive secondary is to prevent a long touchdown run or pass and to combine ‘with the defensive line in stopping a long, sustained drive by the offense, A GOOD DEFENSIVE SECONDARY should never allow a long touchdown nun since onty three ingredients are necessary to stop” a long run—GOOD TACKLING, HUSTLE and PURSUIT ANGLES. Our chapter on Support will outing, in detail, reactions of the secondary versus the end run. ‘THE MECHANICS OF PLAYING THE END RUN AND THE PLAY PASS - STRONG OR WEAK ‘The quickest way to be defeated by an offensive team is to allow them to successfully run outside or to ‘complete the play pass. The end run and play pass are not difficult to stop. Ifthe four players under attack kkey and caver property, namely the comer men, two safety men and the onside linebacker, we will contain the end run and stop the play pass: We must have: 1. A primary support man to force the sweep to cutback or bounce deep as soon as possible (Force Man) 2. A teammate to protect the cutback area (Plug Man) 3. Proper coverage deep outside, deep middie and in the flat 4. Good pursuit and tackling WE WILL DEFEAT ALL END RUNS AND PLAY PASSES {tis important to remember a support call must be made on each play both strong and weak. Verbal and ‘Visual signals must be communicated before cach snap by the SS, Comer and OLB'er. EXPLANATION FOR THE USE OF VARIOUS SUPPORT PATTERNS. A. USE OF STRONGSIDE CLOUD AND SKY SUPPORT 1 Cloud Call - The comer man is the primary support man. Support is ouside in or spill with RB ‘on deep bounce path. 2. Sky Call The safety is the primary support man 3. Contain coverages or fronts may alter the support rule B. USE OF STRONGSIDE BACKER SUPPORT 3, OLB is the PRIMARY SUPPORT MAN - squeeze or spill RB based on blocking scheme 2. Will use against SLOT or OPEN “Y” formations 3. May be used along with regular coverage calls if set up in game plan for that week C, USE OF WEAKSIDE BACKER SUPPORT 7 1. primary weakside support call with Open #1 - OLB is the PRIMARY SUPPORT MANSUPPORT TERMS DEFINED . 1, FORCE (PRIMARY SUPPORT) (VERBAL CALL AND HAND SIGNALS) ©] beers trent stneung en nit psig cutback or deep bounce path by the ball carrier. A, FORCE TECHNIQUE (OUTSIDE - IN) |. React to run key without hesitation, ‘Support at an angle. Always try to reduce the cutback area. . Try 10 meet the lead blocker across the LOS at 2 yards Always try to meet the blocker before he turns upfield. ! 4. Play the blocker from outside in and keep your outside leg ‘back and free. See the blocker! - Poss: Spill 1 blocker based on scheme and coverage 5. Meet him tough with your inside shoulder and forearm shiver of fake blocker at times. 6. Keep good outside position and make the ball carrer cutback. Close off the inside running lane but never be hooked in by the lead blocker. 7. If the ball carrer takes an inside route, react to him from ovtside-in when he is even ‘with you. 8 Make the tackle on the ballcarrier who belly’s deep to get outside. 9. Onoff tackle plays, you are the spillage man. Ifthe off tackle hole is closed, the ‘ball cartier will bounce outside. Be in position om the outside to make the tackle. ‘Bounce in place) 10. Stay on your fee. B. “SPILL” TECHNIQUE (GO UNDER ONE BLOCK ONLY) 1, React to ran key without hesitation 2. ‘The support man’s job isto “Force” the ball cartier off his running track and to the, e ‘outside. Ball Carrier must be forced “DEEP” and “WIDE”. 3. Drive to point behind the TE’s positon 3 to 4 yards deep. 4. We want the bal carier rinsing (o the sidelines. 5. Read the relationship between the blocker and the ball cartier. 6. Ifthe ball cartier is “in Phase” with the blocker, we then attack the blocker low and hard. 7. Afthe ballcarrier isn't “In Phase” with the blocker, then we bypass the blocker (escape inside or outside) and attack the ball carrer. ‘8 When support man gets a Plunge or Spit read he knows to support tighter tothe line of scrimmage. Support man reads relationship between the guard or tackle and the ball cartier. The blocker must not be allowed around the corner. 9. Ifplay goes off tackle oF inside, the support man will bounce in place and wait until ‘all comes to him or crosses the LOS inside. ‘You are the “Spillage Man I. CUTBACK (PLUG) ‘This is an area between the outside support and the first inside pursuit man. A. TECHNIQUE 3. Recognize sweep 2. Get in position to play Cutback and hold it Play “2 Gap” technique 3. Control Man who attacks you but do not allow this contol effort to take you so wide that you screen off our support man. Do not take aside, stay on your feet and secure the Cutback area. Push the blocker back. Stalemate, separate, accelerate off blocker 4, Do not penetsate as deep as the Primary support man. e@ 5. Be in position to make the tackle as the support man forces the sweep into you.Il SECONDARY SUPPORT (PLAY ACTION AND RUNNING PASS RESPONSIBILITY) ‘This type of support comes from the deep men who are primarily responsible for passes. When nin is efintely established, the secondary support men will make the tackle on the ball cariet as quickly ag possible, A. TECHNIQUE 1, Get into proper position o cover the play pass. 2. Lf the man yol are assigned to cover crack blocks successfully, you will immediately become the support man. ("REPLACE") Support quickly and aggressively. ‘SUPPORT RESPONSIBILITIES AS NUMBERED IN ILLUSTRATIONS. 1. Prisiary Support (Force) 2. Cutback (Ping) Play pass coverage and secondary support (Secondary Force) Spitage Reverse - Boot Pursuit 3. ‘ 5 6 inside-out)PuRSUIT @ oncerscoey tern sang tar past set ie gy but it does require great effort and a knowledge of proper angles. WE should attempt to get all eleven of ‘our players tothe ball on every play. Great pursuit can cause turnovers, take its toll on ball carriers, and prevent long gains. GENERAL COACHING POINTS 1, Take the proper angle to the ball cartier. Do not chase. 2. Do not over run the ball cartier and allow the cutback. ‘Attack the ball using good judgment. 3. Knock the ball out with the force of your hit. Ifthe ball cartier is secured, others getting in on tackle get the ball out. Always search for turnovers. 4, Effort is the key to WINNING football. INSIDE PURSUIT PRINCIPLES Flow as e Force Plug Gap BGap_AGap AGap BGap CGap Reverse OOOUDOCO ‘The exact players controlling the various gaps is determined by four things: 1, Front Called 2. Blocking Scheme 3. Coverages Called 4, Stunt Called “THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF PURSUIT: J, CutOf- Take a path to intersect with the runner as he turns upfield. (Arc) ‘This path is correct when you are the Arc defender. 2. Support- Take a path to fit with the play of defenders atthe point of attack. This path is based on success by others. “This is another way of saying attack the ball,1, FORCE - 2. PRIMARY - FORCE MAN 3. SECONDARY - FORCE MAN 4, PLUG ce 5. FILL, e 6. SPILLAGE - 7. SKY - (SAFETY FORCE) 8. CLOUD fi (CORNER FORCE) 9. BRONCO - 10. BACKER : (BACKER FORCE) 13, READ. a (KEYED FORCE) 12. REPLACE . 13, CORE : 14, ARC fe 15, SPILL. . 16.CONTAINMAN - RUN SUPPORT THIS TERM DESCRIBES THE RESPONSIBILITY OF MEETING THE END RUN INITS FORMATIVE STAGE AND MAKING THE TACKLE OR FORCING ‘THE CUTBACK, OR FORCING THE BALL CARRIER DEEP SO THAT HE IS VULNERABLE TO PURSUIT. ‘THE PLAYER RESPONSIBLE FOR FORCING THE END RUN ‘THE PLAYER RESPONSIBLE FOR PLAY ACTION PASS, RUN PASS AND. DELAYED RUN SUPPORT ‘THE AREA BETWEEN THE FORCE MAN AND THE FIRST PURSUIT MAN, (INSIDE OUT ON BALL) DEFENSIVE BACK THAT HAS INSIDE OUT SUPPORT IN THE PLUG AREA A DEFENSIVE PLAYER WHO JS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSIDE OFF-TACKLE CUTBACK AREA OR A DEEP OUTSIDE BOUNCE BY A RUNNING BACK, ‘COORDINATED END RUN SUPPORT WHERE THE SAFETY IS THE PRIMARY FORCE MAN. VS OPTION = PITCH RESPONSIBILITY COORDINATED END RUN SUPPORT WHERE THE CORNER IS THE PRIMARY FORCE MAN. VS OPTION = PITCH RESPONSIBILITY OUTSDIE LINEBACKER FORCE USED WITH MAN COVERAGE. VS OPTION = PITCH RESPONSIBILITY COORDINATED END RUN SUPPORT WHER THE OUTSIDE LINEBACKER IS THE PRIMARY FORCE MAN WITH ZONE COVERAGE. VS OPTION = PITCH RESPONSIBILITY KEYED FORCE USED TO DETERMINE WHO HAS FORCE TO A TIGHT END WEAK SIDE ‘SUPPORT PATTERN BY THE DEFENSIVE BACK TO REPLACE THE. FORCE MAN IF HE 1S BLOCKED AND LOSES CONTAINMENT NICKEL FORCE WITH MAN COVERAGE. NO ASSIGNED FORCE SO CORE ‘PEOPLE MUST RALLY TO FORCE COURSE TAKEN BY. DB AWAY FROM FLOW TO ELIMINATE THE DEEP CUTBACK ‘TECHNIQUE USED BY PRIMARY FORCE MAN TO FORCE BALL CARRIER DEEP AND OUT OF RUNNING LANE PLAYER ASSIGNED TO PASS RUSH WITH OUTSIDE-IN LEVERAGE ON THE QB 10e PURSUIT : AN AGGRESSIVE PROCEDURE BY DEFENSIVE PLAYER IN GOING TO ‘THE BALL AND STOPPING FORWARD PROGRESS OF THE BALL CARRIER (INSIDE-OUT APPROACH - PROPER PURSUIT ANGLE) ADOWN BLOCK BY A FLANKER OR SPLIT END ON A SAFETY OR LINEBACKER 18, CRACK BLOCK 19, FLOW = BOTH BACKS MOVING TO THE STRONG SIDE 20. FLOOD BOTH BACKS MOVING TO THE WEAK SIDE ONE BACK MOVING STRONG WHILE THE OTHER GOES WEAK (BASIC DISTRIBUTION) CROSSING ACTION OF THE TWO REMAINING BACKS 21, SPLIT FLOW 22. COUNTER FLOW ulPASS CONTAIN On every down, there will be someone responsible for containing the passer on both the strong and weak sides. GENERAL COMMENTS ON PASS CONTAIN: 1, Contain men most reach the level ofthe quarterback, before they squeeze in 2, By game plan, we can take some liberties with pass contain vs certain QB's, 3. Inman coverages, particularly blitzes, take no liberty with pass contain. 4. If contain is lost (scrambling QB) coverage element “plasters” and leaves coverage responsibility only when QB has definitely crossed LOS. 5. Ifhaving rouble in your contain, flaten down LOS to help yourself regain it. 6. We want to be as flexible as possible in controlling who has contain OLB, DL, ILB pattems, 12PASS RUSH MECHANICS: e 1. To coordinate pass rush lanes and to have rush lane flexibility, our rush OLB will echo the huiddle call to ‘controt our rush. Example: Tite Sam You 33 oO ° a ploofoo SemeceNce ew You = Lets the End know that he has pass contain. The rush Outside Linebacker adjust rushes Into the pressure lane Example: Tite Will Me 2 Buster ° oO ooo 8opl Me = Lets the End know that he has an inside rush (Inside Escape). The rush Outside Linebacker contain rushes 13FRONT CALL SYSTEM We will ue the following ways to set our fronts: 1. Balanced Fronts - SuengUClosed/Open calls neéded. (Based on Coverage) 2. Non Balanced Fronts - $ Different Ways 4. To Suongside - Suength Call Needed ', To Weakside - Strength Call Needed €. To Closed Side - Closed Side Call Needed 4. To Open Side - Open Side Call Needed € To Formation - Audible or Direction Call Needed 3. Audible Call Rules - When we want to set our font based on formation (usally bcklield set) ‘ou front hud call is "Froat Alert. “This tells our front players tobe alert. For ann line audible call. Our front ) Audible calls are as follows: (Unbalanced fronis have let and right ddenotations): .-& Cheat -“Link” or “Rex” b. Slant -“Link” or “Rex” 4. Front Alert Calf Rules a. Split Backs - Slant or Cheat to TE - 1 Backs - Slant or Cheat to TE ©. Tilted Backs ~ samt oF Cheat to die Tit 5. Shade Calls a Split and I Backs - To the TE ("Lenny” or “Richie”) b. Tilted Backs - To the Backs ("Lenny” or “Richie” 14: ‘OKIE COVERAGE Our Okie coverage i designed to give us alignment and adjustment flexibility. We want to be able to adjust to. ‘any formation, motion of sift thatthe offense might give us. We will utilize a “Match and Ron” package end a “Stay” package. ‘Anytime the offense is in Regular or Ace personnel (Two WR’s in game) the Comers will match and align on X and Z. They will run with any strong to weak motion by a WR and flip to any Slot formation with the following coverages: Exception: Kings Trips Speed WR motion from Strong to weak changes Tit only, NOT STRENGTH *Alert Ace Trips Slot COVER 0 COVER 1 COVER SPECIAL COVER 3 COVER 5 COVER ‘SPECIAL 7 ‘Comers align on X and Z and run with all motion with an Odd coverage CP, - TREAT 0 AS AN ODD COVERAGE ‘Anytime we have an Even coverage called, the Comers will align Right and Left and bump all motion across the formation. The Strong Safety will align Strong and the Free Safety will align Weak with any Even coverage call, We also use our"Stay” package rules in FIRE ZONE, BLITZ ZONE and DOUBLE DIGIT CALLS. COVER 2 BUSTER COVER 4 COVER ‘6 COVER 8 * COMBINATION COVERAGES AND FIRE ZONES ‘Corners align right and eft and bump all motion across the formation. Safetes make adjustments to WR. _ motion. CP. Versus Queens (3 WR), Kings (3 WR) and Flush (4 WR) the Comers will always align LeR and Right. 15BASIC HUDDLE ALIGNMENT OS®DSO@® . FRONT ROW (LOB, LE, N, RE, ROB) peek iaonins e 'B. FEET SHOULDER WIDTH AND PARALLEL (C. HANDS ON KNEES AND EYES ON SIGNAL CALLER D, OUTSIDE BACKERS FACED IN AT 45 DEGREES BACK ROW (LG, SS, MAG, FS, RC) ‘A. HANDS ON HIPS OR AT SIDES (DON’T LEAN ON PLAYER IN FRONT OF YOU) B. FEET SHOULDER WIDTH AND PARALLEL SIGNAL CALLER (BUCK) ALINE UP FACING HUDDLE B. BUCK WILL GET THE SIGNAL FROM THE COACHES ON THE SIDE LINE. 1610. i. 2 13 14 DEFENSIVE GOALS WIN OUTPLAY OUR OPPONENT'S DEFENSE, ALLOW 17 POINTS OR LESS SCORE OR GIVE FIELD POSITION TWICE INTERCEPT | PER 22 PASSES RECOVER | FUMBLE 3 SACKS PREVENT LONG RUN (+15) PREVENT LONG PASS (+25) ALLOW 3.6 PER RUSH ALLOW 5.8 PER PASS. ALLOW 4.8 PER SNAP CONTROL SUDDEN CHANGE (67%) PREVENT 3*° AND 4" DOWN CONVERSIONS (65%) 7DEFENSIVE COMMUNICATION, INHUDDLE ‘A. STRONG SAFETY B, FREE SAFETY c. BUCK BEFORE SNAP ‘A. FREE SAFETY B. BUCK c. MAC D. STRONG SAFETY B, WEAK CORNER, F. OUTSIDE LINEBACKERS G. FREE SAFETY ~ H, CORNERS ATER SNAP ‘A. DEFENSIVE TEAM. B. DEFENSIVE TEAM, ©. DB'SLB'S 18 DOWN AND DISTANCE OFFENSIVE PERSONNEL DEFENSIVE SIGNAL STRENGTH (LOUROY) OPEN OR CLOSED/BACKFIELD SET RIPORLIZ FORCE TO ALIGNMENT (HAND SIGNALS) FORCE TO ALIGNMENT (HAND SIGNALS) ACKNOWLEDGE FORCE/"YOU-ME” TO END MOTION OR SHIFT “STAY LOU OR CHECK ROY -RUN LEFT LOU/RUN RIGHT ROY. -SCRAMBLE/SCRAMBLE. MINUS/PLUS WR SPLIT RUN/PASS CALL PLAY = SCREENDRAW/BOOT PASS ROUTES - INOUT/CROSSA. FORMATION.OF HUDDLE 1, FORM HUDDLE QUICKLY - Do not be the last man. ‘Abways be alet for a quick hodale or no huddle by the offense, 2. STRONG SAFETY - Step in and give Down and Distance. ‘Example: “24 and 8”. Be alert to what offensive personnel are coming on field. 3. SIGNAL CALLER - >es the TALKING. Al other listen! ‘Look at him. Signal Caller talks straight ont - -not up in the air or down at the ground. See everyone. B. PROCEDURE FOR CALLING THE DEFENSE 1. Ourdefensive call will consist of 2 to 6 segments a Front (with altemate personnel, signal caller will call personnel first) b. Line Technique © Coverage 4. Additional emphasis and responsibility within basic coverage C. BREAKING THE HUDDLE, 1. After completing the defensive call, Signal Caller will sxy: “READY - BREAK”. Unit will clap hands on “BREAK”. 2. After break, face offensive huddle and align in approximate position for defense called. Be looking at the offense as they break the Indale. 3. Free Safety will identify the offensive personnel. 4. Free Safety recognize and call out the offensive strength. ‘Strong LT (Lon) Strong Rt (Roy). 5. Weak Comer will make the force call to the weak side of the formation. (Also Inside Comer in Stot Sets) 6. Buck - Make “Closed” or “Open” call to identify location of TE only if significant. 7. Mac-Make “Rip” or “Liz” call to indicate who is rushing. 8. Free Safety - Make coverage and strength reminder. (Red Lt.) ‘Make any adjustment calls. (Motion, Shift or Scramble) 9. - Strong Safety - Will watch offense break huddle and make the force call to the side of his alignment. 19EXAMPLE #1 ‘TITE WILL ME 2 BUSTER 1. THE WILL ng Desceues THE FRONT, ALIGNMENT, CHARGE e AND RUN RESPONSIBILITY 2. 2 BUSTER DESCRIBES THE COVERAGE EXAMPLE #2 TITE ED DOG RUSH 1 ‘TITE DESCRIBES THE FRONT ED DESCRIBES THE LINE STUNT. DOG RUSH DESCRIBES THE CHARGERS 1 DESCRIBES THE COVERAGE EXAMPLE #3 EAGLE GAP OPEN ME 63 1, EAGLE GAP DESCRIBES THE FRONT 2. OPEN ME DESCRIBES THE CHARGE 3. 63 DESCRIBES THE DOUBLE DIGIT COVERAGE, EXAMPLE #4 FORMATION FIRE ZONE. 1, NOFRONT CALLED, OKIE Is IMPLIED 2. FORMATION DESCRIBES THE RULES OF THE DEFENSE AND THE CHARGERS 3. FIRE ZONE DESCRIBES THE COVERAGE TECHNIQUE. e@ DEFENSIVE CALLS AND RESPONSIBILITIES A. ONE OF THE LINEBACKERS WILL BE DESIGNATED AS OUR DEFENSIVE SIGNAL. CALLER. THE DEFENSIVE SIGNAL CALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY 15: 1. CALL OF BASE DEFENSE (FRONT LINE) AND PASS COVERAGE ‘THE STRONG SAFETY’S RESPONSIBILITY IS: 1 DOWN AND DISTANCE - MAKE SURE THAT THE TOTAL DEFENSIVE UNIT IS AWARE OF DEFENSIVE SITUATION B. OTHER DEFENSIVE CALL RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. MAC- OPEN SIDE INSIDE LINEBACKER’ ‘A. MAKE “RIP" OR “LIZ” CALL TO DIRECT WHO IS RUSHING MOTION RECOGNITION - CALL CHANGE IN RUSHER (LIZ OR RIP) 2. OUTSIDE LINEBACKERS: ‘A.-WILL ALWAYS ACKNOWLEDGE THE FORCE CALL TO YOUR SIDE B, MAKE YOU - ME CALL TO END TO LET HIM KNOW WHO HAS: e CONTAIN RUSH VERSUS PASS 20Buck ~ Closed side inside linebacker : a. Location of Tight End - closed righvlef, open rigliic b. Any alignment change or stunt change of defensive front “Check it”. . Repeat Lou or Roy call orcoverage color if needed d. Motion recognition Mike - Middle LB’er in 4 man line defense Same responsibilities as buck Defensive Secondary a. Free Safety must call strength of formation ‘Roy/Lou) and any strength change b. Strong Safety will call Force to his aligament ¢ Weak Corner or Inside Corner will call Force to his alignment. 4: In addition to our verbal communication we will use hand signals © OLB'ers should echo calls and acknowledge they have the call £. Free Safety will make a coverage and strength reminder (Red LVR) &. Free Safety will make any adjustment calls to change of strength or de Defensive Checkoffs a. Recognition of “Exotic” formations and any coverage change associated with those formations are the responsibility of everyone: . Linebackers and Secondary - Comruunicate ‘You must relay the coverage change both by audible and visual signals. Asa secondary, we must make certain that everyone ‘knows the defense we will play. Eliminate any possible ‘mental exror by talking to cach other. ©. Inside Linebacker will make the call to change our front stunts or games. The call will be made by giving an audible signal “CHECK IT” - to alert our line and linebackers to the change. Repeat call twice. All changes must occur quickly! ‘This requires concentration and communication by everyone. Remember, we have no secrets on, a€. Ifmotion across forination and no change of strength - Free Safety call “Stay Lou”, “Stay Lou” or “Roy”. If SHIFTING and no change of strength - Free Safety call “Stay Loa”, Stay Lou”, ot “Roy”. If shifting and change of strength - Free Safety call “Check It Lou", “Check It Lou”, of “Check It Roy”. If we have an odd coverage called and the offense aligns in a Slot Set then the Free Safety will call “Ron Rt Roy” . ‘or “Run Lt Lou” indicating to the Comers to align to the RT or Lt {. Anytime the offense moves more than one person or shifts, we will cll “Scramble Scramble” and reset our defense, We will never scramble our over and under personnel. Once thei alignment is set, they tay. 2NAMES OF OFFENSIVE POSITIONS X Split End “ Tight End Flanker Fullback Halfback 2™ Tight End in Game 3" Wide Receiver in Game 4" Wide Receiver in Game 3" Tight End in Game or Move Man mz < f¢ co ew N 5" Wide Receiver in Game FO PERSO! FORMATIO} REGULAR 1 TE, 2 WR,2RB ACE 2 TE, 2 WR, IRB TENS 2 TE, 2 RB, 1 WR CLUBS 3 TE, 1 RB, 1 WR JACKS 3 TE WITHIN THE WING POSITION 2 RB, NO WR IN GAME KINGS —_—1TE,3 WR,1 RB QUEENS — 3 WR, 2B, NO TE INGAME FLUSH = 4 WR, I RB, NOTE STRAIGHT 4 WR, | TE,NORB ROYAL - 5 WR, NORB, NO TE 23COVERO COVER 1, SP i COVER 2 BUSTER, COVER 3, 6,8 COVER4 COVER 5 COVER SP 7” u COVERAGE COLOR CODE COVERO - BLACK COVER 1, SP 1 - ORANGE COVER 2BUSTER - GOLD COVER 3 - RED COVER 4 - GREY COVER 5 - SILVER, COVER 6 - WHITE COVER SP 7 - GREEN COVER 8 - BLUE Pull Blitz, Lights Out, No Help, Man to Man - Black ae on One and Orange Both Start withi Letter 0 2 Deep Zone — Common Steeler - Gold All 3 Deep, U.S. Flag Colors ~ Red, White and Blue 3 Under 4 Deep Zone ~ Grey Man Under ~2 Deep Zone - Silver Newest Coverage - Green. 24DEFENSIVE ZONE AREAS IN COORDINATION WITH COVERAGE - FLAT HOOK HOLE SEAM OUT CURL ‘Area from ball to sideline behind line of scrimmage ‘Area from Tight End to sideline to a depth of 1-7 yards. Normal area over where a Tight End aligns up to a depth of 9-15 yards and horizontally from Tight Ends alignment to the nose of the Offensive Tackle. Area from one Offensive Tackle to the other Offensive Tackle up to a depth of 12-15 yards. Area over which Tight End normally aligns that lies between two designated deep zones in our defensive coverage. ‘Area 8-15 yards in depth directly outside of the Wide Receiver’s alignment, extending outside to the boundary. ‘Area 8-15 yards in depth directly o the inside of any Wide Receiver’ alignment, extending inside toa point 2 yrds outside of the normal alignment ofa Tight End. STRONG DEEP OUTSIDE 1/3 ‘Area to strongside of formation that extends 3 1/3 yards from inside ‘edge of numbers to boundary. WEAK DEEP OUTSIDE 1/3 MIDDLE DEEP 1/3 OUTSIDE 1/2 ‘Area to weakside of formation that extends 3 1/3 yards from inside ‘edge of numbers to boundary. Area that extends 3 1/3 yards from the inside edge of numbers to 3 4B yards inside the opposite set of numbers. Middle deep 1/3 will vary by formation ‘Area that extends from middle of field to boundary. Midpoint of outside 1/2 is 2 yards from inside edge of numbers.. NOTE: Strong, Weak, and Middle 1/3 listed above represent the field divided into 3 ‘equal parts by yards. These thirds will change by formation. The same applies. to halves. 25THREE DEEP ZONE Tokai le © ® e QO ®00 BOO ® FLAT ZONE FLAT ZONE ‘STRONG HOLE “| WEAK HOOK HOOK CURL our ‘STRONG DEEP OUTSIDE 1/3 WEAK DEEP DLE DEEP 1/3 hau OUTSIDE 1/3 TWO DEEP ZONE @ FLARE ‘ : ® ® FLARE . Oo OOOWOO ® STRONG HOLE WEAK HOOK STRONG DEEP WEAK DEEP v2 : 2 26TACKLING Desire, proper Body Positioning, Play Entry and Balance are essential in tackling 1. Keep your eyes open and look through the ball carriers numbers. 2. Bend your knees, bull your neck, arch your back and stay square to the ball carrier. Do Not hit or tackle with the top of your head, 3. Keep a wide base with your feet alive and accelerate your feet and club up and through with your arms on contact. Roll your hips into ball carrier and drive your body thru him. Squeeze as tight as possible (Wrap arms, grab cloth) and drive the ball carrier back. 4. Always bring your feet to the ball carrier, do not lunge. Keep your chin over your toes. Tackle through to the far leg. Squeeze head back into ball carrier. 5. Do not dive unless going over a man to make the tackle or as a last resort, 6. Open Field Tackling . Balance feet and momentum slightly before making tackle. . Use sideline if possible. (When outside the numbers) . Keep proper pursuit position. (Leverage ~ cup the ball) ). Eliminate cutback. . tackle high, do not lunge or dive. Keep body and feet square throughout approach and tackle. Execute good tackling fundamentals upon contact (#1 - 3). |. Know where your help is. mammonw> 7. Angle Tackle Work to get upfield shoulder and head across the ball carrier. Utilize good open field tackling fundamentals. (#6) “Always, Always, Always” - Balance your feet as you close to the ball carrier. . Hit -n- lift Maintain proper leverage angles. Maintain low pad level flex knees for power/leverage. mmo 9BP 8. Last Man ‘A. Give ground if you must. B. Use hands to play off blocker. C. Buy time for help. D. Donot pick a side. (Two Gap A blocker) E. Grab cloth give us a chance to play the next snap. 27GAP RESPONSIBILITIES O OO0Ce@OCOO DEFENSIVE ALIGNMENTS « 000,e,00 0 PLUS PLUS 967 W554 321 0 123 445ws 769 28D FRONTS 4. BALANCED 1. OKIE : 2, TIE - 3. TUFF - 4. TORNADO. 5, RUSH B. OPEN REDUCTION 1, EAGLE PLUS- 2. EAGLE GAP - 3. EAGLE WIDE/- SLIDE 4. FALCON) - PLUS/GAP C. CLOSED REDUCTION 1, ORIOLE - 2. ORIOLE GAP - 3. SPARROW/ - PLUS/MINUS BASE 3-4 ALIGNMENT WITH ENDS IN 5 TECHNIQUE AND NOSE IN 0. 3-4 ALIGNMENT WITH ENDS IN 4 TECHNIQUE AND NOSE INO 3-4 ALIGNMENT WITH ENDS IN 4 TECHNIQUE AND NOSE IN STONE TECHNIQUE (0 BACKSIDE) VARIATION WITH ENDS IN 3 TECHNIQUE ON GUARDS AND NOSE IN 0 TECHNIQUE BASE 3-4 ALIGNMENT WITH ENDS IN WIDE 5 TECHNIQUES AND. NOSE RUSHING OPPOSITE 4 RUSHER (PASS RUSH 1°") OPEN REDUCTION WITH OPEN END IN 3 TECHNIQUE, NOSE IN A. PLUS TECHNIQUE AND THE CLOSED END IN A 5 TECHNIQUE OPEN REDUCTION WITH OPEN END IN A 3 TECHNIQUE, NOSE IN A. GAP TECHNIQUE AND THE CLOSED END IN A 5 TECHNIQUE OPEN REDUCTION WITH OPEN END IN 3 ‘TECHNIQUE NOSE IN A GAP ‘TECHNIQUE (1 TECH, ON THE CLOSED GUARD, AND THE CLOSED END INA 5 TECHNIQUE (WIDE) “SLIDE” = CLOSED SIDE B FOR NOSE. OPEN REDUCTION WITH OPEN END IN 3 TECHNIQUE. NOSE IN AO ‘TECHNIQUE AND THE CLOSED END IN A 4 TECHNIQUE. (POSSIBLE - PLUS TECHNIQUE WITH NOSE) ‘CLOSED REDUCTION WITH CLOSED END IN A 3 TECHNIQUE. NOSE IN | ABASE 0 AND THE OPEN END IN A 5 TECHNIQUE ‘CLOSED REDUCTION WITH CLOSED END IN A 3 TECHNIQUE. NOSE | IN A GAP TECHNIQUE AND THE OPEN END IN A 5 TECHNIQUE CLOSED REDUCTION WITH CLOSED END IN A 3 TECHNIQUE, NOSE IN A BASE 0 AND THE OPEN END IN A 4 TECHNIQUE 29D-1, SUB FRONTS 1. EVEN - _ ABALANCED FRONT WITH AN EQUAL NUMBER OF RUSHERS ALIGNED e (ON EITHER SIDE OF THE CENTER | | 2, SHADE/GAP = -—-EVEN FRONT WITH TACKLES IN A3 AND I TECHNIQUE ON THE GUARDS WITH END TO THE TE IN A 7 TECHNIQUE 3. opD = A FRONT WITH THE CENTER AND BOTH OFFENSIVE TACKLES COVERED 4. TORNADO = FRONT WITH BOTH GUARDS AND THE CENTER COVERED 5, CHEAT = EVEN FRONT WITH TACKLES IN A3 AND I TECHNIQUE ON THE GUARDS WITH ENDS ALIGNED WIDE 6. OVER -_ ANOVER-SHIFTED FRONT TO A TE, BACK OR STRENGTH 7, UNDER - __ ANOVER-SHIFTED FRONT TO A SE, BACK OR STRENGTH E. RUN SUPPORT 1. FORCE : ‘THIS TERM DESCRIBES THE RESPONSIBILITY OF MEETING THE END RUN IN ITS FORMATIVE STAGE AND MAKING THE TACKLE OR FORCING THE CUTBACK, OR FORCING THE BALL CARRIER DEEP SO ‘THAT HE IS VULNERABLE TO PURSUIT e@ 2. PRIMARY - THE PLAYER RESPONSIBLE FOR FORCING THE END RUN FORCE MAN 3. SECONDARY ~~ THE PLAYER RESPONSIBLE FOR PLAY ACTION PASS, RUN PASS, AND FORCE MAN DELAYED RUN SUPPORT 4. PLUG - THE AREA BETWEEN THE FORCE MAN AND THE FIRST PURSUIT MAN (INSIDE OUT ON BALL) 5. FILL - DEFENSIVE BACK THAT HAS INSIDE OUT SUPPORT IN THE PLUG AREA 6. SPILLAGE = _ADEFENSIVE PLAYER WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSIDE ‘OFF-TACKLE CUTBACK AREA OR A DEEP OUTSIDE BOUNCE BY A RUNNING BACK 7. SKY = COORDINATED END RUN SUPPORT WHERE THE SAFETY IS THE (GAFETY FORCE) PRIMARY FORCE MAN 8, cLoup = COORDINATED END RUN SUPPORT WHERE THE CORNER IS THE (CORNER FORCE) PRIMARY FORCE MAN 309, BRONCO @ 0 sacken rR (BACKER FORCE) 11, READ (KEYED FORCE) 12, REPLACE, 13, CORE, 14, ARC 15, SPILL 16, CONTAIN MAN 17, PURSUIT 18, CRACK BLOCK 19. FLOW 20, FLOOD 21, SPLIT FLOW 22, COUNTER FLOW FRONT TERMS 1, “STEM” 2, “ALERT” 3. DOWN 4, STONE OUTSIDE LINEBACKER FORCE USED WITH MAN COVERAGE COORDINATED END RUN SUPPORT WHERE THE OUTSIDE LINEBACKER 1S THE PRIMARY FORCE MAN WITH ZONE COVERAGE KEYED FORCE USED TO DETERMINE WHO HAS FORCE TO A TIGHT WEAK SIDE SUPPORT PATTERN BY THE DEFENSIVE BACK TO REPLACE THE FORCE MAN IF HE IS BLOCKED AND LOSES CONTAINMENT NICKEL FORCE WITH MAN COVERAGE: NO ASSIGNED FORCE SO CORE PEOPLE MUST RALLY TO FORCE COURSE TAKEN BY DB AWAY FROM FLOW TO ELIMINATE THE DEEP CUTBACK ‘TECHNIQUE USED BY PRIMARY FORCE MAN TO FORCE BALL CARRIER DEEP AND OUT OF RUNNING LANE PLAYER ASSIGNED TO PASS RUSH WITH OUTSIDE-IN LEVERAGE ON THE QB AN AGGRESSIVE PROCEDURE BY DEFENSIVE PLAYER IN GOING TO ‘THE BALL AND STOPPING FORWARD PROGRESS OF THE BALL CARRIER (INSIDE-OUT APPROACH - PROPER PURSUIT ANGLE) (A DOWN BLOCK BY A FLANKER OR SPLIT END ON A SAFETY OR LINEBACKER BOTH BACKS MOVING TO THE STRONG SIDE BOTH BACKS MOVING TO THE WEAK SIDE (ONE BACK MOVING STRONG WHILE THE OTHER GOES WEAK {BASIC DISTRIBUTION) CROSSING ACTION OF THE TWO REMAINING BACKS. HUDDLE CALL ALERTING DEFENSIVE LINEMEN THAT WE WILL CHANGE THEIR ALIGNMENT AFTER OFFENSE SETS THEIR FORMATION HUDDLE CALL ALERTING DEFENSIVE LINEMEN THAT WE WILL SLANT AFTER THE OFFENSE SETS THEIR FORMATION CALL GIVEN TO PUT END IN A 4 EYE TECHNIQUE AGGRESSIVE CHARGE BY NOSE THROUGH THE CENTER (ATTACK, PENETRATE AND READ) 313. RICHIE 6. LENNIE 7. RAM 9. NED 10. NAIL, 1, BULLETS 12. ANGLE 13. OLE STUNT SENDING NOSE TO THE RIGHT - A GAP STUNT SENDING NOSE TO THE LEFT - A GAP STUNT EXCHANGING ASSIGNMENTS BETWEEN END AND INSIDE LINEBACKER - END CHARGES TO B GaP, INSIDE LINEBACKER FILLS CGAP ON FLOW TOWARD (SCRAPE TECHNIQUE) STUNT BETWEEN NOSE AND CLOSED END. END CHARGES TO INSIDE GAP, NOSE PLAYS READ TECHNIQUE ON RUN AWAY FROM CLOSED. SIDE. SCRAPE ON RUN TO CLOSED SIDE END OR ON PASS (POSSIBLE CONTAIN) ‘STUNT BETWEEN NOSE AND REDUCED END - NOSE CHARGES TO A GAP, END PLAYS 3 TECHNIQUE ON RUN TO. END WILL SCRAPE OFF OF NOSE ON RUN AWAY OR PASS: STUNT BETWEEN NOSE AND OPEN END - END CHARGES TO A GAP. ‘NOSE PLAYS READ TECHNIQUE ON RUN AWAY FROM OPEN SIDE. SCRAPE TO B GAP ON RUN TO OPEN END SIDE OR ON PASS. STUNT EXCHANGING ASSIGNMENTS BETWEEN END, INSIDE LINEBACKER, AND OUTSIDE LINEBACKER - END CHARGES TO B GAP, OUTSIDE LINEBACKER CHARGES TO C GAP, AND INSIDE LINEBACKER ‘SCRAPES INSIDE - OUT ON FLOW TOWARD A CHARGE WHERE THE NOSE AND THE END TO THE SIDE OF THE CALL WILL TAKE AN AGGRESSIVE CHARGE AWAY FROM THE CALL (LE.-GAP MAC) PLUS NOSE GOING TO OPEN A GAP 32A. OUTSIDE LINEBACKER RUSH STUNTS ME you BULLETS DART EXIT PICKX ZT CONTAIN ). FREEZE, CALL GIVEN BY OUTSIDE LINEBACKER TO THE END WHICH TELLS HIM THE OUTSIDE BACKER HAS CONTAIN VERSUS ANY PASS. END. WILL FREE RUSH IN PRESSURE LANE. (HUDDLE CALL) STUNT WHERE END WILL STEP UP-FIELD AND THE OUTSIDE LINEBACKER ‘TAKE 3 STEP UP-FIELD THEN HIT UNDERNEATH THE END. OUTSIDE LINEBACKER CAN READ OUT OF STUNT VERSUS SLIDE PROTECTION, (HUDDLE CALL) ‘CALL GIVEN TO PUT BOTH END AND OUTSIDE BACKER IN HARD INSIDE CHARGES INTO B AND C GAPS. END MUST BE IN 5 TECHNIQUE AND OUTSIDE BACKER IN 6 TECHNIQUE, STUNT WHERE BOTH END AND OUTSIDE LINEBACKER START UPFIELD. IF OFFENSIVE TACKLE BLOCKS THE END THEN THE END RUSHES INSIDE AND THE OUTSIDE LINEBACKER CONTAINS. IF THE OFFENSIVE TACKLE TURNS OUT, THE END WILL CONTAIN AND THE OUTSIDE BACKER WILL COME UNDER AFTER SETTING IT UPFIELD. END MUST BE IN 4 TECHNIQUE. OPEN SIDE STUNT WHERE OUTSIDE LINEBACKER STARTS UPFIELD AND. HITS SEAM BETWEEN GUARD AND TACKLE. END STARTS AT GUARD AND STAYS ON HIM UNTIL OUTSIDE LINEBACKER COMES UNDER TACKLE. STUNT WILL INVOLVE THE OPEN DEFENSIVE END AND THE OPEN OUTSIDE LINEBACKER, AND CAN BE RUN FROM A “3” OR A “S" TECHNIQUE END ALIGNMENT. THE BACKER WILL GO FIRST WITH THE END EXECUTING “ENGAGE AND CONTAIN’. SAME AS X EXCEPT OUTSIDE LINEBACKER WILL BUMP THE OUTSIDE HIP OF THE OFFENSIVE TACKLE ON HIS BULLETS CHARGE, NOSE PLAY NORMAL RUN TECHNIQUE AND CONTAIN RUSH TO THE 4” RUSHER SIDE, (1E) OPEN AND CLOSED BULLETS EAGLE END (3 TECHNIQUE) SLANT INTO “A” GAP. 4" RUSHER WILL COME UNDER ALL PASS BLOCKS, NOSE PLAY NORMAL RUN ‘TECHNIQUE BUT CONTAIN RUSH TO THE SIDE OF THE 4™ RUSHER, (FALCON/EAGLE/SPARROW FREEZE) 33B. INSIDE LINEBACKER RUSH STUNTS 1, GUN/PISTOL 2. ARROW 3, SWORD 4. KNIFE STUNT INVOLVING THE INSIDE BACKER HITTING THE A GAP WITH ‘THE NOSE ENGAGING ON THE CENTER THEN DELAY BEHIND THE BACKER, (CHEAT UP INTO THE A GAP BEFORE THE SNAP). ULB'ER BLITZ OVER 0G TO OPEN A GAP, TWO WAY GO VS DROP BACK PASS INSIDE BACKER WORKING THRU THE INSIDE SHOULDER OF THE OFFENSIVE TACKLE WITH THE END DELAYING TO INSIDE AND UNDERNEATH RUSH. (OKIE FRONT) INSIDE BACKER CONTAIN, INSIDE BACKER BLITZ OVER OG TO CLOSED “A” GaP. TWO WAY GO VERSUS DROP BACK PASS. 34@ osx SS 2. STAY - CALL MADE INDICATING WE HAVE SET OUR DEFENSE AND MOTION WILL NOT CHANGE IT (DOGSBLITZES) ‘THAT WE ARE GOING TO CHANGE OUR PASS COVERAGE - THIS CALL. | WILL BE FOLLOWED BY THE NEW COVERAGE, | 3. “CHECK IT” - ‘AUTOMATIC CALL ALERTING THE SECONDARY AND LINEBACKERS. ! 4. WILD = ACALL INDICATING ONE DEFENDER WILL PLAY MAN COVERAGE ON A | DESIGNATED RECEIVER WITH EVERYONE ELSE PLAYING NORMAL ZONE. 5. RAY = ACALL TO DIRECT OUR SECONDARY WITH CLOUD ROTATION ‘TO OUR RIGHT. 6. LEX = ACALL TO DIRECT OUR SECONDARY WITH CLOUD ROTATION TO OUR LEFT. 7. RALPH = SECONDARY ROTATION TO OUR RIGHT WITH RIGHT SAFETY PLAYING HOOK-CURL (BACKER FORCE) 8. LARRY = SECONDARY ROTATION TO OUR LEFT WITH LEFT SAFETY PLAYING HOOK-CURL (BACKER FORCE). 9. LEE + ACALL DIRECTING THE LEFT OUTSIDE LINEBACKER TO RUSH AND A e equa omacran ym arora 10. ROB + ACALL DIRECTING THE RIGHT OUTSIDE LINEBACKER TO RUSH AND AZONE ROTATION RIGHT (SKY TO RIGHT). u, “MaTCH? + "TERM TELLING CORNERS TO LINE UP ON WIDE RECEIVERS | (CORNERS OVER VS. SLOT). f 12. “WALK” + CALL MADE TO OLB IN ZONE COVERAGE TELLING LINEBACKER TO SPLIT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE WIDE RECEIVER AND. OFFENSIVE LINEMAN. 13. “HEADS” + CALL MADE IN3 DEEP ZONE TELLING DEFENDER TO MOVE OUT ON WIDE RECEIVER AND HIT/HARASS HIM AT LOS, USING SLAM TECHNIQUE. 14, “PLAY IT : CALL ALERTING THE SECONDARY AND LINEBACKER TO REMAIN IN THE COVERAGE CALLED. 15, “BUMP” : TERM ALERTING PASS DEFENDERS ON MOTION THAT DEFENDERS WILL SLIDE ONE MAN OVER TO ADJUST TO MOVEMENT. 16, LOUROY. : ‘TERMS DENOTING STRENGTH OF THE FORMATION, LOU-LEFT/ROY RIGHT. ALSO USED IN CLOSED ZEBRA ZONE Y TO ALERT NOSE OF e WHAT DIRECTION TO DROP. 3517, COVERDOWN - ‘TERM REFERRING TO OLB'ER MOVING HIS ALIGNMENT OUT ON A DISPLACED RECEIVER 18, BOSS . ‘TERM REFERRING TO BACKER MOVING HIS ALIGNMENT STRONG. (BOSS = BACKERS OVER STRONG) 19, BOW - ‘TERM REFERRING TO BACKER MOVING HIS ALIGNMENT WEAK, (BOW = BACKERS OVER WEAK) L_ LINEBACKER TERMS 1, HELP - CALL FROM DB ALERTING THE OUTSIDE LINEBACKER HE HAS HELP ‘OVER THE TOP ON ANY VERTICAL ROUTE BY AN INSIDE RECEIVER. 2. BUZZ - ‘TERM USED TO ALERT OUTSIDE LINEBACKER HE HAS FLAT RESPONSIBILITY AND DOES NOT HAVE TO HOLD OFF ANY 6 OR 7 ROUTE. 3. “SQUEEZE”, - ‘A MANIMAN DEFENSE TECHNIQUE IN WHICH TWO DEFENDERS PLAY @onn IN AND OUT ON ABACK. 4, “COMBO” - A MAN/MAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE WITH TWO LINEBACKERS PLAYING IN/OUT ON A TE. 5. “BANJO” - ‘A MAN/MAN PASS TECHNIQUE WITH A DB AND LINEBACKER PLAYING @ON2) MAN/MAN ON TWO RECEIVERS BASED ON THEIR RELEASE (READ FORCE), 6. “MANBO” : ‘A MAN/MAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE IN WHICH A DB AND A @ON2) LINEBACKER PLAY MAN/MAN ON TWO RECEIVERS BASED ON THEIR RELEASE (BACKER FORCE). 7. “TANGO” - ‘A MAN/MAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE WITH TWO LINEBACKERS @on2) PLAYING MAN/MAN ON TWO RECEIVERS. 8. “LOCK” - A MAN/MAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE WITH TWO DEFENDERS @ON2) PLAYING MAN/MAN ON TWO RECEIVERS REGARDLESS OF THEIR, RELEASE. 9, TRADE : CALL GIVEN BY DB TO OUTSIDE LINEBACKER TO SWITCH COVERAGE RESPONSIBILITY IN EITHER MAN OR ZONE COVERAGE. 10, DOG. : BOTH OUTSIDE LINEBACKERS RUSHING. I. TIGER - BOTH INSIDE LINEBACKERS RUSHING. 12, PANTHER : CLOSED INSIDE AND OPEN OUTSIDE LINEBACKER RUSHING. 13, BEARFOX - ‘THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE BACKER TO SAME SIDE RUSH. 14. WOLF : ALL FOUR LINE BACKERS RUSHING. BOTH INSIDE LINEBACKERS RUSH IN DESIGNATED GAP WITH OUTSIDE LINEBACKERS RUSH WITH PEEL RULE. 15. “FASTREAD” ILB READ - BOTH BACKS AND BALL GOING IN SAME DIRECTION. 16, “SLOW READ” - {LB READ - BACKFIELD ACTION IN COUNTER, SPLIT, DELAYED, CROSSING ACTION, OR :NDERNEATH BALL HANDLINGV7. @.. 19. 20. 20, a. “DIRECT READ” “swiTcH” BASIC SCRAPE. BIRD GAP ILB READ - BACK AND BALL ATTACKING YOUR GAP. CALL MADE TO EXCHANGE RESPONSIBILITIES BETWEEN A LB'ER, SAFETY OR SUB PACKAGE PERSONNEL. HEAD UP ON GUARD AND 2 GAP OFFENSIVE GUARD. ‘TECHNIQUE FOR INSIDE LINEBACKER INVOLVING EITHER COR D GAP. RESPONSIBILITY, ALIGNMENT VARIES - A TO C GAP RESPONSIBILITY. ALIGNMENT VARIES - B GAP TO A GAP AWAY RESPONSIBILITY. 3. DEFENSIVE LINE AND LINEBACKER TERMS, 1 2 8 9. CHECK TUFF YOU-ME CALL A. “ME” B. “you” “ur “RIP” “RUSH” OPEN LEFT/RIGHT CLOSED LEPT/RIGHT “HAWK” “RABBIT” 10. UNDER LINEMAN - OVER LINEMAN NOSE PLAYS STONE TECHNIQUE, ENDS PLAY 4 EYE TECHNIQUE, CALL BY OUTSIDE LINEBACKER TO DEFENSIVE END ‘TELLS DEFENSIVE END THAT OUTSIDE LINEBACKER IS RUSHING - DEFENSIVE END WILL RUSH INSIDE VS PASS. ‘TELLS DEFENSIVE END THAT HE HAS CONTAIN RUSH VS PASS, LINEBACKER WILL EITHER ADJUST RUSH OR DROP INTO COVERAGE. LOS CALL ALERTING LINE AND LINEBACKERS THAT THE LEFT OUTSIDE LINEBACKER IS RUSHING LOS CALL ALERTING LINE AND LINEBACKERS THAT THE RIGHT OUTSIDE LINEBACKER IS RUSHING, AHUDDLE CALL OR AUDIBLE CALL ALERTING LINEMEN AND RUSHING LINEBACKERS TO USE PASS RUSH TECHNIQUES AND REACT TO THE RUN. LOS CALL ALERTING LINE AND LINEBACKERS THAT THE OPEN SIDE OF ‘THE FORMATION IS LEFT OR RIGHT: LOS CALL ALERTING LINE AND LINEBACKERS THAT THE CLOSED SIDE OF THE FORMATION IS LEFT OR RIGHT. VERBAL ALERT USED TO INDICATE PASSING PLAY, VERBAL ALERT USED TO INDICATE RUNNING PLAY. DEFINES SWING LINEMAN WHOSE ALIGNMENT IS BASED ON THE OPEN CALL (ELEPHANT). DEFINES SWING LINEMAN WHOSE ALIGNMENT IS BASED ON THE CLOSED CALL (ELEPHANT), 3712, RUSH LANES 13, MOVE 14, SCRAMBLE ‘TWO CONTAIN LANES (OUTSIDE) : ‘TWO PRESSURE LANES (INSIDE) CALL GIVEN TO DOWN LINEMEN ALERTING THEM TO STEM THEIR @ StIGNMENT. CALL ALERTING DEFENSE THAT OFFENSE HAS SHIFTED AND WE WILL RESET OUR DEFENSE ACCORDINGLY. K. PASS COVERAGE TERMINOLOGY 1, “MANBO” (20N2) 2. “BANJO” (@20N2) 3. “TANGO” (@20N2) 4, “SQUEEZE” @onn 5. “COMBO” @ONny 6. “SAMBO” @oONn2 7. “LOCK” (@ON2) 8, “TRIO” 9. “HOLE” 10, “SWAP” 11, DOUBLE (20N2) 12. TOP @ONnt 13. TRACK 14, TRADE |AMAN/MAN PASS DEFENSE CALL TELLING A DB AND LB'ER TO PLAY MAN/MAN ON TWO RECEIVERS BASED ON THEIR RELEASE (BACKER FORCE). A MANMAN PASS DEFENSE CALL TELLING A DB AND LB’ER PLAY MAN/MAN ON TWO RECEIVERS BASED ON THEIR RELEASE (READ FORCE). A MANMMAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE IN WHICH TWO LINEBACKERS, PLAY IN/OUT ON TWO RECEIVERS. A MAN/MAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE IN WHICH TWO DEFENDERS. PLAY ONE RECEIVER (BACK). ‘A MAN/MAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE WITH TWO DEFENDERS PLAYING MAN/MAN ON ONE RECEIVER BASED ON HIS RELEASE (CORE RECEIVER). e ‘A MAN/MAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE WITH THE TWO DEFENSIVE. BACKS PLAYING MAN/MAN ON TWO RECEIVERS BASED ON THEIR RELEASE. A MANIMAN PASS DEFENSE CALL TELLING TWO DEFENDERS TO PLAY MAN/MAN ON TWO RECRIVERS REGARDLESS OF THEIR RELEASE. A MATCH UP ZONE PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE IN WHICH THREE DEFENDERS COVER TWO RECEIVERS BASED ON THEIR RELEASE (3 ON 2). A MAN/MAN DEFENSE TERM TELLING A DESIGNATED DEFENDER TO COVER AREA FROM TACKLE TO TACKLE UP TO 6 YARDS DEEP. AN EXCHANGE IN COVERAGE RESPONSIBILITIES BETWEEN THE TWO INSIDE LINEBACKERS. A MANIMAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE IN WHICH TWO DEFENSIVE BACKS PLAY IN/OUT ON ONE RECEIVER (WR). AMAN/MAN COVERAGE TECHNIQUE IN WHICH TWO DEFENDERS (DB'S) PLAY MAN/MAN SHORT AND DEEP ON ONE RECEIVER. ‘TECHNIQUE BY DEFENDER IN 7 COVERAGE WHERE WE WILL GIVE ZONE HELP TO MAN TO MAN DEFENDER. EXCHANGE OF PASS RESPONSIBILITY BETWEEN A DB AND AN @ OUTSIDE LB'ER (SKY) 38' : : e : : 26, 2, 28, 29, 30. 3 32, e. cur CONE CONNIE SLUFF CHANGE. CHINA up SPY BANDIT CRASH PLUG STRAIGHT FLOW FLOOD BASIC DISTRIBUTION PLASTER “BUNCH” “PUSH” CARRY DELIVER “1 GOT HIM” DOUBLE TECHNIQUE ON WIDEST WIDE RECEIVER. DOUBLE TECHNIQUE ON SECOND WIDEST WIDE RECEIVER, REVERSE CONE TECHNIQUE PRIMARILY USED WHEN DOUBLING MOTION. A MAN/MAN PASS DEFENSE TECHNIQUE IN WHICH A DEFENDER FREES, UP FROM HIS ORIGINAL COVERAGE TO GO HELP ON ANOTHER RECEIVER (PASS), CALL GIVEN TO OUTSIDE LINEBACKER TO PUT HIM INTO RUSH AND. CHANGE THE STRONG SAFETY’S PASS RESPONSIBILITY IN COVER 8/ FIRE ZONE. CALL GIVEN TO ALERT A DELAYED UNDERNEATH ROUTE COMING FROM OUTSIDE INTO HIS ZONE, CALL GIVEN TO ALIGN A SAFETY AT LINEBACKER DEPTH WHEN HE, HAS AN INSIDE TECHNIQUE (8 MAN FRONT), RUSH TECHNIQUE WHERE DEFENDER WILL HESITATE TO LET THE FIRST WAVE OF THE RUSH CLEAR THEN PICK HIS OPEN AREA AND RUSH IN THE FACE OF THE QB. SAFETY PRE-DETERMINED AS THE 4™ RUSHER IN THE CORE. DEFENSIVE BACK RUSHING TO A PLUG POSITION VERSUS THE RUN BUT WORKING TO CONTAIN THE QB VERSUS PASS. FORM OF COVER 2 WHERE WE WILL PLAY MORE TRUE ZONE WITH BOTH CORNERS IN A SQUAT TECHNIQUE, FOUR RECEIVERS TO THE STRONG SIDE OF THE FORMATION. ‘THREE RECEIVERS TO THE WEAK SIDE OF THE FORMATION. ‘THREE RECEIVERS STRONG AND TWO RECEIVERS WEAK. CALL GIVEN TO ALERT DEFENDERS THAT THE QB IS SCRAMBLING AND WE SHOULD LOOK TO MATCH UP ON THE DEEPEST RECEIVER IN ‘OUR ZONE. ALERT THAT THREE RECEIVERS ARE IN PROXIMITY, ‘CALL MADE BY ILB'ERS TO PUSH I MAN WIDER TO YOUR SIDE IN COVERAGE. ‘TERM USED TO TELL DEFENDER TO COVER A VERTICAL ROUTE. ‘TERM USED TO TELL DEFENDER TO COVER CROSSER TILL CALLED OFF. PHRASE USED TO INDICATE COVERAGE ON AN ELIGIBLE RECEIVER, 39L-TERMS AND TECHNIQUES RELATIVE TO PASS COVERAGE |. PRESS 7 2. OFF - 3. SQUAT - 4. SOFTSQUAT =~ 5, SLAM, : 6. SINK | 7. TIGHT % . 8, NORMAL % : 9. WIDE% : 10, RUN OFF - 11. BUMP AND TRAIL- 12. OUTSIDE MAN 13. INSIDEMAN- 14, 3-10-30 : 15, INSIDE Z RALPH/LARRY ALIGNMENT IN WHICH THE DEFENSIVE BACK LINES UP ON THE LOS VERSUS A WIDE RECEIVER, ALIGNMENT IN WHICH THE DEFENSIVE BACK LINES UP IN A NORMAL, 10 YARDS ALIGNMENT POSITION VERSUS A WIDE RECEIVER, FOOTWORK AND TECHNIQUE USED WHEN DEFENSIVE BACK IS ASSIGNED TO COLLISION THE WIDE RECEIVER AND FUNNEL HIM FROM OUTSIDE - IN FOOTWORK AND TECHNIQUE USED BY A CORNER IN ZONE PRESSURE OR RED ZONE DEFENSES. CORNER BREAK HARD VERSUS ANY FLAT ‘THREAT. NO FLAT THREAT CUSHION #1. ALIGNMENT MAY VARY. FOOTWORK AND TECHNIQUE USED WHEN DEFENSIVE BACK IS ASSIGNED TO COLLISION THE WIDE RECEIVER AND KICK HIM FROM. INSIDE - OUT. ‘TECHNIQUE USED BY CORNER TO THE STRONG SIDE OF COVER 2. (READ STRONG SIDE ROUTE COMBINATION AND MATCH UP) ‘TECHNIQUE USED BY STRONG SAFETY IN COVER 2. STRONG SAFETY SHOULD GET MORE UPFIELD HELP BY SINK CORNER SO HE CAN PLAY A TIGHTER % TECHNIQUE. ‘TECHNIQUE USED BY FS IN COVER 2 WHERE HE WILL GET TO A POINT ‘THREE YARDS INSIDE THE NUMBERS AND READ THE POTENTIAL, RECEIVERS THREATENING HIS 4 OF THE FIELD. ‘TECHNIQUE USED BY SAFETY IN ZONE PRESSURE GOLD COVERAGES. ZONE TECHNIQUE WHERE THE CORNER WILL ALIGN IN A PRESS, OPEN ON THE SNAP AND RUN OFF WITH THE WIDE RECEIVER, MAN COVERAGE TECHNIQUE USED IN 5 UNDER MAN 2 DEEP ZONE COVERAGE WHERE THE COVER MAN WILL ATTEMPT TO COLLISION AND DISRUPT THE ROUTE THEN ASSUME AN INSIDE AND UNDERNEATH POSITION ON THE WIDE RECEIVER, FORM OF MAN COVERAGE WHERE THE DEFENDER WILL ATTEMPT TOHOLD AN OUTSIDE LEVERAGE POSITION ON THE RECEIVER ‘THROUGHOUT THE ROUTE (HASH-SPLIT RULE), FORM OF MAN COVERAGE WHERE THE DEFENDER WILL ATTEMPT TO HOLD AN INSIDE LEVERAGE POSITION ON THE RECEIVER ‘THROUGHOUT THE ROUTE. DEEP ZONE TECHNIQUE USED BY THE CORNER IN ZONE COVERAGE WHERE HE WILL READ THE THREE PHASES OF THE ROUTES. ZONE TECHNIQUE USED BY SAFETY WHEN HE HAS HOOK - CURL. RESPONSIBILITY VERSUS PASS. 40"7 18 19, 20. a 2, B 4. 25, 26, n, 28, 29, HARD FLAT ‘ZOMBIE Buzz ‘CURL-FLAT POST-CURL HOOK-CURL SEAM LOOSE 1/3 G-10-30) MIDDLE U3 BOB. MIDDLE READ QUARTERS KEY DROP BUSTER ‘TECHNIQUE IS PLAYED WHEN YOU ARE BACKED UP BY A DEEP OUTSIDE 1/3 DEFENDER, SIT HARD ON #1 AND COLLISION HIM FROM INSIDE-OUT, FORCE THE OUTSIDE RELEASE AND SIT IN THE FLAT ZONE. YOU DO NOT CUSHION A DEEP ROUTE, JUMP ANY FLAT ROUTE, CALL ALERTING FREE SAFETY AND BACKSIDE CORNER #1 STRONG OR WEAK IS IN CRACK ALIGNMENT. VERSUS FLOW PASS, FREE SAFETY. WILL ROB THE DIG AREA AND THE BACKSIDE CORNER WILL DRIVE INTO THE POST. DRIVE DIRECTLY TO THE FLAT, TO THE STEM OF #1 RECEIVER PLAY #2 MAN TO MAN ON FLAT AND UP (NO 7 ROUTE), : ‘TECHNIQUE THAT WILL TAKE YOU TO A POINT 12 YARDS IN DEPTH AND 2 YARDS INSIDE THE STEM OF THE #1 RECEIVER (7 CUT RESPONSIBILITY - DEEP TO SHALLOW). MUST BE PREPARED TO MATCH FLAT AND UP. ‘TECHNIQUE USED BY SAFETIES WHEN THEY ARE PLAYING AN INSIDE % ‘OF THE FIELD. ALWAYS PLAY FROM DEEP TO SHALLOW WITH OVER ‘THE TOP LEVERAGE, ‘TECHNIQUE USED BY DEFENDER TO DROP 2 %4 YARDS OUTSIDE OF HASH AND 12 YARDS DEEP, READ ROUTE PROGRESSION. ALIGNMENT VARIES OFF #2, MUST CARRY - MATCH - DELIVER. RALPH/LARRY SAFETY WORKING TO YOU, WITH BUZZ DEFENDER UNDERNEATH. PLAY LOOSER FOR DOUBLE ROUTE. DRIVE TO MIDDLE OF FIELD, “FISHTAIL” AND BACKPEDAL TO GAIN DEPTH. READ RELEASE OUT OUTSIDE RECEIVERS. IF #1°S AR ON INSIDE RELEASE GET DEPTH IN POST AND FINISH ALL POST ROUTES FROM TOP DOWN. IF 1S RELEASE TO OUTSIDE, FEEL INSIDE ROUTES AND BREAK ON DEEP OUTSIDE ROUTES. (BACKERS ON BACKS) - 3 LB'ERS ON 2 BACKS M/M. ILB'ER ZONES OFF DEEPEST OF #2 AND #3 STRONG, CP, -ILB'ER CROSS OVER AND RUN, BACKER FORCE - ALIGN ON #2 YOUR SIDE. IAM AND REROUTE #2. KEY BACK INSIDE TO NEXT RELEASE TO CROSS YOUR FACE AND MATCH IT, DROP ANY VERTICAL AT 8-10 YARDS. #3 (BACK) AWAY FROM YOU - CHOKE DOWN ON #2 TO YOUR SIDE. DROP TO HOOK OPPOSITE RALPH/LARRY - KEY #2 IF HE RELEASES WORK HOOK/CURL PROGRESSION. IF HE BLOCKS, WORK BACK TO RALPH/LARRY: CLOUD FORCE - ALIGN ON #2 STRONG - JAM AND REROUTE #2 - DON’T. ALLOW VERTICAL RELEASE CLEAN. MATCH-UP ON FIRST RELEASE TOFLAT MM, GETNO WIDTH OR DEPTH UNTIL FORCED TO. MUST BE ABLE TO CLOSE BACK UNDER WITH #3 IF #2 IS VERTICAL, CP. = MUST CARRY FLAT AND UP. 4130. 31 32, 33, 34 35, Lock - ZONE IT i VERTICAL HOOK - 3 RECEIVER HOOK - MIDDLE RUNNER - SLOT e CALL MADE IN OKIE OR DIME 2 BUSTER COVERAGES. THAT LOCKS. THE MIDDLE READER ON #3 AND THE BUSTER ON #2. USED WHEN e #2193 ARE SPLIT 3% YARDS OR MORE, CALL MADE BY SAFETY VERSUS REMOVED #2 IN 6 COVERAGE. CORNER PLAYS OUTSIDE %. OUTSIDE LINEBACKER PLAY QUARTERS, WEAK SIDE OF A HOOK DROPPER WITH 2 DEEP SAFETY - WORK INSIDE OUT #2 ALWAYS PREPARED TO CARRY #2 VERTICAL WHEN #1 GOES UP-FIELD VERTICALLY. READ RELEASE OF #1 - OUTSIDE RELEASE - CHOKE DOWN ON #2 INSIDE RELEASE - GET UNDER 6 CUT. MATCH UP ON 3 RECEIVER STRONG DROPPING TO A POINT 8-10 YARDS. DEEP MIRRORING THE RELEASE OF THE ROUTES. WORK TO KEEP VISION ON THE QB. DONOT CARRY #3 VERTICAL PLAYER ZONES OFF THE DEEPEST AND INSIDE OF #2 AND #3 STRONG WITH CROSS OVER AND RUN. PLAY WITH VISION TO BREAK TO BALL ALERT TO SWING - VERTICAL TECHNIQUE TO POST WITH EITHER 92.1483 UP. ‘TECHNIQUE USED TO DROP BETWEEN THE NUMBERS AND THE HOLE OFF AREAD OF ROUTE PROGRESSION. PLAYER RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OPTIONS - TRAILS - CHECKS IN DEEP TO SHALLOW MENTALITY. WITH VISION TO BREAK ON THROW AND DOWN & DISTANCE AWARENESS. 42SUPPORT ‘THE FUNCTION OF THE SECONDARY DEFENSE AGAINST THE END RUN ‘The imporsance of good defensive secondary play cannot be overemphasized~a closely knitted, hard- hitting secondary that thrives on destroying the effectiveness of an offensive attack is indispensable to success, The goal of the defensive secondary iso prevent a long touchdown ran or pass and to combine ‘with the defensive line in stopping a long, sustained drive by the offense, A GOOD DEFENSIVE SECONDARY should never allow a long touchdown run since only three ingredients are necessary to stop along run--GOOD TACKLING, HUSTLE and PURSUIT ANGLES. Our chapter on Support will outline, in detail, reactions of the secondary versus the end ran, ‘THE MECHANICS OF PLAYING THE END RUN AND THE PLAY PASS - STRONG OR WEAK “The quickest way to be defeated by an offensive teams to allow them to successfully run outside orto complete the play pass. The end run and play pass are not difficult to stop. If the four players under attack key and cover properly, namely the comer men, two safety men and the onside linebacker, we will contain the end run and stop the play pass. We must have: 1. A primary sopport man to force the sweep to cutback or bounce deep as soon as possible (Force Man) 2, A teammate to protect the cutback area (Plug Man) 3. Proper coverage deep outside, deep middle and in the flat 4, Good pursuit and tackling WE WILL DEFEAT ALL END RUNS AND PLAY PASSES lis important to remember a suppor call must be made on each play both strong and weak. Verbal and visual signals must be communicated before each snap by the SS, Comer and OLB'er. EXPLANATION FOR THE USE OF VARIOUS SUPPORT PATTERNS A. USE OF STRONGSID LOUD AND SKY SUPPORT. 1, Cloud Call - The comer man is the primary support man. Support is outside in or spill with RB. ‘on deep bounce path. 2. Sky Call - The safety is the primary support man 3, Contain coverages or fronts may alter the support sule B. USE OF STRONGSIDE BACKER SUPPORT 1. OLB is the PRIMARY SUPPORT MAN - squeeze or spill RB based on blocking scheme 2. Will use against SLOT or OPEN “Y” formations 3. May be used along with regular coverage calls if set up in game plan for that week C. USE OF WEAKSIDE BACKER SUPPORT 1. primary weakside support call with Open #1 - OLB is the PRIMARY SUPPORT MANSUPPORT TERMS DEFINED 1. FORCE (PRIMARY SUPPORT) (VERBAL CALL AND HAND SIGNALS) ‘This term describes the responsibility of meeting the end run in its formative stage and forcing a e@ cutback or deep bounce path by the ball carrier. A. FORCE TECHNIQUE (OUTSIDE - IN) 1. React to run key without hesitation 2. Support at an angle. Always iry to reduce the cutback area. 3. ‘Try to mect the lead blocker across the LOS at 2 yards Alvways try to meet the blocker before he turns upfield. 4, Play the blocker from outside in and keep your outside leg, ‘back and free. See the blocker! - Poss: Spill 1 blocker based on scheme and coverage ‘5, Meet him tough with your inside shoulder and forcarm shiver or fake blocker at times. 6. Keep good outside position and make the ball carrier cutback. Close off the inside running Jane but never be hooked in by the lead blocker. 77, Ifthe ball carrer takes an inside route, react to him from outside-in when he is even with you ‘8. Make the tackle on the ball carrier who belly’s deep to get ootside. 9. On off tackle plays, you are the spillage man. Lf the off tackle hole is closed, the . ball carrier will bounce outside. Be in position on the cutside to make the tackle. Bounce in place) 10. Stay om your fect. B, “SPILL” TECHNIQUE (GO UNDER ONE BLOCK ONLY) React to run key without hesitation ‘The support man’s job is to “Force” the ball carrer off his running track and'to the ‘outside. Ball Carrier must be forced “DEEP” and “WIDE” tee oe e We want the ball carrier running to the sidelines. Read the relationship between the blocker and the ball carrer. 1f the ball carrer is “in Phase” withthe blocker, we then attack the blocker low and hard 1F the ball carrier isn’t “In Phase” with the blocker, then we bypass the blocker (escape inside or outside) and attack the ball carrier. 8, When support man gets a Plunge or Split read he knows to support tighter to the line ‘of scrimmage, Support man reads relationship between the guard or tackle and the ball cartier. The blocker must not be allowed around the comer. 9. Ifplay goes off tackle or inside, the support man will bounce in place and wait until ‘ball comes to him or crosses the LOS inside. ‘You are the “Spillage Man”. 1, CUTBACK (PLUG) ‘This is an area between the outside support and the first inside pursuit man. A. TECHNIQUE 1. Recognize sweep 2. Get in position to play Cutback and hold it. Play “2 Gap” technique 3. Contsol Man who attacks you but do not allow this control effort to take you so wide that you screen off our support man. Do not take a side, stay on your feet and secure the Cutback area. Push the blocker back. Stalemate, separate, accelerate off blocket 4, Do not penetrate as deep as the Primary support man. 5. Be in position to make the tackle as the support man forces the sweep into you. eIL. SECONDARY SUPPORT (PLAY ACTION AND RUNNING PASS RESPONSIBILITY) ‘This type of support comes from the deep men who are primarily responsible for passes. When run is definitely established, the secondary support men will make the tackle on the ball carrier as quickly as possible A. TECHNIQUE 1. Get into proper position to cover the play pass. 2. Ifthe man you are assigned to cover crack blocks successfully, you will immediately become the support man. (“REPLACE”) Support quickly and. aggressively. SUPPORT RESPONSIBILITIES AS NUMBERED IN ILLUSTRATIONS Primary Support (Force) Cutback (Plug) Play pass coverage and secondary support (Secondary Force) Spillage Chase - Reverse - Boot Pursuit - (inside - out)PURSUIT One of the many factors in playing outstanding defense is pursuit. Pursuit does not require great ability, but it does require great effort and a knowledge of proper angles. WE should attempt to get all eleven of cour players to the ball on every play. Great pursuit can cause tumovers, take its toll on bal carriers, and prevent long gains. GENERAL COACHING POINTS 1. Take the proper angle tothe bal cartier. Do not chase. 2. Do not over run the ball carrier and allow the cutback ‘Attack the ball using good judgment. 3. Knock the ball out with the force of yourhit. If the ball carrier is secured, others getting in on tackle get the ball out, Always search for turnovers. 4, Effort is the key to WINNING football. INSIDE PURSUIT PRINCIPLES Flow <_— Fore Plug _ CGap_BGap_ AGap AGap BGap CGap Reverse OOCNoe ‘The exact players controlling the various gaps is determined by four things: 1. Front Called 2. Blocking Scheme 3. Coverages Called 4. Stunt Called ‘THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF PURSUIT: 1, CutOM- Take a path to intersect with the runner as he tums upfield. (Ase) ‘This path is correct when you are the Arc defender. 2. Support- Take a path to fit with the play of defenders atthe point of attack. This path is based on success by others. This is another way of saying attack the balOLB- Plug Man Vs. Option = QB Pitch Responsibi SKY SUPPORT STRONGSIDE STRONG SAFETY -Primary Force Man Vs. Option = Pitch Responsibility Key- Through #2 to flow of backs - Alert to onside ‘guard and tackle Take alignment that will allow you to beat crack back. Read progression, react to run and meet lead blocker as quick and tough as possible. A. Strong Flow and #2 Blocks: PRIMARY SUPPORT - Be alert to strong back for run or play pass B. Split Flow: #2 blocks -Sky support -#2 releases onside- play coverage called. C. Flood Action: Coverage Assignment Key- #2 Onside Guard and Tackle to Flow of Backs Read progression, Attack blocker (#2, pulling lineman) at his depth and control him. ‘Two-Gap Responsibility, Do not take a side until runner commits. Coaching Point: #2 blocks on you and release for pass, stay with him man to man (usually short yardage situation). A. Strong Flow: Cutback (Plug) B, Split Flow: #2 blocks ~Take cutback C. Flood Action: Take weak flow responsibilities of defense called STRONG CORNER -Secondary Force Man (Play Action -Pass Responsibility) Key- Uncovered guard to flow of backs. Play pass first and run second On sure rn PURSUE PARALLEL to LOS to tight end position, then support from outside in, A. Strong Flow: Take the strong flow responsibilities of defense called B. Split Flow: Play coverage called C. Flood Action: Carry out weak support callSKY SUPPORT STRONGSIDE sky" 2, feces z % Plug fawn iW Sy ives Scrape Chase sf Pug BM soos, Scrape Chase gts 8 Fo— Fill Finn ™ “Backer™ Backer’ (Bronco) (Bronco) ° Seat | 6 othe fer OO QB WW Chase BM Cc Chase ~ SOoNaR Reverse Scrape Plug Reverse Scrape Boot F Ss Boot F ¥ Tug i Fall FinSKY SUPPORT -STRONGSIDE VERSUS WING SET e STRONG SAFETY -Primary Support Man (Force Man) Vs. Option = Pitch Responsibility Key- Through #2 to Flow of Backs -Alert to onside Guard and Tackle Read the progression from a position that you can see the tight end to the backfield action. On the block of the tight end, get penetration at an angle toward the near back. A, Strong Flow and #2 Blocks: Primary Support. Be alert to #3 for run of pass play B. Split Flow: #2 Blocks -Sky support. #2 Releases - Play coverage called. C. Flood Action: Coverage Assignment OLB -Plug Man Vs. Option = QB Responsibility. Key- #2 Onside Guard and Tackle to Flow of Backs Read progression, attack blocker (#2, pulling lineman) at his depth and control him. Two gap responsibility. Do not take a side until runner commits. Coaching Point: #2 blocks on you and releases for run or pass, stay with him man to man (usually short yardage situation), e A. Strong Flow: Cutback B, Split Flow: #2 blocks then take cutback. C. Flood Action: Take weak flow responsibilities of defense called Pass Responsibility) STRONG CORNER -Secondary Support Man (Play Ac Key- #1 Take alignment that will allow you to see #2, #1 and to the backfield action. Play the pass first, from a shade inside/outside position on the #1. Your assignment will remain the same as prescribed in the defense called. If your assignment is #1 man to man, this will still be your assignment. (Key #1 and support on his blocks). If your assignment is the deep outside zone, this will not change either. See the block of the #2, then the wing. #2 or #1 release: Play coverage assignment. A. #2 Blocks. #1 Blocks Strong Safety Out -Cutback Area B. #2 Blocks and #1 Blocks Safety In then you have secondary support (-REPLACE-) FREE SAFETY Key- Uncovered Guard to Flow of Backs Play pass first and run second. On sure run, fill inside-but on ball. 19SKY SUPPORT STRONGSIDE YS. WING SET Chase | OOOO! sky" "Sky Crem SO ss) of BESS, | 9 Saat =a NG FS wt Replace chase 5 AE Secondary Reverse | Cer pila Fin "boot | Secondary Reverse | OF Force i Boot | | Sty" sky" nega i ER "3{L QOO8OOD ° - Sue" ap Bee w Ss | sera me oe oe Reverse — Reverse ji = | conda Pay Boot Force Fill Boot ssaye “sky i i Fo i i ese Plug scrape 1 in FS hi a an a iroree Secondary Force “FS11 Reverse Boo! ine LS Toion rB WV BUAM “OVERLAP”INSIDE LINEBACKER PASS COVERAGE TECHNIQU! MIDDLE READ Zone off the inside and deepest of #2 / #3 strong - crossover and run tech, Carry the deepest and inside of #2 / #3 strong. Be prepared to carry this receiver to the Safety in alow hip or low shoulder leverage position. Always open to #3 receiver and be alert to “Buncii" and “China” e@ ‘and “Lock” calls. You are responsible for Poss: “Push” calls vs. Flood and “Lock* call vs. oversplit #2 / #3 co ta i a a : 4. Versus “P--nch' call from Comer or Safely (with 3 receivers in “close” alignment) only carry vertical f fe” of the three Receivers go vertical - Carry the deepest inside of the Bunch. Alert for the “Glance” route. Versus only 1 vertical or china call alert to match and deliver the “option” route - with leverage and vision. Versus “option” cross route hold deep to shallow Break with vision. : a2 Da ae G2 : Oo : ooe | fe ailes —_— M ae | i > = : fau-cee SG “BUNCH” - READ VERTICALS: VS. 2 VERTICALS CARRY DEEPEST & nar NS VERE ‘Always open to the side of #3 alert to “Flood! release - (8 weak releases) - Be prepared to make "Push call to the other inside LB’er if #3 scats weak and #2 weak is up. “Push” and carry #2 weak as the other Backer will Push" through to #1 weak. PUSH” iMIDDLE READ (CON'T) 1F #2 oF #3 are not Vertical. Zone off the Strong Hook area alert to check down and crossers - Play with Vision to Break - Feel and find complimentary routes. 2 2 e o8ek < oOon Versus an oversplit of #2 / #3 - Be prepared to make a "Lock" call to the OLB'er. This Locks you on #3 on all vertical and outside routes. You must Deliver - an inside release to the next defender (most often to the Ball) a ois ice: MM. co a 2/0 Si on 0 #0 i 12INS IEBACI PASS CO} 35E TECHNIQUE sneceIvEn Hoox tte one detominedby 4 srg. Open, Sue and pt a pot 12a dep. ‘Maintain vision to the QB to break. You have no force responsibility, (Generally a plug player) ‘So errs asin #9 up oer one an (Se pepe tomatch an eer '@ ‘Serpropaed cary #8 na 1795 on on Se) Deliver = technique used to cover an inside releaser. REC. i Versus “Bunch call - open to “Bunch” - shuffle and push to option route inside - out. Be prepared to deliver the shaltow cross to the seam defender. fe nt ec —_ = oon e Bie ean B \~ aU ae i per 2 -Vs, TWO RELEASES TO THE INSIDE HOLD DEEP TO SHALLOW In Cov. 6 vs. all (3) three vertical to the strong side - Carry #3 in low hip low shoulder position. In Fire Zone coverage cushion and deliver #3 vertical to seam defender play with Vision to Break. at ta 1 2 3 onfo ono°o f B ‘BREC, “CARRY” 4 ss \ rec ‘GUSHION" { ‘SEAM SEAM 13 <—3. RECEIVER HOOK (CON'T) if dropping to 3 Rec. Hook from line of scrimmage open and cross over run to gain depth with a sense of urgency. Maintain Vision to Break. Alert to shallow cross. ,% @ > bal > : ooncoe B | : a Soil * 2 REG - OPEN; SHUFFLE; €Uswio WITH VISION TO BREAK. RT SHALLOW CROSSEKS *poss: *LocK* CALL *C.P. - 3 Receiver Hook must play with understanding of protections and route combinations. He must Anticipate and Break with urgency using vision and instinct. 14INSIDE LINEBACKER PASS COVERAG UE KEY DROP. ‘afgrment wil vary based onthe offensive formation, Your drop zone responsibilty wil Aub vary based on "Key" of route progression. Versus 2x2 eats align inte 'A/B” Gap away from the Ralph / Lory player «Versus 3x sets align head up he center inthe closed 'A’ Gap. nm Generally speaking: Drop tothe Hook afea away from the Ralph / Lary player. Be prepared to play the Hook off a read of route progression - Alert to swing to side of Ralph / Larry with Vision to Break a ee ae 5 1O oO Paice BI Bo]. ye Noe ¢ FS & : FS ss oN, smi Versus 3x1 sels align Head Up to center ('A’ gap closed) - Drop straight back - with vision and awareness to the trips side - Be prepared to balance and deliver the coverage distribution ‘with any crosser from strong to weak. (Hold deep to shallow) 6 — eee ee -PRESSOUTS oO ooncSo Ve QR oonbo « B Ww, L BI m N wooK re Cc Is FS 15‘TWO MINUTE DEFENSE - “BONUS TIME” Probably the most important time of a ball game is with two minutes to goin either half. The last two ‘mimutes of either balf can have a direct bearing on who wins and who loses. A team that can handle itself through this period without confusion and frustration can win football games, It is imperative that in this ‘tical time period we maintain POISE, CONFIDENCE AND EXECUTE. In other words, a successful ‘defensive unit must be able to control the play in these situations. Generally speaking, one of two situations prevail at these two critical time periods inthe game. ‘A. WE ARE LEADING ‘We must expend some time by helping to run out the clock ‘And under no circumstances contribute to their attempt to score. 1, Our defensive plan will be governed by the number of points needed by our opponent (a touchdown vs a field goal) We will have several alternatives which will be called by your defensive signal caller. We may or may not have the benefit of a defensive huddle. Itis important that we keep an open line of communication between all members of our defensive team. #2482 4. Do not allow ball carter to get out-of-bounds Protect sideline . Don’t request atime out unless it is called from the sideline (always be heads up for “Time Out” cal from sideline) ¢. No penalties - They stop the clock 4. Be slow to unpile and getting to L. O. S. (AWARE OF OFFICIALS)! e B. WE ARE BEHIND ‘We must conserve time and regain possession of the ball. 1, Doo't relax in yor assignment but do everything possible to knock the ball from your ‘opponent's hands. 2, Unpite quickly and get in your defensive uddle 3. Force the ballcarrier out of bounds. ‘+ Our defensive signal callers watch the sideline for instruction as to when fo use a called time out. C. THE CLOCK - DURING THE LAST TWO MINUTES. CLOCK STARTS ON SNAP AFTER OUT-OF-BOUNDS PLAY ‘AFTER INCOMPLETE PLAY AFTER CALLED TIME-OUT AFTER TOUCHBACK AFTER CHANGE OF POSSESSION AFTER DEFENSIVE FOUL AFTER A FUMBLE THAT GOES BACKWARD AND. ‘OUT-OF-BOUNDS (BALL SPOTTED AT POINT BALL WENT OUT) CHANGE FROM NORMAL GAME SITUATION so weeneD. DURING THE LAST TWO MINUTES 1, WHILE AN OFFENSIVE TEAM RUNS ONE PLAY EVERY 46 TO 48 SECONDS, UNDER, NORMAL SITUATIONS THE AVERAGE “NO HUDDLE” TIME NEEDED TO RUN A PLAY IS 24 TO 28 SECONDS. WHEN THEY ARE BEHIND IN THE LAST MINUTE OF A GAME, THE AVERAGE TIME NEEDED TO RUN A PLAY IS 13.7 SECONDS!!! 2, Bach member of our defensive team must know the “No Huddle” calls from various defensive groupings for the week and respond IMMEDIATELY to the “Call”.NAMES OF OFFENSIVE POSITIONS X Split End Y Tight End N Flanker 7 Fullback H Halfback U —.2 Tight End in Game W 3" Wide Receiver in Game V4" Wide Receiver in Game M 3 Tight End in Game or Move Man R 5" Wide Receiver in Game ‘TYPES OF OFFENSIVE PERSONNEL AND FORMATIONS REGULAR 1 TE, 2 WR,2RB ACE 2TE, 2 WR, 1 RB TENS 2TE,2RB,1WR CLUBS 3TE, 1 RB,1WR JACKS 3 TE WITHIN THE WING POSITION 2. RB, NO WR IN GAME KINGS 1 TE, 3 WR, 1 RB QUEENS 3 WR, 2 RB, NO TEIN GAME ELUSH 4 WR, 1 RB, NOTE STRAIGHT 4 WR, 1 TE,NORB ROYAL - 5WR,NORB,NOTE‘OFFENSIVE HOLE NUMBERING SYSTEMS Fre" wae © © @ PPE EC SE, 1, Even numbers are always to the left regardless of formation strength. 2. Odd numbers are always to the right regardless of formation strength. 3. Hole numbers 2-8 and 3-9 are designated as the area e@ over an offensive lineman. Hole numbers 0 and 1 are the trap holes on. either side of Center. wae regeSET TO SIDE OF FLANKER spies F H Fe H ee oe 6 e Xo y o ed . al H a 4 4 Me 2 Ue [oto et i } coo05 6 octood' ‘codkbo é nou “tou “tou eros RSET TE z is 4 2 5 “ 5 : 6 yg e,|o , e|, @ : a ocho ° O ocPood “pov “Ror tor RESET CE TE oS res Parnes oae joe, x{O @ y O° ko 3 coco ° cock v stow “tov now 8 eae ° ° of ,oe Y u v ¥ cocfoco ° ocfooa ie tov “iow SETTO SDEOF STARTING TE a ——, TRL — ener a rere eer ae. stot ouetty w|x@o 7 ° ockooo cadBoo o|o ocfoco “to “tour “tov z i er a TRESTLE pea TEER 6 g70 6 a eo 2 7 wiz x| x Y ° ooo o| @ ~ ockbo ojo ocfboo “LOU” “tour 3 “LOU”STRENGTH OF FORMATION = i EIVER AIR STRRT RSIY, THESES THREES g Oo oot Sun Tilet ale, ‘ x oe oe : cockto } 3 Sacto ~@ -tevTo Ror 00" or ET, PRETTY e oO ect 2 }é x ¥ x or Y > onees) ° fooneee) tov To RO” sRovToLou" *2 BACK MOTION OPEN i See e x oO ° stovT9 Ror" -Rorstavs RO swouTo ROT ‘TREAT AS KINGS Srey Gt omens] anon . 5 ocho coo: «= ofa “LOU TO ROY” “ROY TO LOU” “ROY” “Lou TORO" “Lou" “Lou stays Lou" : + SPEGIAL ALERT TRIPS SPEED ° “SSEUTRIGHTTNOTON 10808 oeeele ie ig ea 5 ocfbo 3 Sockbos® “LOU TO ROY" “Lou To gov" “LOU To ROY"CLOSED SIDE = SIDE TOWARD TIGHT END. ‘SEUTLEFT F H TNLEET F THPSTERT H 4 oO 6 cae eo y x ae x by e dockco 3 coco’ 3 ‘cocoa “OPEN RIGHT" “OPEN RIGHT? “oP EN RIGHT -cLosep LeFT™ “CLOSED LEFT sckoseo LEFT TET, > TET —> TEST —> = | z 6 0 2 6 z . 0 a) : . 6 eos 5 oo8o0d ° esses) 3 : “OpENLEET™ sopeN Leer “OPEN RIGHT” ~cLoseo rect “CLOSED RIGHT” “cLoseo LEFT THN GHTTSRACK THREAT WE a i z 7 TE Z ; 4 aes 1 ° y Oo x} 0° y 0:1 y c codfco ° cokto Gf} ocfood “OPEN GH” “OPEN RIGHT” “OPEN LEFT” “cLose LEFT’ scuoseo LEFT cxoseD riot EEE Lee THERE . H rs 5 Zz H ie zu fe} ° oO ec: x{O 0 y vo oO: cock 3 codes olo ocfoo uv -oneN RIGHT “OPEN RIGHT? “oven ricet® oe egies siasbell see tere 2 4K x Z K ere 3 ao 3 Gai digielOlsicigi cia OL Oey oes cadkooo ° cocoon “OPEN RIGHT” “OPEN RIGHT” “OPEN RIGHT” “CLOSED LEFT” “CLOSED LEFT” “CLOSED LEFT STET if HIET DEEPEST ee wixz 4 a x oO y ofooy, w] x00 ‘ ° ocfbos cockoo o}o coco * “OPEN LEFT” “OPEN RIGHT™ “OPEN LEFT” “CLOSED RIGHT” “CLOSED LEFT” “CLOSED RIGHT” A | TaNSiSTET pe TEDEIE H F @ zo 6 y oo x w rs x x Y iss 6 ofto 0] 0 kk of ocfoco “OPEN RIGHT” “OPEN RIGHT” “OPEN LEFT”. REE cE ce EEEOREN SIDE = SIDE OPPOSITE TIGHT END CLOSED SIDE = SIDE TOWARD TIGHT-END RTT, Tae — peer P-ausnananie @ feeeeel © rey } One é tO: Y x ae oO x oY. The x esnee) fr) Codtoot 5 eoenee) f@ -open RIGHT sore risit open uci” “e.oseo .eFT™ -cv0seD LEFT anes eee rE semen = a Be Do Pen g 0 0 6 g iv x fae x i ¥ ; ocfood 6 ocho0d 6 octoos 7 open err open err open Ler sevoseo mci” “cLoseo RiGHT™ ec aT come 5 ulwz y y b|6 6 2 Sega ee 7 6 Mako 3} 6 Safeo o } or -oren Rich seeeu on een ROE Mie c1oseo usr se.ose0 unt” emma —— - oe a. ¥ 8 u ° Y u soren Rec? -open righ open GH” __ seuosen Leer -cxose Ler eLoseD LEFT RRO EATT ee TESTO ORTE eSRETE TS 2 v oe Se 7 5 5 6 5 ocfoad 6|6 -oeen Leer -0P=N FIGHT open Leer” “CLOSED RIGHT “CLOSED LEFT” “CLOSED RIGHT” ah w att w i <0 eo) on esay 7 i } Conece) 5 ocho0d ceen veer soren err vopen ues | -eLosep mit” ~cvoseo ret aE Scam Gee Qn Qos é ae i: i w : 3 oc&bo 3 SacFooa | “oPEN PiguT eee open RIGHT? | “cLOseD LEE ~closeo LEH “ckosep LEFT”8 ee ELEY 7 7 é One) Oe v x ‘ é x e coc&bo ° ooeneey ° “pro ser* “eroser™ ara, —- THRESH —> ar Zon 2 Oe z ° foe é é Os = tO oomess) ° ochbod' 3 oot “sLoTser" “stor ser” pRo set” ‘RETESET ST TR RaTRSTLER TEE z 6 4 z 5 " z 5 o ° ° ° 3 5 x v x y codtoo ° cockoo ° ocBooo “sLorser" “stor ser” “stor ser” TREAT AS KINGS TREAT AS KINGS AE aT or @2: : HZ 6 x 2 iS ace oe Pee locomee) ° coco ° cocPoo “pro ser" ~pRo ser “TREAT AS PRO SET” eR . EE TRESTOTOEETT RE TERELEOTOT z x 2 x 2 ° 3 ° oO y uv O|x 90 u oO y u oO codtiooo ° PocBoco codfoco “pRo ser” “pro set* “TREAT AS PROSET” a —, aL ELT “2 a wix 2 5 ewan ° oo 6 0° x Y y wl x ¥ ° ocPood codPoo olo ocfo00 “stor ser" “TREAT AS PRO SET” “stor ser” Guam —; EAR aL NEE B06 4 oOo x wl oz x| x Y ° ochs0 O04 ono olo ocfooo “pROSET* “pRo ser “SLOT SET”= Qe Doth ° Seay x Cie eee x cackoo ° ocdHo0 @ “pro To stor set* vero ser (chance oF srRENGTIN (NO CHANGE OF sTRENGTIN mE AEE Zee OG, i 9° 5 Oo : cy 3 ockboo ° octoco “stor To PRO SeT™ rare “eno TosLoT ser (CHANGE OF sTRENGTIN (ho CHANGE OF STRENGTH (CHANGE OF sTRENoTHn rT ee ore - i a eee eer pte en ee te OOO eects tas 66" 9 0 Sackbo o| 0° Sado o coco 3 pro ser" “storser “PRO To stor ser TET eS kNs (chant oF sTRENGTH, (noche oF Sor (chaser oF sTRENaTIN pera EERSTE aT, oo x| x _ . ; : z : Mie fot ite Cai stu e|| Clio ais docfaco oacPood Goofocd -proTos.orser “Ro ser” -ppo ser (cance oF sreenatiy (io CHANGE oF STRENGTIB (citanse oF streweTin ee erase ES arses : z i 2 co eee koe ee Oo x|x fe 3 O 5 ) ocbhod' codfoo o}o ‘ooHcoS “sot To pro ser “sLorTo pROSET vero ser (chant oF sreewerin {ctianse oF strencrin (rake STRENGTH TO DOWN TE) TTT SS OREO TESTE — eee w iz w a { ato al, ZO Meee et moar x : ' v Ones 5 ocBaod 3 ockbod ° odtboo “stor 10 pro ser" -stor ser stor ser _(@HAtIGE OF sTRENOTHN (No CHANGE oF sTRENGTIN (uo CHANGE OF STRENGTH) rac aeRO fk 5 bocMond boctoad® > ockbo 3 fowonec) “NO TILT To RIGHT” sno mur to Ride “RIGHT” | WALANCED Se Salanceo SerH BACKFIELD SETS "1" Back F "2" Back Halfback Fullback = Positions in backfield A. Split Backs - HB aligned away from Y with FB on Y side ® ® QD oO DOO000 @ B. Near Backs - HB aligned to side with FB behind Center @ © @ oO ODO0O000 ®o C. Far Backs - HB aligned away from "Y" with FB behind Center © @ @ ° ®BO0d00 2 D. I Backs - HB aligned behind FB over the Center (Near I / Far I) @ ce @ ® ° ®BO0500 ® E. Opposite Set - Can be any of the above sets with FB and HB exchanging alignment oD ® @ ° ®BO0S00 ® u2. Positions as receiver “H" or “F" A. Close - Off the line 1-3 yards from tackle oO oO ® DBOC0O0OO B. Crack - 4-6 Yards from Tackle : Oo oO So Oo BOOCOO €. Wing - OFF the line 1-3 yards from Tight End ®@ @ @® So BO0000O 0. Wide - Widest receiver in formation © @ 9° DO0C000 @® 12RECEIVER RECOGNITION L- (Flanker) designates wide receiver aligned off the line of scrimmage on the strong Side of formation A. Normal - 7 or more yards outside Tackle © ® @ oO @BOO0C0O0 oO B. Crack - 4-6 yards outside Tackle oO @ @ oO DOO0O0O @® C. Close - 1-3 yards outside Tackle off the line ® © @ Oo ® OO000®D 0. Wing - 1-3 yards outside Tight End ® Se @ o DO0O000 © 13X- (Split End) designates wide receiver normally aligned on line of Scrimmage to the weak side of the formation. Exception on slot formation X is aligned on strong side with Z A. Normal - 7 or more yards outside Tackle © ® @ o DOO0000 Oo 8. Crack - 4-6 yards outside Tackle oe @® S DOOC0O oO C. Tight - 1-3 yards outside Tackle on the Tine 4on strong side of formation. Exception on slot formation is aligned A, Normal - On the line 1-3 yards from Tackle ® @ DO 9° DOO0O0O @ B. Crack - 4-6 yards from Tackle ® ® @Q 9° @ OCO000 @ €. Wide - Widest receiver in formation e © ® @ oO QD COO000 @o 0. Off - Normal is close position off the line 1-3 yards from tackle. Could also be Off Crack or Off Wide ® @ ®D Oo @ O0000 ® 15U - (2nd Tight End) A. Normal - 1-3 yards on the line from Tackle © @® O° oD DOOO0COD B. Wing - Aligned on “Y" side off the line 1-3 yaros outside © @Q D oO @DBOO0900 @ €. Trump - Is an inverted wing ® o D Oo oD DO0O0O0 Oo 0. Crack - 4-6 yards from Tackle on the line © @ Oo @ DBO0000 © E. Wide - Widest receiver in formation on the line © QD ° @ DBOO0O00 D F. Off - 1-3 yards from Tackle off the line. Also could be "B" or "C® alignment only off the line © @D oO ® OCO0C000 @® M.~ 3rd Tight End - When 3 TE's in game, he is Tight End off of the tine either strong or weak. He is generally the man in motionW = 3rd Wide Receiver - When 3 Wide Receivers in gane designates e Wide Receiver to weak side, whether ne is on or off line of scrimmage. Exception: Speed formation 3 Wide Receivers to Same side. He 13 inside receiver. A. Normal - 7 or more yards outside Tackle ® oa ° Oo o OO0000 B. Crack - 4-6 yards outside Tackle © ® ° @ @ o0500@ C. Close - 1-3 yards outside Tackle off the line '@ © ® ° ® @ o0000 @ D. Wing - 1-3 yards outside Tight End © © ° ® @ o0d000e V- 4th Wide Receiver - When 4 Wide Receivers in game, he is 2nd receiver on weak side or 3rd receiver on strong side a7TYPES OF BACKFIELD ACTION 1. DIVE: QB fronts or reverses out to a quick hitting Back. The otner Back fake to the on side PLUNGE: A dive play with the other Back faking to the off side “3 2 & o000 o0060 20000 13 Dive (HB) 23 Dive 14 Plunge 23 Dive ] O0C00 Oo0000 13 Dive: (HB). » 23 Dive (FB) CO09000 23 Counter Dive 22 Plunge 2 LEAD” QB reverses out to a Gack who {5 led through the hole by anther ack OS9000 Ca. OO0OQoO 14 Lead (HB) 14 Bob 15 Lead a es COd00 C0000 20000 14 Bob 18 Toss 18 Boss (Sweep) 5s,3. LAG: A backfield action ia which the Backs cross on the same side of the Center. Under Handoff Used. Bo oc X3ce 12 tag 22 Lag 12 Lag Draw 4, COUNTER: A backfield action in which the backs cross: on opposite sides of the Center. Over ball hanaling used. 7 ae hihes tS, oe “3g Counter Power 0 17 Counter (Joker) * 15 Counter : (Joker) (Plunge T) $. SWEEP: An outside running action in which the QB hanas the ball to a Back going outside. 00500 / o0000 fe8e0 18 Sweep 28 Sweep 18 8111 (Sweep) (Only Open) 196. TOSS: Any play in which the QB turns and pitches the ball toa bali e@ carrier. ne = ie) 3 lelexexexe) OO0QO OC000 18 Toss 18 Flip 18 Toss (HB) QB ~ Front or I 28 TOSS (FB) A LEAD DRAW is one in which the ball carrier gets the ball on the same side of the Center as the lead blocker. A 6-7 hole draw with QB fronting out is a Sprint Draw. DRAWS | SoQgoo0o O000 Coo | ; 12 Lead Draw, 16 Sprint Draw, 13 Lead Draw (HB) i (Crow Hop) (Cross Over) - & DRAW is one in which the ball carrier gets the ball on the side opposite the lead blocker. od ides a 2. 12 Draw B N 13 Draw (HB) or ‘ 23 Oraw (FB) * In any backfield action the name of a particular blocking scheme may be substituted for the backfield action. (Example: 18 Counter with Joker blocking is 18 Joker e@ 18 Sweep with even blocking is 18 Even 20IDENTIFYING AND CALLING FORMATIONS In calling formations we will have standard sets that teams use most of the time according to the personnel they have in the game. If they align in that set, we just call the personnel and the strength. Example: Kings Left, Queens Left KINGS LEFT QUEENS LEFT © © ® @ ° @ @ ° OC0000@ @ GDOOOO Te If it is any other formation other than standard sets, we must identify where the difference lies. We have a priority order in identifying the differences. it. Ww. vi. VIE. Personnel in Game - Ace, Kings, Queens, Jacks, Tens or Flush We assume it is normal personnel if we don't identify something else. Shotgun Identify shotgun second Distribution of Receivers - Twin, Trips, Spread, Deuce, Trey, Power If distribution is not standard set for personnel in game, identify next Backfield Set - Split, 1, T, Near or Far If backfield set is different than standard set for personnel in game, identify next . Receiver Alignment Strong Side - Slot, Flip, Speed, Heavy, Loaded, Trump If strong side receivers are different than standard set for personnel in game, identify next. Formation Strength - Left or Right Identify strength of formation next Alignment of Inside Receiver Strong - Off, Close, Crack, Wide If first inside receiver on strong side is different than standard set for personnel in game, identify next. 2VIII. Alignment of Inside Receiver Weak ~-OFf, Tight, Close. Crack, e Wide, Trump If first inside receiver on weak side is different than standard set for personnel in game, identify next. IX, Receiver in Backfield - 7, xX, W, ¥ If receiver aligned in backfield, identify by position and location if different than behind QB. 2REGULAR PRO FORMATION NORMAL FORMATION: Two Wide Quts - Z and X; one TE - Y; two backs - H and F e STANDARD SET: Z and K on opposite sides in wide alignment: Y in tight alignment on strong side; H and F aligned in backfield SPLIT LEFT FcC2) ©) Ouery cD ODOOVOCO @ FAR LEFT ‘NEAR LEFT ® © : e ® o ° ® ° @ ecoosoco ® @00000 ! : 1 LEFT Y OFF ‘SPLIT LEFT ¥ CRACK @Q e ® ® oo ® ° ® Codo00 ® ® 0909000 SPLIT OPPOSITE LEFT Y WIDE 1 LEFT Z WING X TIGHT @ ® © @ ® ° ® ° @ o0000 ® ®000000 23REGULAR TWIN FORMATION NORMAL PERSONNEL: STANDARD SET: . alignment TWIN LEFT oe) © © ODOO0OCO Two Wide Outs - Z and X; one TE - Y; two backs - H and F Z and X on opposite side--wide alignment; Y in tight on strong side: H in close position on weak side; F in FB ® TWIN HEAR LEFT H CRACK TWIN FAR LEFT H WIDE ® © e ° oO oo Oo a @OO000 @ @OO0SC0CO oo ‘TWIN LEFT ¥ CRACK F CLOSE TWIN LEFT Y WIDE F CRACK ® @® @ 2° © ® Oo © © C0000 oO © oo0000 o ‘TWIN LEFT Y OFF TWIN LEFT Y WIDE H WIDE © © ® Oo @ © ° @ ec09000 @ |o Qoo0o0o ® 24REGULAR TRIPS FORMATION @ NORMAL PERSONNEL: Two Wide Guts - Z and X; 1 TE ~ Y; two backs - H and F STANDARD SET: 2 and X on opposite sides; ¥ in tight on strong sides H aligned as wing on strong side; F in FB alignment TRIPS LEFT i) @® =. ®DBOOCOCOO © TRIPS LEFT H CRACK TRIPS LEFT 4 WIDE Z CRACK ® © oe. QD Oo oa @ So ®O00000 © @®OO0000 @ TRIPS NEAR LEFT Y OFF H CRACK | TRIPS FAR LEFT ¥ CRACK H CLOSE © © @ Oo oO @ oS @ oo0000 @ ® ooo0°0 Oo TRIPS LEFT F WING TRIPS LEFT Y WIDE H CLOSE ® © ® ° Oo ® ° ®BOOC00 @|@® C0000 ® 25REGULAR SLOT FORMATION NORMAL PERSONNEL: Two Wide Receivers -.Z and X; one TE -.Y; two backs - H and F e STANDARD SET: Z and X on same side with X wide and Z in crack position; Y is tight on weak side; H and F aligned in backfield 1 SLOT LEFT © © © Oo @ OCOOO0O® ‘SPLIT SLOT LEFT FAR SLOT LEFT IDE ® © oo @ ° i © ° @D OOO000 @ OO0000 Oo FLIP FORMATION e NORMAL PERSONNEL: Two Wide Receivers - Z and X; one TE - Y; two backs - H and F STANDARD SET: Z and X on same side with Z wide and X in crack position; Y is tight on weak side; H and F aligned in backfield NEAR FLIP LEFT CoP Illa © Oo >) CD DG @ GG SPLIT FLIP LEFT FAR FLIP LEFT. ¥ WIDE @ © o © @ oO @ oO ® 000000 ® C0000 ®REGULAR TWIN SLOT FORMATION e NORMAL PERSONNEL: “Two Wide Receivers - Z and X; one TE - ¥; two backs - H and F STANDARD SET Z and X on same side;with wide and Z in crack position Y is tight on weak sides H is aligned as wing on weak sides F is in backfield behind 08 TWIN SLOT LEFT GD @ 1) © © COOO0O0O® TWIN SLOT LEFT H WIDE TWIN NEAR FLIP LEFT © o @ oS ® @ ° oO D oco0000 @ |® C0000 @ © @ oO © @ °o @ COCO0C0O®@ @ COO000 @® 27‘ACE. FORMATION ACE PERSONNEL: Two Wide Receivers - Z and X; two TE*s - Y and Uy One Back - F STANDARD SET: Z and X aligned on opposite sides in wide position off the line; ¥ and U aligned on opposite sides in tight position; F aligned in backfield behind QB. ACE LEFT © ® © Go OOOCCCOC® ACE LEFT Y OFF U OFF ACE LEFT Y WIDE U OFF QD o oO oO @ a oO oO e @ CoOo000 ®@ Oo OO000 ® - ACE SLOT LEFT | STANOARO SET: Z and X on same side with X wide and Z in crack position; Y and U are aligned on same side with Y tight and U in wing position; F is aligned in backfield behind Center oo) ® >) oO Or COCOC® ACE on U WIDE ACE NEAR SLOT LEFT TRUMP © ad 9° © @ ro) @ e e@ 0cO0000 @ CO000 oO 28ACE TRIPS FORMATION ACE PERSONNEL: Two Wide Receivers - Zand Xz two TE’s - ¥ and Us One Back - F STANDARD SET: Zand X aligned on opposite sides in wide position: Y and U aligned on same sides Y in tight position and U in wing position; F aligned in backfield behind QB ACE TRIPS LEFT © @ ® oO DOCOCOCO @ ACE TRIPS TRUMP LEFT ACE TRIPS LEFT U WIDE ® © eo ® Oo ® ® oO Dn CO000 © @BOO00O Qo ACE TRIPS SLOT LEFT STANDARD SET: Z and X aligned on same side off the line with X wide and 7 in crack position; Y and U aligned on opposite sides in tight position: F aligned in backfield behind Center 1) @ Oo BOOOCOO® C.P. Treat as Pro Set ACE TRIPS WEAR SLOT LEFT U OFF ACE TRIPS SLOT LEFT U WIDE e hil ® | | | © ® 2 ®oO Q | ® GO5000 © OOS000® 2KINGS FORMATION e KINGS PERSONNEL: Three Wide Receivers - Z, X and W: One TE - ¥; One Back - F STANDARD SET: Z and X on same side with X wide and Z in crack position: Y 4s aligned on weak side in tight position; Wis aligned on weak Side in wide position: F is aligned in backfield behind 08 KINGS LEFT © @ S © @ CEG GIG KINGS FLIP LEFT KINGS WEAR LEFT W WING ia c e @ ° ® @ ° @ ® COd00® @ COd000 KINGS LEFT Y WIDE KINGS LEFT ¥ OFF @ © @ Oo @ @D Oo oO @ OC00CO @2/® OC000 a 30KINGS TRIPS FORHATION KINGS PERSONNEL: Three Wide Receivers - Z, X and Ws one TE’ - Y; one back - F STANDARD SET: Z and X on same side with X wide and.Z in crack position ¥ is alignes on strong side in tight position W is aligned on weak Side in wide position KINGS TRIPS LEFT © Oo ® © ODOO0OOO © KINGS TRIPS LEFT Y CRACK © KINGS TRIPS NEAR LEFT Y OFF ®oOo oO © @ ° ® CO000 @ Oo Qo0000 KINGS TRIPS SPEED FORMATION Z and X and W on same side with X wide, Z in crack position and W in close position; ¥ is aligned to weak side in tight position KINGS TRIPS SPEED LEFT @ Oo ®© © © OOOCO© KINGS TRIPS SPEED LEFT Y WIDE KINGS TRIPS SPEED FLIP LEFT @® oO e Qa® Oo @ ® oO @® COGoe @ o OOC0O®D 31QUEENS PERSONNEL: Ho TE's. STANDARD SET: QUEENS FORMATION Three Wide Receivers - Z, X, Wi Two backs - H and F Treat as Pro Set. Zand X on same side with X in wide position ang Z ia crack position W is aligned to weak side in wide position Hand F is aligned in backfield with H to weak side and F to strong side in split set QUEENS LEFT ® @ @ S GIGI > Ge) @ © QUEENS NEAR FLIP LEFT QUEENS TWIN LEFT 32 _ a e @ ro} @ ° ® ®@® 00000 @ |@ 20000 2) QUEENS TRIPS FLIP LEFT QUEENS TWIN FAR LEFT H WIDE @ © @ @® oS @ O° ® ® co0d00 Q\|@ O0000 @ QUEENS TRIPS LEFT H WIDE QUEENS TWIN FLIP LEFT F CLOSE © @ @® @ ° ® O° © @ C0000 @QJACKS FORMATION e JACKS PERSONNEL: Three TE’s = Y, U, Mi Two backs - H and F STANDARD SET: § afd Y on strong side with ¥ tight and Min wing position ¥ aligns on weak side in tight position H and F align in backfield JACKS FAR LEFT CO ® @ Oo DOCO0OO®o JACKS 1 LEFT @ @ ®. ° DOCV0CC®@ JACKS NEAR LEFT @o © O° DOO0C00® SACKS TWIN LEFT ® ® Oo @® DOOCV0O®D YACKS TRIPS LEFT oO @ O° @BOO000®D ACKS TWIN NEAR LEFT U WIDE ® ® ° ® e@ ®BOO000 @D JACKS TRIPS LEFT M WIDE F WING @ ® So DOO0O00®D 33TENS FORMATION @ TENS PERSONNEL: One Wide Receiver - Zi two TE’s - Y ana Us two backs - Hana F STANOARD SET: Z alignea off line in wide position on strong side: Y alignea in tight position on strong side: U aligneo in tight position on weak side: Hana F alignea in backfield TENS FAR LEFT Oo ® Oo WDOCOOO® TEMS SPLIT LEFT U WIDE TENS FAR LEFT Y WIOE 7 = os e © O° oO SS DOO0O0O0 @ Qo OOCO0OO®D TENS I LEFT Y OFF TENS TWIN RIGHT oO © ® @® ° Oo 2° @ Oo CO000®@ DBOO0C0COD TENS TWIN LEFT H WIDE TENS TRIPS LEFT ® @® O° see @® eee eee @BOCO00®@ DO0OC0CO®G e 34TENS HEAVY FORMATION e TENS PERSONNEL: One Wide Recerver - X; two TE"s - Y ano U: two backs - Hand F STANDARD SET: % alignea to weak side in wide position: x ¥ alignes in tignt position on strong side: U aligne on strong side in wing position: Wana F alignea in backfield TENS FAR HEAVY LEFT Oo ® © 2 Gn) Gp :Gi) Ga. Gn G> @ TENS SPLIT HEAVY LEFT U WIDE TERS NEAR TRUMP LEFT e @ @ ® e ° © 0 @OOS000 © ®@ O90000 @ TENS TWIN HEAVY LEFT TENS TWIN HEAVY LEFT U WIDE H WIDE © © ° @ @ ° @ @®O0000 @O DBOOS0CO ® TEMS TRIPS HEAVY LEFT H WIDE TENS TRIPS HEAVY LEFT U WIDE @ oO ® Oo @ Qo @00500 oO @O0O000 @ 35CLUBS FORMATION CLUBS PERSONNEL: One Wide Receiver - 3 TE's = ¥. U, My One Back - F or STANDARD SET: X and U on Weak side with.U tight and X in wide position Y aligns to Strong side in tight position with N in wing position. cuuss RIGHT. @® @ © © OOOCCO® CLUBS FAR RIGHT- M WIDE CLUBS NEAR RIGHT X WING ® © @ oO @ © °° @ OBOCCCOCD DOOVOCOD CLUBS TRIPS FORMATION e STANDARD SET: X, Y and M on strong side with X wide, Y and M in a wing alignment U is aligned to weak side in tight alignment cuns TRIPS LEFT © @ © S OOOC0C0O®H CLUBS HEAR TRIPS LEFT CLUBS FAR TRIPS LEFT U WIDE oO ® @Q ® oO ® @ 5° DOO0O0CO®D DODO00O ® 36CLUBS TRIPS HEAVY FORMATION CLUBS PERSONNEL: One Hie Receiver - X: 3 TEs - ¥, U, Mi 1 Back - F or H STANDARD SET: M, Y and U to strong side with M wide, U wing ang ¥ tight X'is aligned to weak side in wide position CLUBS TRIPS HEAVY LEFT co) @ © DOOCCOO @ 2. TE must move to require C.0.$. Motion CLUBS NEAR TRIPS HEAVY LEFT CLUBS TRIPS HEAVY LEFT 4 CRACK ® ® @ Oo ® @ So @DBOO00O ® DOO0O0O0 oO 37ROYAL FORMATION e ROYAL PERSONNEL: 5 WR'- Z, X, Wy Vand R as the Sth WR: No backs; No TE*s STANDARD SET: Z, X and R on strong side with X in wide position Z'in crack position and R in close position V and W wide aligned weak with W in wide position and V in crack position off the LOS ROYAL LEFT oOo @© >) © CG) OIG > Oo ROYAL QUADS LEFT ROYAL FLIP LEFT © oo ° 2 @ Q @® @ O20000 o oD O0Cd00 @ STRAIGHT FORMATION ® (FLUSH) STRAIGHT PERSONNEL: 4 WR - Z, X, W and V; 1 TE: No RB STANDARD SET: 2, Wand Y aligned to strong side.Z in wide position off the LOS: H in crack position and ¥ in tight pos Vand X aligned to weak side with X wide and V in crack position off the LOS ‘STRAIGHT LEFT (FLUSH) Oo @ i) © DOE.) G Gy @ STRAIGHT TRIPS SPEED LEFT 38FLUSH FORMATION FLUSH PERSONNEL: Four Wide Receivers - Z, X. W. Vi One back - F OR H No Tight Ends Z and Woon strong side with Z in wide position and W in Crack position ‘Vand X on weak side with X in wide position and ¥ in crack position off the Vine F aligned in backfield behind 08 STANDARD SET FLUSH LEFT @© oO © © © OOOOO @ FLUSH NEAR FLIP LEFT V WIDE FLUSH LEFT ¥ CLOSE @® oO e: ° @ @ Oo ® BD DOO0900 ® ®@ GCO000 ® FLUSH TRIPS FORMATION STANOARD SET: Z, W and V on strong side with Z wide: N off Vine in crack position and ¥ in close position X is aligned to weak side in wide position F is aligned behing Q8 FLUSH TRIPS LEFT © Go) © © OOOOO @ FLUSH TRIPS FLIP LEFT FLUSH NEAR TRIPS FLIP LEFT © @® : e° @ Oo @ Oo 9 OE OOOO © 41 @o CCOG00 Ff 39SPREAD PERSONNEL: Can be any personnel - Normal. Queens: Kings, Ace Flasn with no backs in backfield STANOARD SET: Three receivers strong, two receivers weak with no backs in backfield SPREAD LEFT EG) ey) © | COlEDIG) CG) GniGs © GUN SPREAD LEFT ¥ CRACK SPREAD QUADS LEFT H WIDE @ @Q oO @ e | @® OO ° | GO OO000e @ ©@00000 o- Ht QUEENS SPREAD LEFT FLUSH GUN SPREAD SPEED LEFT @® DO casi @® ® ® © @ 20000 @| ® CO000 @ FLUSH SPREAD LEFT KINGS SPREAD LEFT @®oO iS ° 2 ® oO @ @ 20000 o|@ oC0OO0o 40GUN FORMATION GUN PERSONNEL: Can be any personnel - Normal, Queens, Kings, Ace, Flush wath OB ia snotgua position STANDARD SET: Same standard sets as personnel dictates with QB in shotgun position and backs in split set GUN LEFT © @®@ @ ODOOOOO © GUN TWIN REAR LEFT GUN TRIPS FAR LEFT 5 ® oo @ D @ o® DBO0000 oO ODO0O000 @ QUEENS GUN LEFT 1 KINGS GUN FAR LEFT oe ® @ o ® ® oO oa. ® 20000 ©|® CCO000® ‘KINGS GUN NEAR FLIP LEFT ACE GUN NEAR LEFT ® o o ® ® @lo ® e ® COC00®O DOOC0CO®O 41poms Forni e POWER PERSONNEL: Can be Jacks personnel with M alignes in backfield: Tens or Normal personnel with three packs in backfield STANDARD SET: Y, U alignea on opposite sides in tight position; Backs atignea in “I” M aligned in backfield on strong side eee GD Ci) ODOCO0O® JACKS POWER *T" LEFT TENS: POMER 1 LEFT @ © ® @ @ @® 2° ° ®O0d00® DOOS00® TEMS POWER “T™ LEFT POWER 1 LEFT ® @ 2 © oa ® ° ° DOCd00® DBO0900 @ POWER I SLOT RIGHT POWER "T" LEFT Oo ® 2 2 o ° : : ° @ ®00d00 ® ODOO0000 ® 42ocace,rormton © ceace reese: can ve any one wack set tn a receiver tuo stoneg ! STANDARD SET Same stanoaro sets as personnel dictates with a receyver Se sneered | KINGS DEUCE LEFT "Ww" | @ © @ oS @ OOSOCO KINGS FAR LEFT W NEAR OEUCE ‘KINGS LEFT Z FAR DEUCE | | ® @ o ® e@ @ 2° : ° € ® eC00000 o C00000 KINGS NEAR FLIP LEFT W DEUCE | ‘ACE LEFT X DEUCE : ® ® © ® @ ° @ Q ® CoOd000 | BOOQCO®D ACE NEAR LEFT X FAR DEUCE ACE LEFT a X DEUCE ® @ ® ° ® ° ®O0O00000 @00000 ©® 43TREY FORMATLON TREY PERSONNEL: Can be any two back set with 2 receiver also aligned in backfield; normal Tens or Queens STANDARD SET aligned in backfield TREY SPLIT LEFT "Z" Gm @aria) © OOO0O0O Same standard sets as personnel dictates with a receiver © T SLOT RIGHT Z TREY FAR LEFT Z NEAR TREY ® 2 o.oo e oO oO DOC000 ® ®O®OO0C0CO @ ‘SPLIT LEFT Y TREY I RIGHT Y TREY ® © © @ eet O° Oo c0000 @ ® O0000 ® TEMS FAR LEFT Z TREY QUEENS LEFT Z TREY @ S @® eo PF @ ° ° ®BOCd00® ® O00cO °@ 44TYPES OF MOTION e A. CHANGE OF STRENGTH - Any wide receiver motion from strong to weak *Exception - Kings Trips Speed FAR SLOT RT (Z MOTION) Oo @ oO ODOOOOO 1 LT(Y OFF Y MOTION) @ @ © @ GS) GD GD KINGS TRIPS RT (Z MOTION) @ S ® OOOCOO 45TYPES. OF MOTION (Continued) 8. IN - Motion toward but not across the ball by a receiver FAR LEFT Z-IN/Z-IP > He @ @O Oy ° @OO00O0 ® SPLIT LEFT Y OFF WIDE Y-IN Z © @ o-— (@} @ OO00O0 oO €C. QUT - Motion out from the ball by a receiver SPLIT SLOT LEFT Z-OUT x ® ® ® °° @ CO00CCe TWIN LEFT H-OUT X © Oo DOO0O0CO @ 46TYPES OF MOTION (Continued) © D. YOYO - Motion towara and then cut from tne ball FAR LEFT Z-YorO 2 @® Derren POD @OO00O @ KINGS LEFT W YOYO ® @® CO0000 E. SHORT - Motion that ends with player in backfield TWIN LEFT H SHORT © O Sos ®O0000 ® F. BOX MOTION - Motion that begins and ends with player in tackle box area FAR 1 LEFT F-BOX ® 0 0 00 0 0 8 47TYPES OF MOTION (Continued) 6. BACK MOTION TO THIN SET TWIN LEFT (H-MO) (Change of Strength) =o @D oO DOO00O ® TMIN FAR SLOT L1( F2) (yu poguatioumuantny fea} Oo ® QOoO0000o 1H. BACK MOTION TO TRIPS SET TRIPS SLOT LT(H3) ie ety ® Oo ® OO0O00®D TRIPS FAR L1(F3)TYPES OF MOTION (Continued) @ I. MOTION BY REMAINING BACK TO NO BACKS SET (5 QUICK RECEIVERS) (KNOW FORMATION) quaos LT (F4) SPREAD L1{ F2) Oo @ oO DOD00O0 ® J. MOTION OUT OF BACKFIELD BY Y, Z, OR X (CAN BE OUT MOTION OR CHANGE OF STRENGTH MOTION) ‘SPLIT LEFT Y TREY Y OUT F o P @® O | e @ oC0000 @ FAR SLOT RT (Z MOTION) Si mieten oO @BOO0O0O @ KINGS LEFT w DEUCE -(W 2) Eu ® Oo ® OOO00® 49PASS STRUCTURE 1. STRAIGHT DROP BACK SERIES A. 60 SERIES - SPLIT SERIES 1. 60 - Drop back; both backs stay in 2. GOR - Drop back; both backs release 3,61 - Drop back; weak back out 4, 62 - Drop back; strong back out B. 50 SERIES - FLOW SERIES 1, 50 Drop back; strong side flow with backs in 2, SOR - Drop back; strong side flow with backs releasing 3. 52 Drop back; strong side flow with one back releasing C. 70 SERIES - FLOOD SERIES 1, 70- Drop back; weak side flood with backs in 2. 70R - Drop back; weak side flood with both backs releasing, 3. 71 - Drop back; weak side flood with one back releasing D. CALLS WHICH FURTHER DEFINE DROP BACK SERIES (50, 60, 70) A. DEPTH OF QB DROP 1. Q=3 Step Drop 2. F=5 Step Drop 3.7 Step Drop is NOT denoted; itis understood unless (Q) or (F) appears B. PROTECTION USED M = Maximum Protection, Core eligible all in ‘T= Tum Protection (Slide) H= Hinge Turn Protection D = Double Read (Molly) Y = Back Release, Y-Block (I-Stay and I-Release in a Wing) B =3 and 3 Protection, Center open/closed: back blocks opposite ay aeN II. PASS ACTIONS OTHER THAN STRAIGHT DROP BACK 508 OR 509 SERIES - Dash left or right 204 or 205 SERIES - Roll pass to side of backfield flow 204 or 205 B SERIES - Roll pass opposite backfield flow 208 or 209 SERIES - Full line turn back protection with QB sprint 100 SERIES - Play action passes 300 SERIES - Boots 400 SERIES - Gimmick passes 961 SERIES - Drop back; read screen weak 962 SERIES - Drop back, read screen strong 10, 952 SERIES - Drop back: strong side flood read screen 11, 971 SERIES - Drop back; weak side flood read screen SRPAgVAYRE 50PASS STRUCTURE: 60, 50, 70 SERIES: ACTION TO DEFINE EACH | 8 | pbs yippee e T 0 = Dropback; both backs stay in 60 R = Oropback; both backs release 61 62 foobeo\ \ C0000 \ @ 61 = Dropback; weak back out 32 = Dropback: strong back out 50 R ad press < 22 50 = Dropback; strong side flow with 50 R= Oropback; strong side. flow with both backs in both backs releasing 52 of fortes 52 = Dropback: strong side flow with $1 ‘one back releasingPASS STRUCTURE: 70 SERIES ACTION 70 70R | : poesee % ( = Oropback; weak side flood with both 70 R = Dropback; weak side flood with both backs in| backs releasing n rh ests 71 = Dropback: weak side flood with one back releasingPASS STRUCTURE: Q e CALLS WHICH DEFINE QB DROP & PROTECTION IN 60, 50, 70 SERIES F © ® ® @ oO ® | DBOO0000 @ ®OC000 @ Q = 3 Step straight dropback F = 5 Step straight dropback " © ® P Q @ ° @®O00000 o ( bO0d00 % NOTE: 7 Step dropback is not denoted; ‘it is understood untess (Q) or (F) appears in a 50.60.70 series pass T 2 29233, ©M = Maximum protection, core eligibles all in # ® ® @ 0od8do. ® Serine tel H = Hinge Turn Protection Ss; Ee N EW! B T = Turn Protection (Slide) > ® ® @D eye 295009 ® SE: N Ew B M 0 = Double read protection (Molly) Y P atny Y = Back release, Y Block (1-Stay and 1-Release in wing) Is3: PASS STRUCTURE: PASS ACTIONS (Continued) ng [es pees | IE SERIES - Dropback screen to weak side back "962 F-SCREEN

aches’) 61 FY - Weak back out, 5 step drop, Y-' one © 61 FY 56WIDE RECEIVER ROUTI ODD NUMBERS = OUTSIDE ROUTES EVEN NUMBERS = INSIDE ROUTES UNDER 0 2 Quickout 1 fuiten 3 (3 step) slant /\ 2s out 3 4 Hook 4 : (S step) —F (10-12 yas) }—+ comeback 5 7 (7 step) : big (7 yas) 6 Flag) / a 49 co V8 Post 8 oN! ‘TIGHT END ROUTES OO UNDER RUNNING BACK ROUTES Even numbers = Strong back (Odd number = Weak back 0 brag o «Ef OOo Q 2/3 6 Under 7 9 ‘Post orne: Seam 4 Our pass pattern nomenclature for the primary receivers involves 3 digits. The first digit is the pattern of the first receiver w ide. The second digit is the second receiver on the strongside. The third digit is the pattern of the #1 receiver on the strongside. ° o0@e@00 a4 ° o0@e@00 439 37BLOCKING TERMINOLOGY - LINE The following four blocks are scrape blocks. Each | block starts as a double team with the outside blocker coming off on an inside linebacker. They are named differently to denote different offensive blockers executing the block i ‘ACE - Gump double by Guard and Center on Nose and Backside Linebacker DEUCE - Bump double by Guard and Tackle on Defensive Tackle and a Linebacker opposite play TREY - Bump double by TE and Tackle on Defensive End and | (POWER) Inside Linebacker CLUB - Gump double by a wing back and TE on Outside and Inside Linebacker to the play side The following six blocks are exchange blocks. Each block starts with an uncovered offensive lineman blocking out or down on an adjacent defensive lineman. They are named differently to denote different offensive blockers executing the block FOLD - Exchange block by Center and Guard opposite Playside (even front) o Hf C-SMITCH - Exchange block by Guard and Center to Playside (odd front) GUT - Exchange block by Guard and Tackle either toward Or opposite playside TAG - Exchange block by Tackle and Guard to playside 58BLOCKING TERMINOLOGY - LINE ED - Exchange block between Tackle and TE toward or opposite playside ED HOE - Exchange block between Guard, Tackle, and TE to playside. TE on ILB. The following two blocks start with two linemen running an area and blocking the defender who enters that area. They are named differently to denote the desired amount of movement by the first blocker. Can be to or opposite playside. Can be between any two linemen SCOOP - Combination block by adjacent linemen. Front part of the combination will avoid down linemen quickly to get to linebacker. SLIP - Combination block by adjacent linemen. Front part Of the combination will try to create movenent on down lineman before slipping off to block backside Vinebacker B CUT OFF - & block by core blocker to stop pursuit by 2 Oo i Oo defensive lineman a [ B Oo FAN ~ Guard and Tackle block cut on the End and Outside wee oo M rey O° GT - Onside Guard pulls. Can be log or kickout a = a B GAP - Core blockers blocking down on defenders renoved 7 to the Inside. A type of aves locks the piayside]| YAAK of Joker is a gap block E is N TURK GUT - An onside cutoff block e ; aere 59BLOCKING TERMINOLOGY - LINE GAR - Base block situation where Tackle blocks End and Guard steps around Tackle to block cavity Linebacker LOG - Block used by pulling lineman to block a defender in rather than kicking him out HAH - Man on man blocking by core blockers "0" - Refers to offside Guard pulling to side of cal) for block other than trap. Can be log or kickout REACH OR HOOK - A block by core blocker through outside half of defender protecting a lane while trying to move defender off LOS JUMP REACH OR HOOK - A reach block by core blocker characterized by quick jump outside and excessive shoulder turn SIFT - Refers to offside tack) je Sealing area of pulling Guard N B oO SUCKER - A false pull by a lineman to influence a C0000 defenaer TE Oo U" - cross block by Tackle and End in which end man oo crosses first E ° KG" - A "T* block with accompanying 6 pull ED oO S’E B 0BLOCKING TERMINOLOGY - LIKE TESS.~ Tackle blocking on force man from secondary TRAP - A pull by an offensive lineman across the ball to block an unblocked defender INFLUENCE TRAP - A trap which includes a false key on the man being trapped TY. Trap by a Tackle Oo CHOKE - Guard butts or influences onside inside 4 ° Oo Ss B oO WEDGE - AI] blockers form apex at POA 23s Pe. z B M oO wu = 4 sack ay ick receiver or back toward | ODORS the core on a defender in the center area B M GHQE - A block by a quick receiver or a back into OQ the core and across the center to block s a defender in the far tackle area B M CHOP - Lineman chop legs of defenders. Can be anywhere along Tine. Can be to or opposite play 61BLOCKING TERMINOLOGY - LINE DOWN - Core blocker blocking down on a defender to his inside JOKER - A blocking scheme in which onside lineman gap block and lineman offside pull and lead a counter action ball carrier aBLOCKING TERMINOLOGY - BACKS his tackle (the Defensive End or inside e BILL - Block.made by back on defensive man outside Linebacker) Open side only LEAD - A back leading the play into designated area with a double team at point of attack LEAD H = A back leading the way into designated area with man blocking at point of attack BLUFF - Action of a back to influence an OLB or End to the outside. This term can also refer to a block by a TE or receiver influence on OLB to the outside BOB - Block made by back on defensive man outside his TE (normally @ linebacker). Can be kick out or Tog BOSS~ Block made by back on support man {29 SE ss RIDE - The fullback replaces pulling guard ) blocking responsibility toward the play BODO Se N ss SWIPE (PLUNGE) - The fullback replaces pulling guard blocking responsibility ooo E N opposite the play 63BLOCKING TERMINOLOGY - RECEIVERS HINGE TURN - Turn protection in which Guards open to side of sliae looking for OLB and ie ZONE - Type of pass protection vs. games in which the offensive linemen block their area AND PASS DASH - Type of pass protection in which the OB rolls out after making it look Tike a drop-back pass. The dash block will be on defender who has pass contain and is executed by a back (quick receiver) DOUBLE READ - The Guard and Back (Quick Receiver) read the insiae linebacker to determine whetner back can release into pattern SINGLE READ - The back reads a linebacker to determine whether he can release into pattern MAN - Type of protection vs. games in which the offensive linemen block their man (slide through) TURN - Type of protection in which the line area blocks their backside gaps. Most common type of turn--play pass protection 8 M oO CRACK - Term used when outside receiver blocks inside! | OO COO on a defensive man. Can be Safety or any e N Vinebacker oe Oo EASY - Release outside of outside linebacker by Tight! o090 End to block force oe N ss B ° QUICK - Protection used with 3 step drop passes in which linemen aggressively fire through middle of defender--probably a chop block 64BLOCKING TERMINOLOGY - RECEIVERS AND PASS STALK - A block by a receiver in which he blocks secondary man by mirroring his movement SLIDE - A type of protection used with roll type passes in which all Core personnel turn back and block area P99899 65BLOCKING SCHEME TITE WILL ME 6 FARILEFT LEAD OPEN NEAR TLEFT ‘COUNTER POWER QQ ce, s JNO | E “W BOM ss SQUEEZE TUEFT LEAD DRAW CLOSED TLEFT Boss cy 0) P Ye) O) 3 LY)YO S PP OP ste *“N “E w B” M @ ss ‘CROSS FACE OF GUARD TENS NEAR I HEAVY ss B M { e PgPBpep 66 ss BBLOCKING SCHEME. MAC ARROW ZONE AUTO FARTLEFT LEAD OPEN NEAR I LEFT ‘COUNTER POWER O aT ames pe a = 3 ¢g g Q G XD Pf s NE WW s/t w A B os SS FARTLEFT £ JOKER ‘TENS NEAR | HEAVY ‘WHAM OF "TARR 0 ° Gs AEAEOE | PRAY s E W ae oe | So eM “GREY” C) “GREY” : C) e PEPKE pp, | popBeee See N EW 6 B M ss FS ss FSBLOCKING SCHEME, EAGLE PLUS OPEN ME 23 BUSTER FARTLEFT LEAD OPEN NEAR TLEFT COUNTER POWER On “= 08 ak 3 N | s ey 2 BM BoM eT EAD DRAW CLOSED —] TSLoT GAT BOSE o 0) ©) © QO ASddoe 8 g¢ ME OW Ln Be”, w BOM BOM” e | FARILEFT JOKER TENS NEAR | HEAVY WHAM | O - = % S g QO x PER, | LPPRW,, BOM py ne TET ACE aN CS PEPBROP 2p f pp @ Ss NEW SE; V/7E WwW BOM 68 BOM’ BLOCKING SCHEME : EAGLE PLUS OPEN ME SPECIAL 7 TEAD OPEN = OGRA, Betaring “PM HERE” TLEFT LEAD DRAW CLOSED “I'M HERE” FART LEFT “PM HERE” ACE a “SPECIAL” e LPECR “PM HERE” NEAR ILEFT ‘COUNTER POWERS CRACKS, y or HERE” TLEFT BOSS “PM HERE” TENS NEAR THEAVY WHAM P hs QP, B “PM HERE "ACE MAN O “SPECIAL” OQ Q REO {2D sve E W%e B M READS 5 TECH “lM HERE”BLOCKING SCHEME EAGLE WIDE INSIDE oe ZONE NEAR TLEF LEAD OPEN Ane B M LEAD DRAW CLOSED SLOT IG T J KS O) Q SE We —E ow SE ww ss EFT EJOKER ENS NEAR | HEAVYFRONT: OKIE LI POSITION | TECHNIQUE: ALIGNMENT] KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES: 1,5 TECHNIQUE 4. TACKLE 4. FLOW TO: C-GAP LEVERAGE BLOCKER CLOSED =} 2. HEAD-UP ON 2. VISION TO TE 2, FLOW AWAY: B-GAP GROSS FACE : END OFFENSIVE TACKLE | 3. FLOW 3. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 4.0 TECHNIQUE 1. CENTER 1, FLOW SIDE A-GAP ON THE LOS nose |? HEAD UP CENTER 2. VISION TO GUARDS |2. PASS RUSH IN QB FACE 3. FLOW 3. RUSH LANE AWAY FROM RIP OR LIZ CALL e 4.5 TECHNIQUE 4. TACKLE 1. FLOW TO: C-GAP LEVERAGE BLOCKER pee 2, HEAD-UP ON 2. VISION TO TE 2. FLOW AWAY: B-GAP CROSS FACE END OFFENSIVE TACKLE | 3. FLOW 3. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.60R9 TRIANGLE 1. D-GAP OR FORCE, can 2.6 HEAD / LOOSE 4.1E 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE 3.9-OUTIFOOTILOOSE |2. NEAR BACK 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. ONSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4, OFFSIDE 1. BASIC TRIANGLE 1. B-GAP puck _|2HEAD-UP ONGUARD |1..BACK 2. FLOW TO: B-GAP TO PURSUIT 4.41/2 DEEP 2. GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A-GAP TO PURSUIT 1. Basic TRIANGLE 1. B.GAP mac: |2-HEAD-UP ON GUARD }1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: B-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2. GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A-GAP TO PURSUIT e@ 4.60R9 TRIANGLE 4. D-GAP-OR FORCE wi _|28-HEAD/ Loose 4. (TE) 2, FLOW To: PLUG OR FORCE 3.9-OUT/FOOTILOOSE |2. NEAR BACK 3, FLOW AWAY: BACKSIOE C-GAP 3. ONSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4, OFFSIDE TOKIE ie Ce eS) Cea N w 7 —O —O Ge) DOC@E\ Seer B M eee O- O— oO QQOCRZoO _ SE N EW Co Mm REVERSE 8Y FORCERFRONT: TITE Pe5 cy — ae u— POSITION | TECHNIQUE- ALIGNMENT] KEYS ] RESPONSIBILITIES ! 4. 4 TECHNIQUE 4, GUARD 1. FLOW TO / AWAY: B-GAP WORK CLOSED 2. HEAD UP ON 2. FEEL TACKLE INSIDE-OUT END OFFENSIVE TACKLE 3. FLOW 2, PASS RUSH, PLAY CALL OF OLB 41, 0 TECHNIQUE 4. CENTER 1. FLOW SIDE A-GAP ON THE LOS Nose |2- HEAD UP CENTER 2. VISION TO GUARDS | 2. LATE BACKSIDE A-GAP (TUFF CALL) 3: FLOW 3. PASS RUSH IN QB FACE 4. RUSH LANE AWAY FROM RIP OR LIZ CALL 4. 4 TECHNIQUE 4. GUARD 1. FLOW TO / AWAY: B-GAP WORK OPEN 2. HEAD UP ON 2. FEEL TACKLE INSIDE-OUT END OFFENSIVE TACKLE |3. FLOW 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.60R9 TRIANGLE 1. D-GAP OR FORCE. cai 2.6 -HEAD/ WIDE 1.TE 2, FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE 3.9-OUT/FOOTLOOSE | 2. NEAR BACK 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. ONSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4, OFFSIDE 4. SCRAPE TRIANGLE 4. C OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE puck |: HEAD-UPONGUARD 1. BACK 2. FLOW To: ¢ OR D-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2. GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A TO PURSUIT - {NO CUTBACK THREAT) 4. SCRAPE TRIANGLE 1, COR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE uac 2.HEAD-UP ONGUARD |1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2. GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A TO PURSUIT - {NO CUTBACK THREAT) e 1.60R9 TRIANGLE 1. D-GAP OR FORCE wit. _|2:§-HEAD/ Loose 1.TE 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE 3.9-FOOT 2. NEAR BACK 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP- 3. ONSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4, OFFSIDE,—O -—oO o SQC@CO\ © SE N Ew B M REVERSE BY FORCER oO- O- > ]0 G0 6_ oO REVERSE 2 E wn M a : 4FRONT: TUFF POSITION 1,4 TECHNIQUE TECHNIQUE- ALIGNMENT| 4. GUARD RESPONSIBILITIES 1. FLOW To / AWAY: CLOSED = ]2. HEAD UP ON 2. FEEL TACKLE INSIDE-OUT END OFFENSIVE TACKLE |3. FLOW 2, PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.0- STONE 1. CENTER 4. STONE TECHNIQUE / ATTACK CENTER eee TECHNIQUE 2. PASS RUSH IN QB FACE 2. HEAD UP CENTER, 4. RUSH LANE AWAY FROM RIP OR LIZ CALL, 5 4. 4 TECHNIQUE 4. GUARD 1. FLOW TO / AWAY: B-GAP WORK Acdece! 2, HEAD UP ON. 2, FEEL TACKLE INSIDE-OUT END OFFENSIVE TACKLE 3. FLOW 2, PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.60R9 TRIANGLE 1. D-GAP OR FORCE a 2.6-HEAD/ WIDE 1.7E 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE 3.9-OUT/FOOTALOOSE |2. NEAR BACK 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. ONSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4. OFFSIDE 4, SCRAPE TRIANGLE 1. FLOW TO: SCRAPE puck |2BOS/BOWTOTILT | 1. BACK 2. FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - PLAY. OFF NOSE 4-41/2 DEEP 2, GUARD-FLOW (NO CUTBACK THREAT) 4. SCRAPE TRIANGLE 4. FLOW TO: SCRAPE mac 2BOs/BOWTOTILT |1.BACK 2. FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - PLAY OFF NOSE 4-41/2 DEEP 2. GUARD-FLOW (NO CUTBACK THREAT) @ 1.60R9 TRIANGLE 1. D-GAP OR FORCE 2.6 -HEAD 1. NEAR BACK 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE Witt |3.8- FOOT 2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP. 3. OFFSIOE REVERSE IF FORCESEE COO080h seFRONT: EAGLE PLUS e @ Lo % LL | POSITION "| TECHNIQUE- ALIGNMENT| KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 4. 5 TECHNIQUE 4. TACKLE 1. FLOW TO: C-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKE CLOSED 2. HEAD-UP ON 2. VISION TO TE FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, CROSS FACE END OFFENSIVE TACKLE |3. FLOW 2. PASS-CONTAIN RUSH 4. PLUS TECHNIQUE 4. CENTER 4, ATTACK CENTER, A-GAP ON FLOW TC nose |? 45 ANGLE IN GUARDI 2, SQUEEZE CENTER INTO FAR A-GAP C CENTER GAP FLOW AWAY. DON'T BE SCOOPED e 3. PASS-STAY ON YOUR SIDE OF CENT! 4.3 TECHNIQUE 4. GUARD 1. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOC? OPEN 2, OUTSIDE EYE OF 2. VISION TO TACKLE FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AN END GUARD 3. FLOW PURSUE 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.6 0R9 TRIANGLE 1. C-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED [2.6 -HEAD/ WIDE 1. TE/NEAR BACK —_ 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE o1s 3.9-OUT/FOOT/LOOSE |2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE CGAP 3. OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE a 4.GAP TRIANGLE 1. B-GAP puck | HEAD-UP ON GUARD} 1. BACK 2, FLOW TO: B-GAP TO PURSUIT 44172 DEEP 2, GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: CHECK OPEN A-GAP T PURSUIT (A) FALL BACK 4. BIRD TRIANGLE 1. C OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE mac |2-HEAD-UP ON TACKLE ]1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: G OR D-GAP 4-41/2 DEEP 2. TACKLE-FLOW —|3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A-GAP TO PURSUIT 4.7 OR9 (GHOST 7) TRIANGLE 1. C-GAP ci 2.7 - INSIDE SHADE 1. NEAR BACK 2. SPILL OFFSIDE GUARD / NEAR BAC! a 3.9-FOOT 2, ONSIDE 3. SQUEEZE ONSIDE GUARD PULL 3. OFFSIDE 4, PASS - CONTAIN RUSH OR CALLEAGLE PLUS © CLOC@eo_ oOo Seay E w B ™ —O oe) Co CQDSHO\ Oo Ss N E E Ww cooayy M___REVERSE BY FORCER Q0BQ6_ e B fe Toe M os REVERSE BY FORCER 2a), oO EQMSS SE E ” WH ce POSITION | TECHNIQUE: ALIGNMENT] KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 1.5 TECHNIQUE 4. TACKLE 1, FLOW TO: C-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER CLOSED 2, HEAD-UP ON 2. VISION TO TE FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, CROSS FACE END OFFENSIVE TACKLE | 3. FLOW 2, PASS-CONTAIN RUSH 1. GAP TECHNIQUE 4. CENTER 1. PENETRATE UP FIELD IN A-GAP nose |? 45 ANGLE IN GUARD/ 2, PASS-PRESSURE LANE CENTER GAP 4. 3 TECHNIQUE 4. GUARD 4. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER OPEN 2. OUTSIDE EYE OF 2.VISION TO TACKLE | FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND a GUARD 3. FLOW PURSUE : 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.60R9 TRIANGLE 1, C-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED = | 2.6 - HEAD/ WIDE 1. TE/NEAR BACK — |2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE OLB 3.9-OUTIFOOTILOOSE |2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4.GAP TRIANGLE 1. B-GAP puck —_|2HEAD-UPON GUARD | 1. BACK 2, FLOW TO: B-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2. GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: CHECK OPEN A-GAP TO 3, ALERT TO STACK PURSUIT NOSE 1. BIRD TRIANGLE 1. € OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE mac |2-HEAD-UPON TACKLE |1. BACK 2, FLOW TO: € OR D-GAP 4-41/2 DEEP 2. TACKLE-FLOW —_|3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A-GAP TO PURSUIT e 1.70R9 TRIANGLE 1,.C-GAP, OPEN 2.7 - INSIDE SHADE 1, NEAR BACK, 2. SPILL OFFSIDE GUARD / NEAR BACK ow 3.9-FOOT 2. ONSIDE 3. SQUEEZE ONSIDE GUARD PULL 3 OFFSIPE 4, PASS - CONTAIN RUSH OR CALLB ™ -] —O O | SQC@QGA o ® SE N E w ome, pany REVERSE BY FORCER om oO— ce) WCLPFo. O -£ N E w REVERSE Si ay - — : 4FRONT: EAGLE WIDE e © = Ss "™@ O ce Maa oO D_ OS dWaaare POSITION | TECHNIQUE- ALIGNMENT| KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 4. WIDE 5 TECHNIQUE |1. TACKLE 1. FLOW TO: C-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER CLOSED — 2. INSIDE FOOT ON 2. VISION TO TE FLOW AWAY: C-GAP, SQUEEZE AND a OUTSIDE FOOT OF = |3. FLOW PURSUE. OFFENSIVE TACKLE 2, PASS-CONTAIN RUSH 4. GAP TECHNIQUE 4, CENTER 1, PENETRATE UP FIELD IN A-GAP nose. |2 43 ANGLE IN GuARDY 2, PASS-PRESSURE LANE CENTER GAP 1. 3 TECHNIQUE 4. GUARD 1. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER OPEN 2, OUTSIDE EYE OF 2. VISION TO TACKLE, FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND END GUARD 3. FLOW PURSUE. 2, PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.9 ‘TRIANGLE 1.D-GAP CLOSED |2,9-OUTIFOOT/LOOSE |1.TE/NEARBACK =| 2. FLOW TO: FORCE OLB 2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: D-GAP. 3. OFFSIDE 4.GAP TRIANGLE. 1. B-GAP puck | HEAD-UP ONGGUARD | 1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: B-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2. GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: CHECK OPEN A-GAP TO PURSUIT °C.P. ALERT “'M HERE” SAFETY 1. BIRD TRIANGLE 1. OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE mac 2. HEAD-UP ON TACKLE |1. BACK 2, FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP 4-41/2 DEEP 2, TACKLE-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A-GAP TO PURSUIT *C.P, ALERT “I'M HERE” SAFETY OPEN OLB 1.70R9 2.7 - INSIDE SHADE, 3.9-FOOT TRIANGLE, 1, NEAR BACK 2. ONSIDE 3. OFFSIDE 5 1.¢-GAP 2. SPILL OFFSIDE GUARD / NEAR BACK 3. SQUEEZE ONSIDE GUARD PULL 4, PASS - CONTAIN RUSH OR CALLEAGLE WIDE REVERSE BY FORCER O- O— oS Ooo a. See N E Ww REVERSE 8 — - — BY FORCER 6FRONT: FALCON “(8 me O 2(00 3 E oO DP _ POSITION | TECHNIQUE- ALIGNMENT] KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES. 4.4 TECHNIQUE 1. KEY GUARD 1. FLOW TO / AWAY: B-GAP WORK CLOSED. | 2. HEAD-UP ON 2. FEEL TACKLE INSIDE-OUT END OFFENSIVE TACKLE |3. FLOW 2. PASS-CONTAIN RUSH 1.0 TECHNIQUE, 4, CENTER 1. A-GAP ON FLOW To You Nose . |2-HEAD-UP ON CENTER |2. VISION TO GUARDS |2. PASS RUSH - PRESSURE LANE AWAY 3. FLOW FROM OPEN CALL 4.3 TECHNIQUE 4, GUARD 1. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER OPEN 2. OUTSIDE EYE OF 2. VISION TO TACKLE | FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND a GUARD PURSUE 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 4.6 0R9 TRIANGLE 4. C-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED | 2.6 - HEAD / WIDE 4, TE/NEAR BACK | 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE OLB 3.9-OUT/FOOTILOOSE |2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 1. SCRAPE TRIANGLE 1..C-GAP puck -|2-HEAD-UP ON GUARD /1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: C-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2, GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - BACKSIDE A-GAF NO CUTBACK 4. BIRD TRIANGLE 1.6 OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE Mae 2. HEAD-UP ON TACKLE |1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-412 DEEP 2.TACKLE-FLOW —_{3. FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - BACKSIDE A-GAT NO CUTBACK 4.7 0R9 TRIANGLE 1..C-GAP OPEN 2.7 -INSIDE SHADE 1. NEAR BACK, 2. SPILL OFFSIDE GUARD / NEAR BACK OLB 3.9-FOOT 2. ONSIDE 3. SQUEEZE ONSIDE GUARD PULL 3. OFFSIDE, 4, PASS - CONTAIN RUSH OR CALL 1FALCON O QDOODQOC_ oO SEN EWW B M —O —O S OPSGWO'/ oO NE Ww s ate “nM REVERSE BY FORCER oC ogo eon. = Soe Nee REVERSE BY FORCER JeFRONT: FALCON GAP O oO e MHQAD,__ ae me 0 { yu | POSITION | TECHNIQUE- ALIGNMENT] KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 4. 4 TECHNIQUE 4. KEY GUARD 1. FLOW TO / AWAY: B-GAP WORK ! CLOSED {2, HEAD-UP ON 2. FEEL TACKLE INSIDE-OUT END OFFENSIVE TACKLE =| 3. FLOW 2, PASS-CONTAIN RUSH 1. GAP TECHNIQUE 4, CENTER 4. PENETRATE UPFIELD IN A-GAP nose |? 45 ANGLE IN GUARD 2. PASS RUSH - PRESSURE LANE AWAY CENTER GAP FROM OPEN CALL 1.3 TECHNIQUE 4. GUARD 1. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER | OPEN —_|2. OUTSIDE EYE OF Z.VISION TO TACKLE | FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND END GUARD PURSUE 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.60R9 TRIANGLE 1. C-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED = {2.6 - HEAD / WIDE 1, TE/NEARBACK | 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE ou 3.9-OUTIFOOT/LOOSE | 2. ONSIDE 3, FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP- 3. OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 1.GAP TRIANGLE 4..C-GAP suck |? HEAD-UP ONGUARD 1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: C-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-4/2 DEEP 2-GUARD-FLOW 3, FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - OPEN A-GAP 1. BIRD TRIANGLE 4. € OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE mac [2 HEAD.UP ON TACKLE |1. BACK 2, FLOW TO: GOR D-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-44/2 DEEP 2.TACKLE-FLOW —_|3. FLOW AWAY; PURSUIT - BACKSIDE AG, NO CUTBACK S 1.70R9 TRIANGLE 4.6-GAP OPEN 2.7 - INSIDE SHADE 4, NEAR BACK, 2. SPILL OFFSIDE GUARD / NEAR BACK oe 3.9-FOOT 2. ONSIDE 3. SQUEEZE ONSIDE GUARD PULL : 3. OFFSIDE 4. PASS - CONTAIN RUSH OR CALL 3FRONT: FALCON PLUS ee & s me O oO QD2Zea v © BD .) POSITION | TECHNIQUE- ALIGNMENT] KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 4. 4 TECHNIQUE 4. KEY GUARD 1. FLOW TO / AWAY: B-GAP WORK CLOSED | 2. HEAD-UP ON. 2. FEEL TACKLE INSIDE-OUT END OFFENSIVE TACKLE =| 3. FLOW 2. PASS-CONTAIN RUSH 4, PLUS TECHNIQUE 1. CENTER 1. ATTACK CENTER, A-GAP ON FLOW TO YOt nose |2-4SANGLEIN GUARD 2, SQUEEZE CENTER INTO FAR A-GAP ON CENTER GAP FLOW AWAY. DON'T BE SCOOPED 3. PASS-STAY ON YOUR SIDE OF CENT 4.3 TECHNIQUE 4, GUARD 4. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER OPEN |2. OUTSIDE EYE OF 2.VISION TO TACKLE | FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND END GUARD PURSUE : 2, PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.60R9 TRIANGLE 4. C-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED = }2.6 - HEAD / WIDE 1. TE/NEAR BACK — |2, FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE Came 3,9-OUT/FOOTILOOSE | 2. ONSIDE 3, FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE. 1. GAP TRIANGLE 1.0-GAP puck |? HEAD-UP ON GUARD |. BACK 2, FLOW TO: C-GAP TO PURSUIT 44112 DEEP 2, GUARD-FLOW 3, FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - OPEN A-GAP 4. BIRD TRIANGLE 4. ¢ OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE mac |? HEAD-UP ON TACKLE | 1. BACK 2, FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-412 DEEP. 2. TACKLE-FLOW 3, FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - BACKSIDE A-GAP : No CUTBACK — ® | 4.7 0R9 TRIANGLE 4.C-GAP OPEN 2.7- INSIDE SHADE 1. NEAR BACK 2. SPILL OFFSIDE GUARD / NEAR BACK OLB 3.9-FOOT 2. ONSIDE 3, SQUEEZE ONSIDE GUARD PULL 3. OFFSIDE 4, PASS - CONTAIN RUSH OR CALL 4FALCON_GAP/PLUS 2O0890\ Oo Cee Cee oO QGQO@I_ Oo oS REVERSE BY FoRceRFRONT: RAVEN e oO estes [ae ae 2 Lj jane POSITION | TECHNIGUE- ALIGNMENT] KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 41.5 TECHNIQUE 1. TACKLE 1. FLOW TO: C-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER CLOSED — | 2, HEAD-UP ON 2.VISION TO TE FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, CROSS FACE END OFFENSIVE TACKLE 3. FLOW 2. PASS-CONTAIN RUSH 4.0 TECHNIQUE 4.GUARD TO GAP _|1. ATTACK CENTER, A-GAP ON FLOW TO nose |2-ONSNAP Go TO SIDE 2. SQUEEZE CENTER INTO FAR A-GAP ON GAP TECH FLOW AWAY. DON’T BE SCOOPED 4, 3 TECHNIQUE 4. GUARD 1. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKE OPEN | 2’ OUTSIDE EYE OF Z.VISION TO TACKLE | FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND END GUARD 3. FLOW PURSUE 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 4.60R9 TRIANGLE 4. D-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED |2\§-HEAD/ WIDE 1.TE/NEAR BACK —|2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE OLB 3.9-OUTIFOOTLOOSE 2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP. 3. OFFSIDE, REVERSE IF FORCE 1.GAP TRIANGLE 4. B-GAP puck |? HEAD-UP ON GUARD {1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: B:GAP TO PURSUIT ; 4-41/2 DEEP. 2. GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: CHECK OPEN A-GAP TO PURSUIT | : 4. BIRD TRIANGLE 1. ¢ OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE mac |2-HEAD-UP ON TACKLE |1.BACK 2. FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP 4-4/2 DEEP 2. TACKLE-FLOW | 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A-GAP TO | e PURSUIT. NO CUTBACK + 1.70R8 TRIANGLE * 1. D-GaP - SQUEEZE ¢-GAP OPEN 2.7 - INSIDE SHADE 1. NEAR BACK 2, SPILL OFFSIDE GUARD / NEAR BACK OLB 3.9-FOOT 2, ONSIDE, 3, SQUEEZE ONSIDE GUARD PULL ' 3. OFFSIDE 4, PASS - CONTAIN RUSH OR CALL { 1RAVEN B M —O oe 7 DODOAA oe Ww REVERSE BY FORCER M O— Oo oO WICH. i) Se E “ SMT REVERSE BY FORCERFRONT: SLIDE (=) a 0 © aes © BD _ © POSITION [ TECHNIQUE-ALIGNMENT| KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 4.WIDE£ TECHNIQUE — |. TACKLE 1. FLOW TO: C-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER CLOSED — |2, INSIDE FOOT ON 2. VISION TO TE FLOW AWAY: C-GAP, SQUEEZE AND END OUTSIDE FOOT OF = |3. FLOW PURSUE OFFENSIVE TACKLE 2. PASS-CONTAIN RUSH. 4.1 TECHNIQUE 1. FEEL GUARD 4. “Y" SIDE A-GAP. BLOCKER LEVERAGE ON nose [2 ON“Y"SIDE GUARD |2, VISION TO CENTER |" FLOW To YOU. PURSUE ON FLOW AWAY 3. FLOW 2. PASS-PRESSURE LANE 4.3 TECHNIQUE 4. GUARD 1. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER OPEN 2. OUTSIDE EYE OF 2. VISION TO TACKLE | FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND a GUARD. 3. FLOW PURSUE 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.9 TRIANGLE 1. D-GAP CLOSED |2.9-OUT/FOOTILOOSE |1.TE/NEARBACK — |2. FLOW TO: FORCE ols 2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: D-GAP 3. OFFSIDE 1.GAP TRIANGLE 1. FLOW TO: B-GAP TO PURSUIT suck | ALIGNMENT VARIES | 1. BACK 2, FLOW AWAY: CHECK OPEN A-GAP TO BY COVERAGE / 2. GUARD-FLOW PURSUIT FORMATION *C.P. ALERT “I'M HERE” SAFETY 1. BIRD TRIANGLE 1, FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQU mac [2 ALIGNMENT VARIES |1. BACK 2. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A-GAP TO BY COVERAGE / 2, TACKLE-FLOW PURSUIT. FORMATION *C.P. ALERT “I'M HERE” SAFETY 1.7 0R9 TRIANGLE 4. C-GAP OPEN {2.7 - INSIDE SHADE 1. NEAR BACK 2, SPILL OFFSIDE GUARD / NEAR BACK ole 3.9-FOOT 2. ONSIDE 3. SQUEEZE ONSIDE GUARD PULL 3. OFFSIDE 4, PASS - CONTAIN RUSH OR CALLSLIDE REVERSE BY FORCER _ot\ o- ee) M 2 Of 7 B P S REVERSE BY FORCER ©FRONT: SPARROW e% 2 s © Oo ©30 2.6 O oO 0 POSITION | TECHNIGUE. ALIGNMENT] KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 1,3 TECHNIQUE 1, GUARD 1. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER ‘CLOSED 2, OUTSIDE EYE OF 2. VISION TO TACKLE FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND END GUARD 3. FLOW PURSUE 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 4. SHADE TECHNIQUE —_|14. CENTER 4. A.GAP nose [2 ONCENTER 2. FLOW 2! PASS RUSH - PRESSURE LANE AWAY FROM CLOSED CALL 1.4 TECHNIQUE 1. GUARD - FEEL OT 1. FLOW TO / AWAY: B-GAP WORK OPEN —|2. HEAD UP ON 2. FLOW INSIDE-OUT aiaal OFFENSIVE TACKLE 2, PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 1.7 0R9 TRIANGLE 4. C-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED 2.7 - INSIDE SHADE 4.TE 2. FLOW TO: PURSUE OR FORCE oLe 3.9- FOOT 2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4. BIRD TRIANGLE 4. ¢ OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE puck |? HEAD-UP.ONTACKLE |1. BACK 2, FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-412 DEEP 2.TACKLE-FLOW ——_| 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A TO PURSUIT - (NO CUTBACK THREAT) 1. SCRAPE / GAP TRIANGLE 4. ¢ OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE ae 2.HEAD-UP ON GUARD |1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2. GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: FRONTSIDE ATO PURSUIT - (NO CUTBACK THREAT) 4,60R9 TRIANGLE 4. D-GAP OR FORCE OPEN 2.6 -HEAD 1. NEAR BACK 2, FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE OLB 3. 9+ SHADE 2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP_ 3, OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE‘SPARROW Ew REVI yERSE BY FORCER REVERSE BY FORCER ©. FRONT: SPARROW WIDE Cu O BO oO oO AOS e vn “FOLD” POSITION | TEGHNIQUE- ALIGNMENT| KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 4.3 TECHNIQUE 1. GUARD 4, FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER CLOSED — 2, OUTSIDE EYE OF 2. VISION TO TACKLE FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND END ‘GUARD 3. FLOW PURSUE 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB 4. GAP TECHNIQUE 4. CENTER 1. PENETRATE UP FIELD IN A-GAP Nose. |2-45 ANGLE IN GUARD 2. PASS RUSH - PRESSURE LANE AWAY FROM CENTER GAP CLOSED CALL. 4. GHOST 7 4. TACKLE 1. FLOW TO / AWAY: C-GAP LEVERAGE OPEN 2, VISION TO BACK BLOCKER END 3. FLOW 2. PASS - CONTAIN RUSH *C.P. POSSIBLE “VIPER” CALL = RAM “B” GAP 1.70R9 TRIANGLE 4. C-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED | 2.7 - INSIDE SHADE 1.7E 2. FLOW TO: PURSUE OR FORCE ow 3.9-FOOT 2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4. BIRD TRIANGLE 4. OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE puck | HEAD-UP ON TACKLE |. BACK 2. FLOW TO: ¢ OR D-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2.TACKLE-FLOW ——_|3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A TO PURSUIT - (NO CUTBACK THREAT) 1.GAP ‘TRIANGLE 1. C OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE. ake 2.HEAD-UP ONGUARD |1.BACK 2. FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP 7@ PURSUIT 4-44/2 DEEP 2. GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: CLOSED A TO PURSUIT - {NO CUTBACK THREAT) o 4.9-FOLD ‘TRIANGLE 1. D-GAP OR FORCE OPEN 2.9-OUT/FOOT/LOOSE | 1. NEAR BACK 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE OLB 3.9 -FLIP (OVER) 2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCESPARROW WIDE Ss E, Revenge BO Mew BY FORCER oO oO QDOCOABOO } i) Sere ee ea ee ee B M \W —O . +o oO oO QQO@OO } oO SE Ay ) SD 0 D HIP” POSITION | TECHNIQUE- ALIGNMENT| KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 4. 3 TECHNIQUE 4, GUARD 4. FLOW TO: B-GAP, LEVERAGE BLOCKER CLOSED” | 2, OUTSIDE EYE OF 2. VISION TO TACKLE FLOW AWAY: B-GAP, SQUEEZE AND END ‘GUARD 3. FLOW PURSUE | 2. PASS RUSH. PLAY CALL OF OLB. 1. GAP TECHNIQUE 4. CENTER 1. PENETRATE UP FIELD IN A-GAP Nose |? 45ANGLE IN GUARD 2. PASS RUSH - PRESSURE LANE AWAY FROM CENTER GAP CLOSED CALL. 4. 5 TECHNIQUE 4. TACKLE 1. FLOW TO: C-GAP LEVERAGE BLOCKER OPEN — | 2, HEAD-UP ON 2.VISION TO TE FLOW AWAY: B-GAP CROSS FACE END OFFENSIVE TACKLE = |3. FLOW 2. PASS - CONTAIN RUSH 4.7 0R9 TRIANGLE 1. C-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED |2,7- INSIDE SHADE 1.TE 2. FLOW TO: PURSUE OR FORCE OLB 3. 9- FOOT 2. ONSIDE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4. BIRD TRIANGLE 1. ¢ OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE puck |= HEAD-UPONTACKLE 1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: C OR D-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2.TACKLE-FLOW | 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE A TO PURSUIT - 1A) SoLo vs 4 Back (NO CUTBACK THREAT} 4. SCRAPE / GAP TRIANGLE 4. ¢ OR D-GAP BY OLB TECHNIQUE mac» | HEAD-UPON GUARD |1, BACK 2. FLOW TO: C OR D.GAP TO PURSUIT 4.4/2 DEEP (A) SOLO VS 1 BACK 2, GUARD-FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: CLOSED A TO PURSUIT - (NO CUTBACK THREAT) 6 ‘eons OPEN 2.6 -HEAD ole 3.9-FOOT TRIANGLE 1. NEAR BACK 2. ONSIDE 3. OFFSIDE, 1.D-GAP OR FORCE 2, FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP REVERSE IF FORCE HIP ALIGN ~ WALK.OUTSPARROW MINUS. Pe : Oo | Oat QOOBM0S Oo s E ee B pe —O ie) oO ce) QQOGOO o ® E REVERSE BY FORCERFALCON OPEN FREEZE ae od RUN CLOSED © st E EX W iH § RAM BULLETS PREZ eee eee BIRD ‘WIDEN’ EnEEZE OPEN RIC RUN OPEN - e OPEN Rit DROP BACK PASS Hose BR BEE @ VERSUS PASS f z10 M > wipen” 2 TO CONTAIN SCRAPE CONTAIN BIRO JO THE OPEN CALL OPEN RICTHIS STUNT WILL INVOLVE THE OPEN DEFENSIVE END AND THE OPEN OUTSIDE e LINEBACKER, AND CAN BE RUN FROM A “3” OR A “5” TECHNIQUE END ALIGNMENT. THE BACKER WILL GO FIRST WITH THE END EXECUTING “ENGAGE AND CONTAIN.” @ & = 2nD, o Mf ODOOCO See . | BACKER GO FIRST & CROSS FACE OF TACKLE. BOTH READ OUT OF STUNT vs A RUN FAN BLOCK PATTERN. OPEN “YOU” CALL THIS CALL INVOLVES THE DEFENSIVE END AND THE OUTSIDE LINEBACKER TO THE. CALL SIDE. IT CAN BE RUN FROM ANY ALIGNMENT, BUT WE FEATURE IT FROM A “3” TECHNIQUE. THE END WILL “JET CONTAIN” FIRST WITH THE BACKER FOLDING UNDER. @® Qu = ian ODOOCG i E N E W . “3STEPS UPFIELD” B.TECH ALIGN JETCONTAIN . e B M BACKER GET UP FIELD FIRST TO SET UP THE STUNT - ‘THEN COME UNDERNEATH THE END. BOTH PLAY NORMAL RUN READS. “YOU" GAME ONLY 'ABPLIES TO PASSING BLOCK PATTERNS.OPEN “NAIL” STUNT @ kiss rich wD wo @ obcleo\ e Ss E N E Ww B M “B GAP ON RUN AWAY” = C.P, - NOSE PLAY RUN 1ST | e vs. CLOSED RUN PLAY PLUS = CLOSED “A” GAP C.P. - NOSE vs. PASS J RUN OPEN EXECUTE NAIL ST 3FALCON NED ~"'N CLOSED e © © “OPEN RIGHT" RUN OPEN © “OPEN RIGHT’ DROP BACK PASS Ss E Ww READ LENNIE 3TECH © ZTECH TECH B M ‘SCRAPE eRD NED © “OPEN RIGHTSLIDE RAM é CLOSED © “OPEN RIGH' RUN OPEN oO e “OPEN RIGH DROP BACK PASS n - OOS ol. oO S EN E Ww WIDE 5 READ ‘STECH ZTECH a a 7 “OPEN RIGh wFRONT: OPEN BULLETS {ALSO ALL VARIATIONS) O: POSITION | TECHNIQUE- ALIGNMEN’ KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 4.5 TECHNIQUE 4. TACKLE 1. C-GAP, BLOCKER LEVEAGE ON FLOW TO CLOSED = |2, HEAD-UP ON 2. FLOW YOUR SIDE END OFFENSIVE TACKLE 2. B-GAP ON FLOW AWAY (CROSS FACE) 3. PASS - CONTAIN RUSH . 4.0 TECHNIQUE 4, CENTER 1. FLOW SIDE A-GAP j nose |2-HEAD UP CENTER 2, VISION TO GUARDS |2. VERSUS PASS Z TO CONTAIN TO OPEN 3. FLOW SIDE 4.5 TECHNIQUE 4, KEY BALL TO 0G 1. B-GAP, WORK INSIDE.OUT ON FLOW TO OPEN = |2,RAMCHARGE INTO —|2. FLOW YOU. PURSUE ON FLOW AWAY END B-GAP 2. PASS RUSH. PRESSURE LANE 4.60R9 TRIANGLE 4. C-GAP OR FORCE CLOSED | 2.6 - HEAD/ Loose 4.TE 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE OLB 3.9- OUT FOOT/LOOSE |2. NEAR BACK 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP_ 3. ONSIDE-OFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCE 4. BASIC TRIANGLE 1. B-GAP puck —}2HEAD-URON GUARD }1. GUARD 2. FLOW TO: B-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2. BACK - FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - BACKSIDE A-GF NO CUTBACK 1. SCRAPE TRIANGLE 1. D-GAP Mac 2. HEAD-UP ON GUARD 1. BACK 2. FLOW TO: PLUG 4-41/2 DEEP 2.GUARD-BACK —_[3. FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - BACKSIDE A-G/ FLOW NO CUTBACK 4. BULLETS CHARGE = {1, BALL 4..6-GAP OPEN HEAD-UP FROM 2. OFFENSIVE 2. FLOW TO: C-GAP ole 6 ALIGN TACKLE -FLOW 3. FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT 6OPEN BULLETS . 7 OPEN RIGHT OPEN RIGHT 2Q088R oO 7 Ni EW M REVERSE BY FORCER SE. OPEN RIGHT ee Gc. oO CQ9S MES OF eee N W 2 REVERSE BY FORCERFRONT: CLOSED BULLETS (ALSO ALL VARIATIONS) Deh >) oO QoQ oO N E | LI | B M | | POSITION | TECHNIGUE- ALIGNMENT] KEYS RESPONSIBILITIES 4,5 TECHNIQUE 1. KEY BALLTO OG 1. B-GAP, WORK INSIDE-OUT ON FLOW TO. CLOSED | 2, RAM CHARGE INTO 2, FLOW YOU. PURSUE ON FLOW AWAY END B-GAP 2. PASS RUSH. PRESSURE LANE 1. 0 TECHNIQUE 4. CENTER 1, FLOW SIDE A-GAP Nose [2 HEAD UP CENTER Z.VISION TO GUARDS |2. VERSUS PASS Z TO CONTAIN TO CLOSED 3. FLOW SIDE e | 1.5 TECHNIQUE 4. TACKLE 1. C-GAP, BLOCKER LEVEAGE ON FLOW TO OPEN {2 HEAD-UP ON 2. FLOW ‘YOUR SIDE a OFFENSIVE TACKLE 2. B-GAP ON FLOW AWAY (CROSS FACE) a 3, PASS - CONTAIN RUSH 4. BULLETS CHARGE =| 4. BALL 4.¢-GAP ceoee HEAD-UP FROM 2, OFFENSIVE 2. FLOW TO: C-GAP. OLB 6 ALIGN TACKLE -FLOW —|3. FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT C-GAP 1. SCRAPE TRIANGLE 4. D-GAP puck |? HEAD-UP ON GUARD 1. BACK 2, FLOW TO: PLUG TO PURSUIT 4-41/2 DEEP 2,GUARD-BACK —_|3. FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - BACKSIDE A-GAP FLOW NO CUTBACK 4. BASIC TRIANGLE 4.B-GAP mac 2. HEAD-UP ON GUARD 1. GUARD 2. FLOW TO: B-GAP TO PURSUIT 4-81/2 DEEP 2, BACK - FLOW 3, FLOW AWAY: PURSUIT - BACKSIDE A-GAP NO CUTBACK eS 1.60R9 TRIANGLE 4, D-GAP OR FORCE OPEN — {2.6 -HEAD/ LOOSE 4.TE 2. FLOW TO: PLUG OR FORCE OLB 3.9-OUT FOOT/ LOOSE |2.NEAR BACK 3. FLOW AWAY: BACKSIDE C-GAP 3. ONSIDE-QFFSIDE REVERSE IF FORCECLOSED BULLETS, © @ 7 7 CLOSED IS LEFT 2 E CLOSED IS LEFT —O © | QQO@Eovlo ec N E SE “ Me vense BY FORCER me B CLOSED IS LEFT REVERSE BY FORCER“READ ” ee GAP MAC e RUN CLOSED “BACKER” aw @ “BACKER” . © oO Jecbde N EW Se Tey STECH LENE) RAM 9 TECH B M GAP IRD “OPEN RIG! RUN OPEN pacer’ = =~ seacnen “BACKER” ec oO dod Ww 9TECH B M cae BRD “OPEN RIG DROP BACK PASS “BACKER” “BACKER” oe) oO “OPENRIC |“READ BLITZ” RUN CLOSED “BACKER” Cm oC. ogo TILT MAC “BACKER” WwW . oTECH a = eK BAM M GAP TT mur “OPEN RIGHT RUN OPEN oe oq By, “BACKER” DROP BACK PASS MAC CONTAIN AWAY FROM TILT “BACKER” "OPEN RIGH" © “LEO” Ss oe og - “BACKER” ea TUT Oo a CONTAIN “OPEN RIGH “LEO”“SNAP BLITZ” MAC ARROW @ —— pwvcrosep “BACKER” S ied “BACKER” oe) ea 8 na a ae a ee ee “OPEN RIG RUN OPEN “BACKER” @ wy, “BACKER igu2 oS at wy ce) ee ie B M GAP ARROW ARROW “OPEN RIC DROP BACK PASS 'BACKER” me “BACKER’ — i CONTAIN Conran Ss E E w geen sTECH a eons @ B M GAPARROW ARROW “OPEN RIC“SNAP BLITZ” MAC KNIFE RUN CLOSED - e “BACKER” . @ “BACKER” oe A= Le l B GAP ARROW KNEE, RUN OPEN “BACKER” @ oO “BACKER” DROP BACK PASS “BACKER” xe Oy “BACKER” PRESSURE PRESSURI ‘CONTAIN ‘ConTAIN © oowokjo O Ss E E W 9TECH STECH Ri STECH 9TECH “OPEN RIGH M BROW KAIEE“READ BLITZ’ MAC GUN e@ RUN CLOSED “BACKER” oO |) “BACKER” © ©oO Se Oo e ccatun Vereen Ic ‘SUN “OPEN RIG RUN OPEN “BACKER” e@ “BACKER” . og \cfoy 2 eTECH STECH reaocun \ STECH oTECH B BASIC GUN “OPEN RIG DROP BACK PASS “BACKER” “BACKER” ao Spa bd Eontan : a ee eos a an e am : Ba sun “OPEN RIG“READ BLITZ” MAC SWORD RUN CLOSED e “BACKER” “BACKER” “CONTAIN” im ed Set ue a sa Ae “OPEN RIGH RUN OPEN “BACKER” @ AX, “BACKER” oO _ © yf - M “OPEN RIGE DROP BACK PASS “BACKER” oO “BACKER” =o Pe © 2 Ob © SE EW. QTECH STECH ae STECH 9TECH “OPEN RIGI Bae M- - GAP SWORD SWORDRUN CLOSED. “BACKER” a : @ o od’ RUN OPEN “BACKER” @ 7 eet eee ; feces “BACKER” oe) “OPEN RIG “BACKER” >) DROP BACK PASS “BACKER” eC “BACKER’ oO “OPEN RIC“SNAP BLITZ” RUN CLOSED e “BACKER” EO “BACKER” © oO TECH “OPEN RIGH) RUN OPEN “BACKER” e Ly, “BACKER” DROP BACK PASS msc I QL sack" . oO Qa oO Ss EW = eel : Foes “OPEN RIGHMAC ZORRO RUN CLOSED. “BACKER” “BACKER” oO “OPEN RIGH RUN OPEN “BACKER” oq “BACKER” oO E Ww ou sme Ee areata al INT/ ce ZEBRA “OPEN RIGH DROP BACK PASS “BACKER” Speke “BACKER” 2 oO an O SS EF ‘6 WwW STECH STECH STECH 9 TECH B M GAP ZEBRA ZEBRA “OPEN RIGHae MAC RIZO RUN CLOSED i “BACKER” co ® “BACKER” ] pdoag ° “OPEN RIG RUN OPEN “BACKER” e - On, “BACKER” - oddtas | @ s N eigo siecy = iene «= /6tecn oven B M GAP RIZO- RIZO “OPEN RIC DROP BACK PASS 2 obddas Su ab ae ft 7 0 B cae Rizo “OPENR) 10WIDE RECEIVER ROUTES ODD NUMBERS = OUTSIDE ROUTES EVEN NUMBERS = INSIDE ROUTES INA o. HITCH UNDER Quickout 1. (2 step) FT 2 SLANT out 3 4 Hook (5 step) *—} (10-12 yds) Comeback 5 (7 step) A Dig «17 yas) Pla L 9 Go V8 Pose 000800 TIGHT END ROUTES Post RUNNING BA¢K ROUTES Even numbers back (Odd number = Weak back ui pass pattern nomenclature for the primary receivers involves 3 digits. The first digit is the pattem of the first receiver weakside. The second digit is the second receiver on the strongside, The third digit is the pattern of the #1 receiver on the strongside ° ° 4 ooe@0°0 7 : oo@o°o 1 314 439RECEIVER DISTRIBUTION FLOW FULL FLOW Ge : BOTH BACKS TO T.E. SIDE BOTH BACKS TOT.E. SIDE TLE, CROSSING ROUTE TE UPFIELD ROUTE FLOOD BOOTLEG Se aN ootoo 2 BACKS DIVIDE (SWAP) BOTH BACKS TO OPEN SIDE ‘TLE. CROSSING ROUTE TE BLOCKS OR RELEASESPLAY PASSES : e@ LEAD DRAW PASS J COUNTER PASS 100's 100's oogecs codeto LEAD PASS LAG PASS 100"s l 10's } coo@ec]o ococes PLUNGE PASS BOOT PASS na 100's it 300's VA e oo 2ce200 TRAP PASS F UNDER BOOT PASS a 100's Slit 7 30's et oCDCecleo Peco croreROUTE COMBINATIONS 9-7-3 PASS ‘ALL CURL PASS @ a —-o acces J ooc@ec5]o ° \ 7 eso STAR PASS (TE SIDE) SPOT. PASS (SPLIT END SIDE) (BUNCH) (BUNCH) 2S oe Sofeetes - L oo 2 oococecsd Se BINGO (TE SIDE) (BUNCH) (4 STRONG) ‘BINGO (SPLIT END 3 STROND) i = & : SODeCo o - Y OPTION - BOW OUT FLOW a f- 6o- oO oO Z-RACE, @ROUTE COMBINATIONS € SLANT X-DIG (FLOW) CRACK "ZOMBIE" CHINA’ SEAM BULLETS "DINO" = \:wu0T PASS (LEAD OPEN) 300"s access PLAY PASSES RIDE .PASS 100" s DASH PASS SPRINT OUT PASS 500's 20's oe — Ta o fo Oo Soceco WAGGLE PASS oo 200's a fi ROLL OUT PASS 20's ocW@e@c]n 2SOSece occoec]dROUTE COMBINATIONS ALL GO/SEAM “TD ¥ Down” | X - SHALLOW CROSS e bey | mk : 00800 | sey ‘SMASH e 4 | Joe COUNTER 0 PASS h pe DRAGGON SWITCH en STRETCH BOOT D.LG. ror tROUTE COMBINATIONS TRIPS HI-LO BUNCH HI-LO 2x2 LEVELS: SMASH WITH H-WIDE PRESSOUTS Oe e ° : oo8ooof ° a oo8o0g \__ = aCURL COMBINATION lo ID Ic Fs jz 2BUSTER 2IN/30UT oo em ov Nooo s mote be READ tg “GOLD LEFT” al sese| [. “f e 3 BACKER. 3SKY DINO KEY DROP. (A)CKDOWN _- “RALPH” “ROB” 10STAR / BUNCH COMBINATIONS INSIDE FIRE ZONE STAR 6/7 SPOT + S 63 23 BUSTER oS D w Ss] --~ Es oy c ‘ a Lo FS { = FS f Heat ss ae é “CLOSED LEFT” “OPEN LEFT” “OPEN RIGHT” ED RIGHT’ 2416) FIRE ZONE REVERSE 216 / FIRE ZONE BINGO “TRIO”RACE ROUTES ANY 3 DEEP 3B/ 3S / FZ) o X 5 B IR QD “LARRY” “WHITE LEFT” * “ZOMBIE” ALERT “RAY-RAY” * “ZOMBIE” ALERT 3 DEEPS 2 BUSTER Z.UNDER RAG FLOW 3SKY ACE RACE {ZONE X/ ZONE THE SET) aN “STRONG LEFT” “CLOSED LEFT” goonca os Ww “ZOMBI OFF-SPLITS “GOLD LEFT” 12BOOT RULES 3BACKER “eS | 2 BUSTER “GOLD LEFT” * PLAY THE PLAY! * POST SAFETY ALERT FOR DEEP CROSS, FIRE ZONE Io oO oono Ww at FS “ROGER” “WHITE LEFT” * POST SAFETY ALERT FORDEEPCROSS 13 - “RAY-RAY” * LEVELS * PLAY THE PLAY!WILL 2 BUSTER {A double rotated zone with 2 Deep and 5 Under employing 2 Tight coverage on receivers in each zone based on a read of rovte progressions. Comers will align RULI and bump all motion. Safeties e will align strong and weak. SAM - Will execute a Buster technique as he zones off thru the core receivers, C.P,- Versus Trips and split 3 yards or more between #2/H3 “Lock” call by Buck. STRONG INSIDE BACKER - ‘Open to Strong Hook and wall off #2 and #3. Carry any vertical route - Middle Read CP. Alert “Lock” call versus Trips - oversplit. WEAK INSIDE BACKER - Open to Weak Hook and wall off #2 Weak. Be prepared to carry vertical route Vertical Hook. Do, ‘not get width to a backside tight formation. WILL : Contain Rush versus Pass. Plug versus run, Alert for “Socks Backer” call versus any weak side Tight formation; except in Red Zone. C.P. - Possible “Lock” or “Tango” call with “Socks” call STRONG CORNER : ‘Align LURt and bump all motion. Always aligned on HI receiver to your side. Execute ‘Sink technique on the #1 receiver to your side. ICH releases outside you can roll with him but get vision back inside for potential 7 Cut by e #2 receiver. STRONG SAFETY . Align Strong and play Tight % technique. Key inside for potential vertical route from #2 or #3 strong. Hold on point 2% yards inside numbers with any vertical threat - Fish tal at 22 yards depth. C.P,- Always check #1 receiver first for run/pass key. FREE SAFETY Align Weak and play Normal % technique. Key inside to #2 Weak for potential vertical route. If no vertical threat then expand to #1 receiver. Always check #1 receiver first for runfpass key. Never outside the inside number of #1 WEAK CORNER - Align RULt and bump all motion. Always align on HT receiver to your side. Execute a Squat technique. Collision #1 receiver and cushion off with him keeping vision inside on #2. Use numbers as your guide. C.P, - Versus flow sink #1 receiver.WILL 2 BUSTER -owr og retour | caacKeR Heo! “So : Oo Oo So o = x x Soconod So Oo s w a qt c~ euster BoM c I nae x x a} a 7 mopLe vert SS READ HK OFS ‘SINK “GOLD LEFT” “eoLD RIGHT” nut normal nonat #& wa uw a SAM STRONG INSIDE BK WEAK INSIDE BK WILL : LIGN: 6 /LOOSE TECH ONTE 1X4 INSIDE ON SLOT 1E- TACKLE, GUARD NEAR BACK 5 ESP: RUN To: PLUG AWAY: PURSUIT“ 188: BUSTER TECHNIQUE POSS: “LOCK™ CALL FROMILG cap ALIGN: HEAD UP ON GUARD 4172-5 YDS DEEP KEY: THRU GUARD TO NEAR BACK RESP: DEPENDS ON FRONT CALL PASS: MIDDLE READ POSS: "LOCK CALL 6.2. SWITCH SIDES WrTH Mane VS. Y-OFF Y-MOTION ALIGN: HEAD UP ON GUARD 4172-5 YDS DEEP KEY: THRU GUARD TO NEAR BACK Resp: DEPENDS ON FRONT CALL PASS: VERTICAL HOOK “CP, ALERT FOR “SOCKS” CALL “LOCK” OR “TANGO™ wiTH OB. ALIGN: 6/LOOSE TECHRIOUE KEY: TE- TACKLE, GUARD, NEAR Back RESP: RUN TO: PLUG RUNAWAY: PURSUIT e PASS: CONTAIN RUSH "GP, ALERT FOR “SOCKS” CALL “LOCK OR “TANGO” wire STRONG CORNER STRONG SAFETY FREE SAFETY WEAK CORNER ALIGN: OUTSIDE SHADE x 4YS SPLIT ALERT SEV: THRU #2 TO BACKS RESP RUN TO: FORCE RUNAWAY: ARC PASS: SINK TECHNIQUE ALIGN: 12X2 OUTSIDE NORMAL"Y" Y2XZINSIDE SLOT Z" Ke 1 RECEIVER THRU #2-TO BACKS RESP: RUN TO: SECONDARY FORCE RUNAWAY: FILL PASS: TIGHT 172 READ I TO#2 ‘ALIGN: 12X2 OUTSIDE ON WEAK TACKLE - ALIGN WILL VARY (WIDTH) KEY: #1 RECEIVER THRU ‘UNCOVERED LINEMEN TO BACKS RESP: RUN TO: SECONDARY FORCE BUN AWAY, FILL PASS: NORMAL 12 ALIGN: OUTSIDE SHADE 4 YOS ‘SPLIT ALERT KEY: NEXT INSIDE OFF. PLAYER RESP: RUNTO: FORCE RUNAWAY: ARC Pass: SQUAT TECH *e.p, ALERT FOR “SOCKS” CALL “CP. ALERT FOR FLOW = SINKe “CLOUD” @ TITE WILL ME 2 BUSTER SPLIT LEFI “CLOUD” N Ew S auc omen ate oreo Cc LOOSE® CONTAIN PRESSURE PRESSURE CONTAIN Cc ™“N Susie B Zz SCRAPE SCRAPE FORCE MIDDLE VERTICAL ORCE ‘SINK READ HOOK ‘SQUAT. ss one FS eae SECONDARY FORCE “GOLD LEFT” SECONDARY FORCE newt 2 ‘SPLIT SLOT RIGHT “BACKER” @® @ “CORE” ; socks Ai S BACKER” leu ano PRESSURE PRESS! IRE conrany Ss ba B M STER ‘SCRAPE TANGO MDDLE READ FS { Iz Ss SECONDARY FORCE “GOLD RT” NORMAL 172 eee TACKLE x8 YDS, SECONDARY “DINO ALERT Tight 12“eo ur z ° | fe) 5 w 4 ar =e “es Se cenaiaer H i" veo. ur é Ss : Bae x © oxftodN ean eager ai aii parE 7 a fF y x » fo Se 4 c we c aS oy an f 5 ~couir * : iv x P dated 8 + Soc sn 4 c a c eee eee Fe H “GOLDLT™, z . % ° Y S, U S Ww 4 Tee peewee c y * ie ss F ¥ sooo ment 2° 6 noon, x 0 9 iy ° q 4 Vie ee c Pp ’ ry “ERE SAELEAT 5 os ace tL 60 S xO. wl 2 x} x eres te ie a y Se eee ee cWILL ME 2 BUSTER Rach zm = SLT nS TWANTEFTIE2 Sani ontl eae ore ea u a Benny ff 2 On . 3 “socks” / x Vy: x YY And @ 2kx8o oo (coo 3 Coch \ og yO dpb ye Ay ey me ey “es ry ws re his | __,,,| PI, | BEERESIES oe Oro & 0 O, k eer mw |x “ oO odio. 3" Jo odfady ony | 0 octood ‘ w Sy 1 & s w K ee we e x" By ic a x. q By He e x ey ss ry “es AY = ry TELLERS, aT | RT cae - 8 é oT Oa. xl w Gage x ofo o a Peps3 5) 6 Focdoo boo eee ere aol acy pel i c ae e| ae e|'c we spe Fy Kfiby stnenor Sy, ws Fy ETRE ORG RT — | eS OTT =e ET ccouourronr|, AETHER CETASMOR/ENSISooLgaT OL scout 6 OQnceyeo 6 iO: 3 vgO x YX Y x x a 5° Secon? cockto\ ° 8)5 — cfboo eae s. a Se Ss Ww 4 5 w 8, I Noe aces ice eaten i a, cos 6 CU Ces eee eet enee es x Xe x Se x Se ‘HNGS TRIPS RIGHT TZPTION a ‘RINGS TRIPS SPEED LEFT IWS eee Wings LEFT 2-2 H a Oo GB | Gwe Doge |. Geyer Gepeonn (Conses) o ona \ “F ]G 8 okey s. s Wy Cae Wo. B . + K x MOB. c t « MB. c FS v F oe : ss* *, MW x Xe x e ETP cowur ont SE ccopurrorr| Se RRR wow ee Qos Qos & . i ts : Qe wy -ohks- UV sree » / ¥ Yo acebo 9 “fi ey oe / Poo, : y * dé we Hy ae ¢ eh ee FS, ss FS, 55 FR“GOLD LEFT” “GOLD LEFT” BOOTLEG “POSS: “PUSH” CALL FROM BUCK “GOLD LEFT”“BUSTER” TECHNIQU A. Collision #2 and squeeze from outside-in. Squeeze #2 until 2 flat route shows then “match up to the flat oO oO oo0ocKo s (o> \ ¢ B. The “Buster” technique must always be aware of the release of #3. If #3 releases away, squeeze #2 until another route threatens your flat e oO fo) ° oO ~— OOD000 ooo: a — ——8 OM ¢ [ B \ ~ .P. - ALIGNMENT WILL VARY BASED ON ALIGNMENT OF #3 CC. Versus Trips or near back the “Buster” must squeeze back to and cover any “Trail” route. The “Middle Read" must carry a vertical by #2 or #3. C.P. - deepest and inside Oy of #2 and #3. Oo Oo O° ‘oO OooN0O o OOUCO oO Le w NN = ™. BM Y ( y e C.P. Alert to “Bunch* callsOo 5. Vv oo000 Nik : —-——~92 oO ° 4 0000 aL Up i oO 20000 We ° ° | Le o @ D. Versis @” CHINA” route the “Buster” will play to the” CHINA. Until another route threatens the flat“SINK” TECHNIQU e ‘A. Played by Strong Comer in 2 Buster or by Comer to side of off-set back in a 2x 2 alignment B__ Collision receiver from outside-in. Cover #1 M/M on any inside breaking route except a "CHINA" You do not have to keep width on an inside receiver to the flat ° ‘ —~o coo a Biel. ool Ss :¢ a : s € 1G C. If a “Bunch” situation. defelops corner collapse, bounce andzread. Match the first upfield and outside route of the Bunch. po is : “NO 5 t 0°00 a ¢ oon “punch — “OS E oe a oo “china- e Bunch* * china” D._ If #1 gets an outside release you can roll off with him, but you must then check inside for 7 Route. #1 is yours M/M unless 7 Route shows. _ O Ho SG oou ic e facets: a 8 | ss oe | *FLOOD | | Qo ( oon (cc Kon @ \ FsSAM33 i cet ll atleast on a emp ooeares ASR eed ona alfa bone Wenn ate oRob-Le tote stengh Minh Sepia te sent SAM : lug versus run Contain rush versus pass. : STRONG INSIDE BACKER - Open to Strong Hook and read #3 and 4#2 Strong to determine whether to expand drop. Maintain inside position tothe ball. Open, drive, settle and break WEAK INSIDE BACKER ‘Open 10 Weak Hook and read pattem of #2. Weak. Hold inside out position Versus a 1 Tight do not expand drop unless #2 takes you outside. Open, drive, settle and break WILL : ‘Open Outside and Check #1 for “Ct route, Take an angle drop to three : yards inside of #1 and 12 yards deep. Read #2 weak for pattern keys. Alert to 3 step. CORNERS : Will align RULE X and Z versus al personnel ‘groups, Versus all sets play Deep 1/5 2to 1 e read alert to make “China” call STRONG SAFETY - Will align to the strength versus all personnel. - Rock adjust C.0.S. motion. Play Curl-Flat technique. Read #2 and #3 and noid off Teut, FREE SAFETY : Align and cover the Deep Middle 1/3. Key thru uncovered lineman to ball and react to thrown ball. Rock adjust C.0S, motion with the Strong Safety C.P. ~ Alert to “STRETCH” call vs, 2x2 sets 10SAM 33 "BACKER" » “READY OF H "sky" So oO (oy z oO ; io x y co) x (oe or orjk o ooo 1 (1 W. w se « si c B M c B M K Ne c A Ne c ES ss FS ee suze s-Lce" RIP “ROB” “RED LEFT” Y “REO RIGHT” SAM BUCK MAC WILL, iow: 6 TECHNIQUE ALIGN: HEAD UPON GUARD | ALIGN: HEADUP ON GUARD | ALIGN: 8 TECHIOUE i # V2 YOS DEEP “i 4.2 YOs OEEP Bwirist Tick fey; re-tacme.cuaro | KEV: THRUGUARD TO BACKS KEY: THRUGUARDTOBACKS —_] KEY: NEAR ACK OT AND 08 NEAR BACK nese: Rese: Rese: 7 IF STRONG: DEPENDS ON IF STRONG: DEPENDS ON TE STRONG: Fore RONG: PLUG FRONT CALL FRONT CALL se wean: DEPENDS on LE WEAK: DEPENDS ON EWEnK: REVERSE TEWEAK: PURSUIT FRONT CALL FRONT CALL PASS: CURL LAT »Ass: CONTAN RUSH PASS: HOOKCURL PASS: HOOK CURL “cp. oPEN AND DROP THRU “e.P. OPEN AND READ PATTERNS | “C.P. OPEN AND REAO PATTERN. cunt orrzen. ‘OF#2, HOLD SEAM “ep.ALERT STRETO STRONG CORNER STRONG SAFETY. FREE SAFETY ‘WEAK CORNER Auom: OUTSIDE oRISIDE | ALIGN: 4x 408 ONTE ALIGN: WEAK GUARD, TACIGE | ALIGH: OUTSIDE OR INSIDE xe10v0s GaP x12 ¥OS.- STRONG xes0v05 KEY: THRU #2 TO BALL Resr: ‘TO: SECONDARY FORCE AWAY: ARC. PASS: DEER OUTSIDE 19 MID-POINTIS 3 YOS. OUTSIDE OF #S, KEY: THRU #2 TO BACKS. RESP: TO; FORCE AWAY: REVERSE PASS: CURL FLAT WITH FS *G.P. ROCK ADJUST ¢.0.8. MOTION! ‘TACKLE VS. TRIPS, KEY: THRU UNCOVERED UNEMEN TO BACKS RESP: TOFILL AWAY: FILL PASS: MIDOLE POST KEY: THRU #2 TO BALL RESP: "TO; SECONDARY FORCE AWAY: ARC PASS: DEEP OUTSIDE 1/9 Mid-PONT 15.3 YDS. OUTSIDE OF FS. il(P) TITE SAM ME 33 @ !LEFT “SKY” @® “BACKER” @ @ fereod 7 erce) acu ee stecn COMTAN PRESSURE PRESSURE COMTAN © GU FLAT c SCRAPE c HOOK cURL DEEP a OEP 1 SLOT RIGHT “READ” “sKy”SAM 33 oer a TREY = aE 7 3 Oo eal 7 ower z oO cneb cere 00 oO LA 5 Q 5 _ ge dood 6 qeodkoo | eee oa fe Joel aeiaes area es ae ss FS 5 f x j _ Fone fieaicit j mmm sae — ay 7 oe rls 5 [Seo fo} x0 “hePoo } eS ah RO eae iete ences co Ke a Ne, 1 / yey fom ¥ |y SS t eae Theo por sll A ° oat oe COOL eee Mee il c ede } veer fT ERTIES > Conca: bho, 8 ss 8 Eee i, } § x O REonemz ° u fe) \ i “ bea ee : c } Fs sy FE _-anerere Cae 720 A es 2 s fs Ww. PN et atest é es sarnerene ) essay . Oo O Dur x w 3 &ho c 2 a fm (oe t6H, Ue voi" | TAWSTERTTES ——~ sae THREES “ae Por emnrvonmar| -REDLT: 7 “REDLT* Oo Oo dockodt 5 aa me cy BY SS oc FS 1 x eu, @ are 1 SEULRERT TERN “LE TOR Feo Ur TORED RT” - Fo Qo Oey Ca a0 6 ee ee oe x or 6 x b ee TG + food ° food” s © ene ow ion ae 1 cat wh Qe, } =—8 } Fcc } Pome + ic oe aR, Fa | nce iz n x o;o Oo” a Eas ao 6 } Ss 3 Gocfoct tO 7 RM fel. ak et A t 1 ee Sica | Fo DUTTON RT Tae Sour, | SMES paper ronson | Gey fe ae o pe w . oe o oy cok “uy e}e A. _ ;" c ¢ oe Ac... SS Vit § mae et eRe | aT TT TS See SE auene | homie Ew or caiog fe ii z a . 9 xO ee Ouee t Con ° aa OLB we € w 3 ¢ w S SS eat j . en ay 7 7 _. f f on ak j Se See RE Eee UT TOREO feeeee re aada ee cence] eerecrree oReD LT z Ont Zo Qrrennnnncnee WT 2 i x 0 rh Of, O WOT ENOL y OF oe 3 cx 3 ood are |S Pood 3 w S d aM ec ic eee ss wae eee ieee tee — oe “3 BF Ene one | SRST ro! 7 _ Ona z fi 7 Ones, oock 3 nerve ores Y WO, w ser Soko 3 osSAM 33 FULL FLOW “RED LEFT” “RED LEFT” BOOTLEG “RED LEFT” “RED LEFT” 15Whe {A Rolated Zone Coverage to the weak side of the formation with three linebackers in coverage and the secondary playing ’4, and % technique behind them. (MODIFIED) (Comers ill align Right and Left and bump all motion actoss the formation. Safeties will align strong and e "weak, We will control our zotation by making a “Ray-Lex” call indicating Clond rotation to the right or Teh : SAM - Open outside and play “BUZZ.” technique Vs. Trips or removed #2 play “Quarters” Technique from and oot alignment. (Zone W” Call, BUCK : Hf strong open and shuffle to 3 Receiver Hook. If weak play Vertical Hook. CP. Vs. Trips alert to carry #3 Vertical alert to “China” call. MAC : (Open and play Vertical Hook if Weak. Play 3 Receiver Hook if Strong. CP. Vs. Trips alert to cushion #3 Vertical wie, : ‘Contain Rush, CP, Poss. “LOCK” OR “TANGO” call with “SOCKS” call STRONG CORNER : ro Formation (No “Zone 11” call) Align 8 to 10 yards deep with inside man technique. Cover #1 man to man with no post help. Possible Press Man Tech. e "0 Coverage” Slot Formation (or any “Zone It? call) Play regular Quarters technique with no 2 101 read, You have post help He with "Zone It” call FREE SAFETY : Play Weak %. Read #2 for vertical route ‘weak. If #2 runs vertical then balance up and play ¥ technique. ‘With no vertical route expand to the #1 receiver. WEAK CORNER - Execute a Squat technique on #1 receiver. Collision and re-direct #1 then react to #2 in the Flat. Get width then depth: CP. Alert For “Socks Backer” 1 “Flow” read, STRONG SAFETY - ‘Regular Formation (no removed #2) Align 9x2 and execute plug force with Corl-Post ‘pass technique. Look to match the deepest of Ginside - outside) #2 o1 #3 vertical ee Stot Formation (or removed #2) Make : me “Zone W” call and play Quarters iechaive ® With Post-Curl technique. Deepen alignment. Backer force 16WILL 6 e “BACKER” |g Hh “ckoup" “BACKER” F Ho “BACKER” “SOCKS” : co) oO OQ oO o z oO y oa x Y OQ x ooon°C Cl oO DTOO000 (ae s w ew aa t ye 8 Buzz B M c B mM Ne c TANGO 4 wate IN er aREC vert Lock ss c ss us OFS FS 1 t INSIDE t “WmnTE LEFT" “WHITE RIGHT” man” CURL “RAY” “Lex” Hat eOST SAM BUCK MAC WiLL |AUGN: STECHMIQUEONTE | ALIGN: HEADUPoNcuARD | ALIGN: HEADUPONGUARD | aLIGN:6TECHMOUE {1X4 INSIDE ON SLOT (OUT) “42 YOS OEEP “4172 YDS OEEP. KEY: TE TACKLE, GUARD KEY: THRU GUARD TO NEAR — | KEY: THRU GUARD TONEAR | KEY: TE - TACKLE, NEAR BA‘ NEAR BACK. ‘BACK BACK RESP: RESi RESr: RESP: e RUNTO; FORCE DEPENDS ON FRONT CALL DEPENDS ON FRONT CALL UNTO: PLUG UMAWIAY: REVERSE RUNAWAY: PURSUTT PASs: BUZZ DROP ‘ALERT “ZONE IT Vas TOCALL: 3 RECEIVER HOOK AWAY CALL: VERTICAL HOOK PASS: TOCALL: 3 RECEIVER HOOK AWIRY CALL: VERTICAL HOOK PASS: CONTAIN RUSH *c.P. ALERT FOR “SOCKS” ¢ “LOCK” OR “FANG. wit euck STRONG CORNER STRONG SAFETY FREE SAFETY WEAK CORNER ALIGN: INSIDE SHOULDER X 0-10 | ALIGN: 9X2YDSveREGULAR _ | ALIGN: 2 YDS OUTSIDE LEG OF OT| ALIGN: INSIDE OR OUTSIDE Yos. 12X2 YDS vs DISPLACED X12 YDS - DISGUISE AS DEPENDING ON SP DISGUISE AS 2 DEEP KEY: #1 UNLESS “ZONE IT" THEN #2 TO BALL RESP: ‘RUN TO; SECONDARY FORCE RUNAWAY: ARC PASS: INSIDE MAN UNLESS “ZONE IT" THEN, QUARTERS" - 3-10-30 2 KEY: THRU #2 TO BACKS RESP: RUN TO: REG= PLUG SLOT = FILL RUN AWAY: REG = PURSUIT ‘SLOT = PURSUIT PASS: CURL-POST #2 REMOVED - POST CURI “ZONE TT™ 20EEP KEY: #1 RECEIVER THRU UNCOVERED LINEMEN TO BACKS RESP: RUN TO: SECONDARY FORCE RUNAWAY: PURSUIT PASS: WEAK 1/2 x4¥0S KEY: NEXT INSIDE OFF. PLY RESP: RUNTO; FORCE RUNAWAY: ARC PASS: SQUAT TECH *cP. ALERT FOR “SOCKS” SCP. ALERT FOR FLOW =St 17WILL ME 6 FULL FLOW “WHITE LEFT” WHITE LEFT” “RAY - RAY” “RAY - RAY” e FLOOD BOOTLEG — ry @® DP ~y UL oonc]e Ss B “WHITE LEFT” “WHITE LEFT” “RAY - RAY" 18 “RAY - RAY”eo.2 hn “ctoupe “BACKER” Ho "BACKER" SOCKS” i oO ic Oo oO = 2 7 a oO x y Oo > oooneoo oO OoDod0e Cc s w ce 1 s puzz B mM c = x “Zone 1 REC VERT ss c ss uk OFS 1 q Iisibe ‘ “WHITE LEFT" “WHITE RIGHT” man CURL “RAY “LEX” OST SAM BUCK MAC. WiLL UGK: 9TECHMIOUEONTE [ALIGN HEADUP oN GUARD — | ALIGN: HEADUP ONGUARO | ALIGN: 6 TECHNIQUE {24 INSIDE ON SLOT (OUT) “1172 0s OEE “412 YDS DEEP KEY: TE-TACKLE, GUARD KEY: THRUGUAROTONEAR | KEY: THRUGUARDTO NEAR | KEY: TE TACKLE, NEAR B/ NEAR BACK BACK PACK Resp: RESP: RESP: RESP: RUNTO: FORCE DEPENDS ON FRONT CALL DEPENDS ON FRONT CALL RUN 10: PLUG UNAWAY: REVERSE ass: BUZZ DROP ALERT “ZONE IT ues pass: TOGALL: 3 RECEIVER HOOK AWAY CALL: VERTICAL HOOK pass: TOGALL: RECEIVER HOOK AWAY CALL: VERTICAL HOOK RUNAWAY; PURSUIT PASS: CONTAIN RUSH “cP. ALERT FOR “SOCKS” “LOCK” OR “TANC wri BucK STRONG CORNER STRONG SAFETY FREE SAFETY WEAK CORNE. ALIGN: INSIDE SHOULDER x 8.10 Yos. DISGUISE AS 2 DEEP KEY: #1 UNLESS “ZONE IT" THEN #2 TOBALL RESP: 'RUN TO: SECONDARY FORCE, RUNAWAY: ARC PASS: INSIDE MAN UNLESS “ZONE IT” THEN QUARTERS” 3.10.30 ALIGN: 9X2 DS vs REGULAR 1220S vs DISPLACED. 2 KEY: THRU #20 BACKS RESP: TO: REG = PLUG SLOT # FILL RUNAWAY: REG= PURSUIT SLOT = PURSUIT PASS: CURL- POST #2 REMOVED - POST CUR! “ZONE IT" . ALIGN: 2 YOS OUTSIDE LEG OF OT | X12 YDS - DISGUISE AS 20EEP. KEY: #1 RECEIVER THRU UNCOVERED LINEMEN TO BACKS RESP: UNTO: SECONDARY FORCE RUN AWAY: PURSUIT PASS: WEAK 172 ALIGN: INSIDE OR OUTSIOI DEPENDING ONS xaYOS KEY; NEXT INSIDE OFF. PL RESP: RUN TO: FORCE RUN AWRY: ARG PASS: SQUAT TECH °C, ALERT FOR “SOCKS *C.PLALERT FOR FLOW = 19TITE WILL ME 6 SPLIT.LEFT “BACKER” ® a) “CLOUD” e @ dole Sp, 4 E., ® suer PRESSURE © BRESSURE CONTAIN Ee se ScRAPE SCRAPE 6 SRECEIVER VERTICAL 4030 ‘HOOK HOOK SDE MAN 7 ss “Rip” FS “WHITE LEFT” t oul ST “4 a IDARY FORCE “RAY - RAY” pene KINGS GUN FAR RIGHT (Y-OFF) “cLoub” © @ “BACKER” © Juba oe 4 = c CONAN BRESSURE © BRESSURE CONTA s N rr FORCE VERTICAL RECE! QUARTERS SQUAT HOOK HOOK ape FS ss WHITE RIGHT” caw RGU: | “ZONE IT” ks Iz iS. In iS IS + OST lo 5 2 20DOG RUSH DOG RUSH 1 IS A MAN-TO-MAN COVERAGE WITH BOTH OUTSIDE LINEBACKERS RUSHING (5 MAN RUSH). CORNERS : ALIGN ON “X” AND “2” VERSUS REGULAR AND ACE PERSONNEL (2 WR). CORNERS WILL ALWAYS RUN AND COVER ANY MOTION BY A WIDE RECEIVER. ‘THEY WILL ALIGN LEFT AND RIGHT VERSUS ANY OTHER OFFENSIVE PERSONNEL GROUPING. OUTSIDE BACKERS - BRONCO FORCE VERSUS RUN AND CONTAIN RUSH VERSUS PASS. CP. 2 WAY RUSH ON BACK BUCK - ALIGN TO TIGHT END AND COVER CLOSED SIDE. BACK VERSUS ANY 2 BACK SET. VERSUS ANY } BACK SET, COVER TIGHT END MAN-TO-MAN. CP. HUG RUSH Mac . ALIGN TO THE OPEN SIDE AND COVER THE OPEN SIDE BACK VERSUS ANY 2 BACK SET. VERSUS 1 BACK SETS, COVER THE REMAINING BACK. CP. HUG RUSH ‘STRONG SAFETY + ALIGN TO THE TIGHT END VERSUS REGULAR. e ALIGN OPPOSITE THE SLOT VERSUS SLOT FORMATIONS. VERSUS ALL OTHER PERSONNEL, : (A) “—sz ace so0qdfbo é 4 odfloo é s Ww 4 8 w P e S ox® =M FS oC c “Nm B BUMP, ssEAGLE WIDE / SLIDE OPEN BEAR SPECIAL 4 - Y-OFF / Y-MOTION “8.0.8.” CALL - CLOSED OLB'ER & ‘BUCK WILL “BUMP" Y-OFF / Y-MOTION - BUCK WILL TAKE TE IN MOTION & SAM WILL SLIDE IN AND STACK ON NOSE & TAKE BACK M/M. KINGS TRIPS RIGHT {¥-OFF) (Y-3) “BRONCO” “BRONCO” “BRONCO” CONTAIN CONTAIN e Me dl | EAGLE WIDE / SLI *F-SET BACK OPEN - ALERT T' WILL BLITZ OPEN “A” GAP - MAC COVER OFFSET BACK M/M CLOSED OLB'ER HAS TE N/M, KINGS GUN FAR RIGHT “BRONCO” “BRONCO” “OPEN RIGHT” manFARILEFT “OPEN RIGHT” @ “BRONCO” “BRONCO” _CONTAIN, ® CONTAIN, @ OUTSIDE TECH MANOR Lock PRESS Lock, 4 4M HERE” om SOLO! SONTAN / cam ss 4 POST e ACE LEFT “OPEN RIGHT" - “BRONCO” “BRONCO” “?M HERE” (CK “BEAR” WITH MAI e IN‘D! AREA@sroncoe @ “CLOSEDLEFT” RO E E POSS: “MANBO” “BRONCO” “CLOSEDLEFT” Cc 3s, OUTSIDE MAN COVER ‘OR PRESS TRIES BACK “GOT HIM” 2WAY [WIDE S SLIDE NED DOG RUSH 1 1 LEFT " “BRONCO YOUR SIDE Hus) BUCK, MAC, STRONG SAFETY POSSIBLE FLOW RULE FREE MIDDLE Post TRIPS LEFT @® (H-3) “BRONCO” Ww WIDE S sTECH 2way RED GAME PRESSURE © RUSH 7 ON BACK SCRAPE 110 ADJ.TO COVER REMAINING COVER BACK ocFIRE ZONES FIVE MAN PRESSURE WITH THREE DEEP ZONE COVERAGE BEHIND IT. THREE UNDERNEATH ZONE DEFENDERS WILL DEFEND THE SEAM, 3 RECEIVER HOOK, AND SEAM.. 1. FORMATION FIRE ZONE - 5 MAN PRESSURE BLITZING TWO LB’ERS FROM “TILT SIDE”. DIRECTIONAL CALL IS “ROGER OR LINDA”. 2. SLIDE GROSS INSIDE FIRE ZONE - 5 MAN PRESSURE BLITZING BOTH ILB’ERS - BUCK OPEN A, MAC. CLOSED A GAP. CHECK “SKY” VS. SLOT OR TRIPS. 3. EAGLE WIDE INSIDE FIRE ZONE - § MAN PRESSURE BLITZING BOTH ILB'ERS - BUCK PENETRATE. CLOSED A GAP, MAC BEHIND INTO CLOSED B GAP. CHECK “SKY” VS SLOT OR TRIPS. 4. CLOSED STRIKE FIRE ZONE - § MAN PRESSURE BLITZING SS AND BUCK FROM THE CLOSED SIDE WITH ‘THE OLB’ER PLAYING SEAM AND MAC PLAY 3 RECEIVER HOOK. ZONE PRESSURE 5. CLOSED ZEBRA ZONE Y -3. DEEP -4 UNDER ZONE, RUSHING BOTH CLOSED SIDE LB'ERS WITH THE ‘CLOSED END RUNNING A LONG SCOOP CHARGE. NOSE WILL DROP TO WEAK HOOK. 6, TITE STING GOLD - 2 DEEP - 4 UNDER COVERAGE. DOGGING BOTH OLB'ERS TO SPILL AND CONTAIN. CORNERS USE “SOFT SQUAT” TECHNIQUE. NOSE WILL SPY. 7. {ALERT) STRONG STORM 2 BACKER - 2 DEEP 4 UNDER COVERAGE. CRASHING THE SS AND STRONG OLB'ER WITH THE DEFENSIVE LINE SLANTING AWAY FROM CALL, FORMATION FIRE ZONE “LINDA” “LINDA TO ROGER”FIREZONES - VARIOUS PRESSURE PATTERNS THAT WILL BE EXECUTED FROM MANY FRONTS. THERE WILL BE A 5 MAN RUSH WITH 3 UNDER AND 3 DEEP ZONES. SOME FIREZONES WILL FEATURE 2 DEEP COVERAGE. FIREZONE COVERAGE TERMINOLOGY CARRY - UP FIELD (SEAM) MATCH - FLAT (SEAM -3 RECEIVER) DELIVER- - INSIDE AGROSS (3 RECEIVER) COMMUNICATE - — “IGOTHIM” PASS OFF (SEAM / 3 RECEIVER) HOVER - CORNER (3 RECEIVER SIDE) | LEAN - POST 1/3 VISION - THE KEY TO ALL PASS DEFENSE SUCCESS “LOCK” - SEAM AND 3 RECEIVER MATCH DESIGNATED RECEIVER NO “CHINA” - ALERT (“EAST CROSSERS” - “BUNCH” - “SPLIT”) | DEEP TO SHALLOW- . TWO MEN ENTER YOUR ZONE (SEAM) LEVELS - NO ass, (3 RECEIVER - Loci} (SEAM - MATCH #2) © DOVOVOS00O SEAM 3 RECEIVERFIREZONE (A) WR MOTION STRONG TO WEAK DICTATES CHECK “SKY” IN ALL INSIDE FIRE ZONES \ e@ (8) YO-YO, BOX, T-MO,, WING (CLOSE ALIGNMENTS) #1 IS MOVE GUY OR WING | {C) INSIDE FIREZONES vs. U MOVEMENT TO 2x2 CHECK “BACKER” {D) CLOSED SIDE SETS vs. FIREZONES - CORNER MATCH T.E. (#1) - SEAMER ON BACK (#2) (€) BUNCH = SEAMER - 1ST OUTSIDE, 3 REC. - 1ST INSIDE, CORNER - 1ST UP FIELD OUTSIDE {F) FAST CROSSERS - SEAMERS PUSH AND DELIVER - CORNER SQUEEZE AND CARRY NEXT UP FIELD sky" 0 #1 ” 1D.) SLOT - BACKER FORCE ° 2 z ° x Y a x ° oo a Qo Cc aera EL FAST -GROSSERS a ° x z ° ° (poekeo ‘ fe c) ad\N ove F-ANGLE \ 2&3 STACK SMASH - SEAM7 cpmanme (A) SEAM COLLAPSE a CORNER (P)7 CUT fo} oo a fe) * Oo oo 8 ooo s Ss — . 3 ia ; verncat LJ” XQ “y ‘ALERT CROSS: wy ‘ Oe(P) FORMATION FIRE ZONE ROGERILINDA TO TILT (A)“TRIPS” CALL -VS TRIPS AND 2 BACK SLOT SLOT & 2X2 SET TAKE CALL OPEN *C.P. VS SPREAD “ROGER/LINDA” TO THE 3 WR SIDE “TRIPS - TRIPS” 1 SLOT RIGHT. “BACKER - BACKER” © abel aes ® db PA alte bERS—9 Cc RECEIVER a HOOK “ROGER! t ROGER!” e ma is 2 Hae 4 AGE SLOT RIGHT ae LONG scoop yeTconTan [LONG scoop CALL : ‘SEAM Cc ioe “ROGER! e zi ZONE aFORMATION FIRE ZONE MOTION ADJUSTMENTS S.ACE 3 “ROGER TO LINDA” es 4 6 é 8 Cas, : f ‘oBoo } & ooB8olo & s gM Rec 8. ACE TRIPS SLOT RIGHT (Z-MOTION) H “ROGE! oOFORMATION FIRE ZONE FULL FLOW “LINDA - LINDA” “LINDA - LINDA”“BA P EAGLE WIDE INSIDE FIRE ZONI E SPLIT LEFT “pacner"@] ot P) EAGLE WIDE OPPOSITE INSIDE FIRE ZONE SPLUT LEFT e “BACKER” “BACK ~ | © “OPEN RIGHT” oO IRE ZONE EIREZOt IBN FS “CHECK SKY" VS REAL. } zemoven #2 on Taurs 9 ZONE MIDDLE 1/3SPLIT SLOT RIGHT “BACKER” 10 MIDDLE 15P) SLIDE CROSS OPPOSITE INSIDE FIRE ZONE e “BACKER” c FIR 4 NO2TO1READ SPLIT SLOT RIGHT4. FAR LEFT (Z-MOTION) CE ‘SLOT RIGHT (2: “CK SKY TO.BACKER” HOE Ono) d0bPoo é s w J \\ seat, ss C+ Coca B M c an je 8 OOo oe 8 Soo Aldos 50 offi o8 s. a w w < aia cet M .B SS ¢ c—-+¢ . B M | c 2RES FS | ‘SEAM a | ¥ 2 SS FSINSIDE FIRE ZONE “CLOSED LEFT” “OPEN RIGHT “CLOSED LEFT” “OPEN RIGHT “CLOSED LEFT” “OPEN RIGHT 13] “CLOSED LEFT” “OPEN RIGHTP) (ALERT) FALCON CLOSED ZEBRA ZONE Y | _ RIVERSIDE ANY.Y-OFF Y-MOTION vs YO-YO MOTION, ONLY 4 RIVERSIDE CALL C.P, TAKE CLOSED CALL Cr) FORM OF TRIPS. EEG) “RIVERSIDE” TO ANY FORM OF TRIPS e . SPLUITLEFT “BACKER” Liga “BACKER” Ww rec STECH - CURL EAT Weak c ee HOOK | ss : ; HOLD FOR Y POP 7. 2 IEN EXPAND. fees ‘CLOSED LEFT 20-80 ‘CURL FLAT “OPEN RIGHT” — 3.19.39 puss “Lou - Lou” DEEPIS BUN ga nn a rrr rr | ACE TRIPS SLOT LEFT | (U-3) “BACKER” @® “BACKER” Li “RIVERSIDE” “LOU - LOU”P) TITE STING:GOLD @ ACELEFT : @ “CLOUD” @ LAE 7 =h? ‘RUSH ‘CONTAIN oo c SUGAR Yi ! s eye FS. ‘SOFT “GOLD LEFT” a in Keven WDEDEEP 12 “LOU-LOU” e Kev = ¥S ADJUS) HON 2 ; cE LEFT “CLOUD” out pun @ a | “— VERTICAL Hook 7 Hox “STRONG LEFT” — MOOK ‘ e v~ sucaR “GOLD LEFT” - ! S “LOU-LOU” FS Sauk SQUAT a] WIDEDEEP 172 15 ace ~ ‘KEY #2 KEY #2 EV #2 C.P.: LB’S MATCH TRIPS’(A) STRONG STORM 2 BACKER + RAP / LAM TO STRENGTH OF FORMATION (A) C.0.S. MOTION TO CHANGE “RAP/ LAM” CALLI “" @.B. AUDIBLES CHECK TO “TITE WILL ME 2 BUSTER” REGULAR FAR ILE} ‘ ‘SPILL RUN: sciouo: Sa ® sascren! @ ACE TRIPS SLOT RIGH 33 [Z-MOTION) “BACKER” seursuy “oLOUD” “LAM” TO “RAP” Cc 7 e : STRONG 172 WIDE’ 16"Rap / Lam" To the Closed Side * QB Audibles "CHECK fE WILL ME 2BUSTER" oe Ae O cENTAN . O PASS so odle’o O Ss CURL FLAT SUES ma VERICAL VERTICAL cour T x HOOK HOOK Cc SOFT SQUA’ FS ss ‘STRONG 1/2 (aa in - 0. 10 Vs SPL NGI a ae Cele e ODOOOO DOOCooICKEL/DIME GAMES - DIME FRONT “eaglsoa] 2, TWIST RIGHT Eee) 4 5 & & Rush Rush Rush 1 Penetrator Delay Looper betas Looper Paes 3. _150 RIC Contain 4, ISO LIN ot Contain 1 3 Contaty Contain | a) Oe Oma Delay Rush Rush Delay @ SISO LON Pressure 6. ISO RON) Pressure | 1 3 @e sr 2 2 Cont. Contain ean Contain 3B = OD Oo cS Rush Rush Delay1. RUSH . 2. Rust e Contain [Bees [ogee 2 Way Go Pressure a 2 8 Go 3, TWIST - LEFT 4, TWIST - RIGHT Contain Press. Press. gam B® press. Press. REISE. & &/§ 4 Rush Rush Rush He 1 Rush Penetrator Betas Looper Delay. Looper —_-Penetrator 5. SHADE. (NO GAMES)” Coin 6. ; (NO GAMES) rs ®,,..;. oe tee qe: J aoe loo 3 bel 2 Way Go 2 Way Go (3 TECHNIQUE) (3. TECHNIQUE) In Dime our Backer will make strength cal] left/right. If Back is at-home or 2 Back set, we will make strength cal] based on game plan.55 ‘AS under man, 2 deep zone coverage with man under coverage playing a Bump and Trail technique. Coverage will deny any inside crossing release. Be prepared to stay underneath and inside of any option route. Make ball be thrown over or thru you into the Deep 1/2 safeties. Safeties play Wide 1/2 technique, BACKER : ‘Assigned receiver man to man. Play inside aggressive man. DIME : Assigned receiver with Bump and Run technique, NICKEL - ‘Align strong versus all personnel and cover #2 receiver strong, Play Bump and Run. Hip position. CORNERS : ‘Align left and right and cover the #1 receiver your side. Play Bump and Trail Technique from press alignment Deny the inside routes. SKY FORCE. SAFETIES : Play Wide %4 technique. Key from core receivers back out 10 #1 receiver. Be prepared to widen your drop angle with #1 up the field. SKY FORCE. **C.P. - Possible “CHECK BUSTER” vs. Bunch formations by game plan.rsKy" FS Ss ss. 42 ay : 432 NICKEL BACKER DIME JGR: ON YOUR COVERAGE ALIGN: ON YOUR COVERAGE ALIGN: ON YOUR COVERAGE #2STRONG 12Y: THRU #2 TO BACK KEY: THRU LINEMEN To YOUR COVERAGE | KEY: THRU LINEMEN TO YOUR COVERAGE . RESP: RESP: 2 PLUS IERUN; DEPENDS ON FRONT CALL {ERUN; DEPENDS ON FRONT CALL RUNAWAY: GACKSIOE LEVERAGE IEPASS; MAN TO MAN ON ASSIGNED IEPASS: MAN TO MAN ON ASSIGNED RECEIVER / BACK RECEIVER \sS; MAN TO MAN ON ASSIGNED. *CP. AGGRESSIVE INSIDE MAN TECH RECEIVER _ Lp. -VS ALL PERSONNELS COVER #2 ‘STRONG WITH SLAM FOOTWORK .P.CK*BUSTER VS BUNCH SETS LEFT CORNER STRONG SAFETY FREE SAFETY RIGHT CORNER: LGN: INSIDE SHADE ON #1 ALIGN: WIDE 2 DEEP ALIGNMENT | ALIGN: WIDE 2DEEP ALIGNMENT | ALIGN: INSIDE SHADE ON #1 xi2 Ds x12YD5 Ev: WR KEY: THRU #2 TO BACKS. KEY: THRU #2 TO BACKS KEY: WR, esr: RESP: RESP: RESP: RUN TO: REPLACE, RUN TO; FORCE BUNTO; FORCE ‘RUN TO; REPLACE RUM AWAY: ARC RUNAWAY: BACKSIDE BUNLAWAY: BACKSIDE RUN AWAY: ARC. LEVERAGE LEVERAGE ASS: COVER THE #1 RECEIVER | PASS: WIDE 1/2 TECHNIQUE PASS: WIDE 1/2 TECHNIQUE, PASS: COVER THE #1 RECEIVER ‘YOUR SIDE WITH BUMP ‘YOUR SIDE WITH BUMP TRAIL TECHNIQUE TRAIL TECHNIQUE VS ALL SETS- SLAM \VSALL SETS - SLAM FOOTWORK FOOTWORK 10DIME 55 FLUSH GUN NEAR LEFT “SKY” D INSIDE SOME 2 BUN Bus “SILVER LEFT” r ss eee ES woof occ woe nEcri2 KINGS LEFT “SKY” e ss “SILVER LEFT” FS a DEEPIO sexe nDIME 55 QUEENS GUN SPLIT LEFT “sky” e BUMP & TRAIL DIME AND BACKER MATCH- DIME TAKE MOST DANGEROUS “SILVER LEFT” ss Sacaaeanenatanet FS. ad DEEP V2 a woke e SPLIT RIGHT @® “sky “gxy” BON BUS RUSH"E* DIME AND BACKER MATCH- DIME TAKE MOST DANGEROUS ES *SILVER LEET" 8S. e WIDE DEEP 12 wins a 12DIME 55 FORMATION ADJUSTMENTSDIME 55 EORMATION ADJUSTMENTS 412, KINGS TRIPS SPEED RIGHT H oO. y¥ i d00B00 5 8SL ‘A Man-Free coverage with help in the Deep Post and 12 yard dig area. Corners will play outside man on the wide receivers unless they have a wide split then play them inside. Strong Safety will work into the 12 yard dig area and look to pick up the first inside route by a Wide Receiver. He will call the cover man’s first name. Once cover man’s name is called, he should sluff and look to replace the SS in the dig. BACKER DIME NICKEL CORNERS SAFETIES Take Man alignment rules Cover F man to man. Hug and play inside man technique CP Possible: Match Align Take Man alignment rules Cover H man to man, Hug and play inside man technique CP Possible: Match Align Cover #2 strong M/M. Align to Strength versus all personnel. Play outside man technique If name is called drop your coverage to safety and assume the “LURK”, look behind and outside for any route to help on Align aid cover #1 to your side Versus all personnel. Run with Change of strength motion. Align on X and W versus Kings Trips Speed Play outside technique except versus wide split then move inside. Listen for Name call by dig safety Align strong and weak. Designated safety work into 12 yard dig area on snap and look to get pass made on the {* inside route by a WR (Name Call) (slot) Opposite safety play Deep Middle 13. C.P. Versus Pre Align Empty Safety cover #3 strong — Backer “Lurk” the Hole to Dig area. With vision to break. ae4 FE ee COC © “42 YARDS” = : “12 YARDS” ¢ \ c F Ss F ss NICKEL BACKER, DIME ALIGN: STRONG TO# RECEIVER ALIGN: ON YOUR COVERAGE ALIGN: TO COVERAGE AWAY FROM BACKER KEY: #2 RECEIVER TO BALL KEY: COVERAGE THRU GUARD TO BACKS | KEY: COVERAGE THRU GUARD TO BACKS Rese: RESP: RESP: ‘COVER £2 STRONG MAN TO MAN COVER BACK “F MAN TO MAN COVER BACK" MANTO MAN foursiog) HUG# PLAY INSIDE MAN TECH HUG 8 PLAY WiSIDE MAN TECK “cs Vs 2 BACK SET THE DIME COVERS THE | *C.P.: VS2 BACK SET THE DIME COVERS THE Mos DANGEROUS MOST DANGEROUS LEFT CORNER STRONG SAFETY FREE SAFETY RIGHT CORNER. ALIGN: OUTSIDE ONWRx8-10 | ALIGN: 2DEEP DiscuUISE ALIGN: 2 DEEP DISGUISE ALIGN: OUTSIDE ON WR X8-10 ‘YDS (PRESS) X12 0s x12 0S ‘YOS (PRESS) KEY: 3.1030 KEY: THRU UNCOVERED KEY: THRU #2 TO BACKS, Key: 3:40:90 PRESS THE RELEASE LINEMAN TO BALL PRESS THE RELEASE RESP: RESP: RESP: DEEP MOLE 1/3 RESP: MAN TOMAN #1 OUTSIDE 12.YARD 1G AREA MAN TO MAN #1 OUTSIDE °C.P2 HASH SPLIT RULE (ALERT) | “C.P.: WORKINTO DIG AREA & "C.P: HASH SPLIT RULE (ALERT) LOOK TO GET APASS °C.P: PLAY OUTSIDE MAN TECH (MADE ON THE tet “C.P.: PLAY OUTSIDE MAN TECH ‘& LISTEN FOR NAME CALL| INSIDE ROUTE BY AWR, ‘& LISTEN FOR NAME CAL ‘ON ANY INSIDE ROUTE, ‘CALL COVER MAN'S ON ANY INSIDE ROUTE. SLUFF & LOOK FOR Yet NAME & PICK UP HIS SLUFF & LOOKFOR WORK IF SS CALLS YOU COVERAGE WORKIF SS CALLS YOU OFF OFF e Vs PRE ALIGN EMPTY SAFETY COVER #3 STRONG - BACKER “LURK” THE HOLE TO DIG AREA. WITH VISION TO BREAK. 16DIME 51 KINGS GUN FAR LEF- » (Y-OFF) CORE" . “OPEN LEFT” > © kbobd c N E T i 2RESS ouTsiDE Cc MAN PRESS INsiog man 42 YARD 01 = SS.RULES [LOOK TO MAKE PASS ON “WIDE ss FS seccvers: CALL COVER MANS FIRST NAME Ee =PICK UP COVERAGE ON 1ST CROSSING ROUTE e MIDDLE 13 KINGS GUN TRIP: | “CORE” PRESS OUTSIDE MANDIME 51 FORMATION ADJUSTMENTS IN RIGHT (H-MOTION) HOF oO y pee lo Oo i vip = IGHT (2 MOTION) H E IS SPLI 8. KINGS GUN TRIPS FAR LEFT te Zz é w iz ° é [ ° Boo} [ pecs & e ae FS . 2 a FS .DIME 51 FORMATION ADJUSTMENTS GS IGHT (2-MOTION) 40. KINGS RIGHT (Z-MOTION) H Sih oguoo f- 4 * 3. FLUSH NEAR LEFT H 0 aloBoo | 1S. STRAIGHT GUN LEFT & & x i oogo°o ‘ L cr o —O % °SHADE 58 STAY e A4 UNDER, 3 DEEP ZONE WITH THE STRONG SAFETY CURL/FLAT WEAK. MAKE “ROB-LEE” CALL TO. THE WEAK SIDE OF FORMATION. NO C.0.S, MOTION ADJUSTMENTS. BACKER - HOOK - CURL STRONG DIME : . ALIGN IN CORE, HOOK ~CURL WEAK NICKEL - ALIGN #2 STRONG CURL ~ FLAT OR PUNCH AND WIDEN BY GAME PLAN : e@ CORNERS - ALIGN RIGHT AND LEFT AND PLAY DEEP 1/3 FREESAFETY —- DEEP MIDDLE 1/3 STRONG SAFETY - CURL~ FLAT WEAK FORCE VS RUN C.P.: VERSUS 2X2 SET ALERT “STRETCH” CALL. DIME CUSHION TIGHT END THRU DEEP HOOK 14-16 YARDS WITH VISION. C.P.: POSSIBLE TO SWITCH DIME AND SS TO DISGUISE LIKE 57/71 HOLE/ S51.DIME SHADE 58 STAY qmms LEFT reels @® E T T E Jk B D PUNCH & "B.GAP TA SAP WIEN i ¢ HOOK ‘HOOK CURL URL “OPEN LEFT” sSTRETCH FS “ROB - Pus ROB” ator MIDDLE 1/3 UEENS GUN SPLIT LEFT 2 © [ebeck¢ /\ Bose eck Koap = PUNCH. Cate J Hook HooK cURL ue “OPEN RIGHT” FS BB ss cURL FLAT c DEEPIA 2104 “SKY”DIME 58 STAY FORMATION ADJUSTMENTS 4. SPLIT SLOT RIGHT “LEE” =RoB" & é, e oO b00800 & “1 ; ‘ ss D 8B c GE te eee ee tec Fs | | i a TWh RIGHT HMOTION, “pos” c BOD c ae. FS BE IA)sTRETCH §. QUEENS SPLIT LEFT “ROB” | E " a 6 ; 6 é oo08o0o & FS ey ZLKINGS LEFT “pop” “ | 2° oofood & | : ' ce oN BD $s" @ FS “SD IANSTRETCHDIME 58 STAY FORMATION ADJUSTMENTS 3S TRIPS RIGHT (Z-MOTI ROB" 10. S RIGI -MOTION SROB" 6 4 E & & e é & b> : & oo8o0d b00800 é B D sé *c Cc oN B D “* c \ . “Ns = tai stRETCHDIME 52 STRAIT ase BxL e us ne “ N j 3 ¢ Qo ac] 4 Vv Cc { B \ ie 3 B Re wo Sue Stet Far] y x seer Sux Fut L. ial Ss mies Es Me Nae \ Ma @ QDuews Frost 2x2. £6 He ne io 8 eat ae twa WR S° [obShol 8) 5° bdega © 8 vv v 4 7 8 on af 2 B i Re stor. | a far) OE sur \ Sist é FS 55 FS ~ Midbeé, al = SeeEIREZONES - CARRY MATCH DELIVER “ COMMUNICATE HOVER LEAN © VISION “LOCK” NO “CHINA” VARIOUS PRESSURE PATTERNS THAT WILL BE EXECUTED FROM MANY FRONTS. THERE WILL BE A 5 MAN RUSH WITH 3 UNDER AND 3 DEEP ZONES. SOME FIREZONES WILL FEATURE 2 DEEP COVERAGE. FIREZONE COVERAGE TERMINOLOGY - UP FIELD (SEAM) +. FLAT (SEAM-3 RECEIVER) - __ INSIDE ACROSS (3 RECEIVER) - _ “IGOT HIM” PASS OFF (SEAM/3 RECEIVER) - _ CORNER (3 RECEIVER SIDE) >. POST18 + THE KEY TO ALL PASS DEFENSE SUCCESS - SEAM AND 3 RECEIVER MATCH DESIGNATED RECEIVER - ALERT (“FAST CROSSERS” - “BUNCH” - “SPLIT”) DEEP TO SHALLOW- TWO MEN ENTER YOUR ZONE (SEAM) LEVELS - NO PASS (3 RECEIVER - LOCK #3) (SEAM - MATCH #2) ic ; OOOS0OO 3 RECEIVERDIME SAM FIRE ZONE OPEN TO THE NICKEL. ‘CALL SIDE TACKLE EXECUTE “READ” TECHNIQUE FROM TWO ALIGNMENT. e CALL SIDE END BLITZ AND CONTAIN (WIDEN ALIGN) ‘TACKLE AWAY FROM CALL SIDE ENGAGE & CONTAIN END AWAY FROM CALL SIDE ALWAYS SEAM, UNLESS “CHECK SKY" FROM DIME PLAY 3 RECEIVER HOOK BACKER BLITZ “B” TO “A” GAP «SECONDARY INVERT TO THE NICKEL. DIME PLAY 3 RECEIVER HOOK, CHECK SKY VS, REMOVED #2 WEAK. NO MOTION ADJUSTMENTS. KINGS GUN NEAR LEFT {(¥-CRACK)’ “OPEN LEFT” y oO @ @ f. ' @ ® LéhSod o fé T T E oo a Cc | oe Cc I ss the zone 10 FIRE ZONE piace FS au KINGSLEFT = Ww “OPEN LEFT” @ = 146 Soda ” 0 TOE c aa e c ©@ Lo a. FIRE ZONE vfs : EIRE ZONE 1/3DIME WEAK BLAST FIRE ZONE - OPEN CALL IS WEAK ‘TAKE ZONE AUTO ALIGNMENTS - ENDS: TO CALL = JET CONTAIN AWAY = 3 RECEIVER HOOK - TASKLES : TO CALL = JET “A” GAP, (ALERT TO CROSS FACE) AWAY = ENGAGE CONTAIN - BACKER’ BACKER BLITZ “B” TO “A” GAP TO CALL (SAMF.Z) - DIME : BLITZ UNDER END TO CALL - SQUEEZE ALL BLOCKS - NICKEL: SEAM OFF #2 ~ STRONG SAFETY : SEAM OFF #2 - FREE SAFETY : FIRE ZONE MIDDLE 4/3 + CORNERS : FIRE ZONE 1/3 **C.P. NO C.0.S. MOTION ADJUSTMENTS,DIME OPEN GUT FIRE ZONE ._ 7 OPEN CALL AWAY FROM TIGHT END. C.P. TREAT QUEENS AS TRIPS FAR “WEAK” ! vs, 2x 2 SET PLAY STRONG GUT FIRE ZONE + vs. TRIPS PLAY WEAK GUT FIRE ZONE.DIME STRONG GUT FIRE ZONE ~ OPEN CALL TO THE STRENGTH - (NICKEL) e - TAKE MAN ALIGNMENTS: ~ NICKEL BLITZ & CONTAIN TO CALL - BACKER & DIME BLITZ “A” GAP YOUR SIDE - FROM SUGAR (UP ALIGNMENTS) : JACKLES: TO THE CALL INVERT RAM“C TO B” . (ALERT TO CROSS FACE) AWAY FROM CALL - ENGAGE TO CONTAIN. + ENDS: TO THE CALL INVERT PLAY 3 RECEIVER HOOK AWAY FROM CALL - SEAM - ALERT TO C.0.S. MOTION TO CHANGE YOUR TECHNIQUI | - SAFETIES “ROCK” TO THE STRONG SIDE. - ALERT C.0.S. MOTION - ROCK “ROY TO LOU” 3.P. ENDS TAKE TECHNIQUE OFF “ROY/LOU” CALLDIME WEAK GUT FIRE ZONE - OPEN CALL TO WEAK SIDE. e - TAKE ZONE AUTO ALIGNMENTS + BACKER BLITZ “A” GAP FROM CALL. ~ DIME BLITZ “A” GAP TO CALL SIDE TACKLES: JET & CONTAIN - BOTH ENDS POSSIBLE 3 RECEIVER HOOK OR SEAM TECHNIQUE. TAKE TECHNIQUE OFF NICKEL PLAYER. ~ FREE SAFETY FIRE ZONE MIDDLE 1/3. - STRONG SAFETY TRAIL BLITZ TO THE SIDE OF THE BACK - NICKEL SEAM TECHNIQUE. RUN WITH C.O.S. MOTION.DIME BACKER TEX FIRE ZONE ~ OPEN CALL IS ALWAYS LEFT - NICKEL ALIGN ON #2 STRONG PLAY SEAM TECHNIQUE ~ DIME SUGAR RIGHT “A” GAP PLAY 3 RECEIVER HOOK - SAFETIES SS ALIGN WEAK PLAY SEAM WEAK WITH VISION FS PLAY FIRE ZONE MIDDLE 1/3 + BACKER ROCK OUTSIDE TO OPEN CALL - BLITZ AND CONTAIN - CALL SIDE END & TACKLE RUN QUICK TEX GAME. - END AND TACKLE AWAY FROM CALL STRAIT RUSH. + CORNERS FIRE ZONE 4/3 cDIME Y STING 8 (A) TO Y MOTION - TO CHANGE OPEN oS VS QUEENS TAKE CALL STRONG ae [1 fo bb I INGS 1 @ ip VS. SCRAMBLE: NUDI SAF’: FAY. RIGHT & (DO NOT HI). Hl RIGHT ; @ @ OR® T i D 7 Cc B [ { v | a “OPEN RIGHT” ae ba e ss —~ FS 8 ‘POST 1/3{(P) DIME H STING 8 e KINGS GUN TRIPS FAR LEFT 22 S\ - N | 2 BI HOOK SUB CURL re cURL FLAT 2 soemwatcrr ax FS e KINGS GUN FAR RIGHT el : xX 5 er JRE FLAT a0VS. (P) DIME STRONG STING 8 c.0. (A) TO S. MOTION - ‘® CHANGE OPEN CALL KINGS Leitch FS 18) 3. SCRAMBLE: NI/DI AND SAF’S STAY. Pe i) ~OPEN.CALL STRONG QUEENS SPLIT RIGHTwD @ Se = : E at : D you Ast. 2 ENGAGE N Cc CONTAIN ‘GAME B c CURL FLA ‘BUSH cant \ HOOK (CURL FLAT ‘CURL (CURL 2 “OPEN LEFT” 4p ss FS ALIGN TO CALL - PLAY C/F e fo QUEENS SPLIT RIGHT oO ®© Ss @ ® cle @o @ E ,. D mt e ENGAGE, N ¢ ee Ene yes iat | SURLELAT SOPEN LEFT” e * DIME LEFT STING 8 KINGS RIGHT3-2 DOUBLE STING GOLD KINGS RIGHT “cLoup” COMTANPASS “choup”’ @ c f \ { ‘SOFT ‘SOFT SQUAT souat = FS Par ss GP: WITHOUTA #2 ‘WIDE 1/2 : Keve2 KINGS TRIPS LEFT “CLOUD” ‘SPILL RUN 12KINGS RIGHT ex w B 4st 2ND Cc N “OPEN LEFT’ seam HOOK FIRE ZONE 413 FS Ss BRE ZONE 13 e@ ‘EIRE ZONE MIDOLE 1/3 KINGS TRIPS FAR RIGHT sky" “SKY? -. | QoQ © @ bs oO od E NN E 7 SREC N c | Bo OBE eax L \ ‘SEAM ou “OPEN LEFT” Ss 3-2 MAGIC FIRE ZONE won Dg plgshe\ p — IRE ZONE, 18 @ NP) - 3-2 CROSS INSIDE FIRE ZONE -KINGS LEFT “ALWAYS OPEN CALL LEFT t, iS o -NOSE “B” GAP TO OPEN CALL EZ MIDOLE 113 ® "CLOUD" © "BACKER" stO OOe09 O SE N E W cunFiat : Hook Hook/Curt B M \ 48 Flat pee : ss Mee Sw ae . "LOU" TO "ROY" Oo 4. BACK MOTION TO 3x1 ncLouD" "BACKER" Oo O ©oe@eodo0o s ee ew, CurlFlat M B 113 Flat / a oe Lo cg 4"LOU" 30-3 WANDA EMPTY oe "BACKER" "CLOUD" O Oo 6 curt O © OC @OD srt oO $s E N Hook/Curl took F w __J B mM \ Flat c ss 7 4113 . 413 . c FB oe "LOU" QUEENS HB Oo b O cLouD" oO CuriFiat ©0@0COD set O"LOU" 30-2 STRAIT REGULAR 2 BACK reLoup" Oo Oo *cLOUD" e | ° ° ©00e090 O SE N E I ws Sw Flat 2 _ : \ Flat ss FS c 42 La \ “LoU" ACE 2x2 LOOK ® oar o CLOUD" ° O Coo@#odd SE N EW uot Slot MR Hole Flat B M 7 c at 7 FS Flat / aa 42"LOU" 30-2 STRAIT 2 BACK SLOT LOOK "CLOUD" Oo "CLOUD" "ROY" 2x2 KINGS LOOK Oo “cLoup" “eLoup"” O ©ooeocesd Oo WE N E / \LOU" 30-2 STRAIT tes oon Oo oie “cLoup" Oo Oo st OOOBOD gg Oo s E -Eow MR Hole an B Go \ Flat c ss \ FS ¢ / 12 \ @ "LOU" 2x2 FLUSH LOOK Oo “CLOUD” "CLOUD" oO Oo oO e©oeocsd Oo s E N E Ww MR Hole Sir | a B M Flat a 12 \o ie c ss FS . yA \"LOU" TO "ROY" 30-2 STRAIT 2BACK os “MOTION TO SLOT e "CLOUD" Oo 42 2 \ c e 1.BACK MOTION TO 3x1 Oo "cLoUD" "CLOUD" Oo O oO st O©OO@O0B0 N Ew SE stole MR Slot i MOB ™ FS Flat ss el ag OD eee"LOU" "CLOUD" "CLOUD' OnE@ Oo O o@aooeosd oO Ss un =(N Hole 7 w ia B M Slot i . oN c ss FS Flat va : . N\, *LOU" QUEENS FB HB =GLOUD™ oO Oo “euoup" oO O S stot oO. :. 7 N te Ew Vn \ | rat Flat Cc 7"LOU" 30 BRACKET # 2 BACK PRO LOOK QO "BACKER" : Q "BACKER" ns O \ 1 © 'O : OO. O° iS E | Ew 1 pare \ ' ee lls B M \ "Bracket" Hole : : We : ss 4 “LOU" ACE 2x2 LOOK "BACKER" oa O-----------O30 BRACKET # 2 BACK SLOT LOOK \ 13 SS 2x2 KINGS LOOK "ROY" ae 8 fee tices ~- 2:IPS LOO! 3x1 30 BRACKET # “LOU" KK 2x2 FLUSH L¢ "BACKER"2 BACK FAR LOOK 30 Bracket # "BACKER" 43 4 BACK MOTION TO 3x1 “LOU" TO "ROY" ACKER™ "B, FS. 1330 Bracket # "LOU" "BACKER" "BACKER" QUEENS "BACKER" “BACKER™(®) GAP MAC 4 RED ZONE ABALANCED 4 DEEP COVERAGE WHERE ALL FOUR DEFENSIVE BACKS WILL PLAY ¥% OF THE FIELD. BUCK, WILL AND SAM WILL ZONE OFF AND MATCH UP ON THE ‘THREE CORE RECEIVERS. CORNERS WILL ALIGN LEFT AND RIGHT. BUMP ALL MOTION ACROSS THE FORMATION. MAC WILL BE A DELAYED BLITZ AND CONTAIN. THIS IS NOT A SNAP BLITZ. POSSIBLE: ARROW, KNIFE, GUN, TILT, ISO, SWORD, BOZO, RIZO OR ZORRO FOR MAC, OPEN AND CLOSED OLB- TAKE NORMAL 9 ALIGNMENT AND ZONE CORE RECEIVERS. MATCH UP ON THE WIDEST OF THE THREE. DO NOT LET A CORE RECEIVER CROSS YOUR FACE OUTSIDE. BE ALERT FOR “CHINA” CALL FROM CORNER AND REACT TO “CHINA”. ROUTE. ALIGN INSIDE OF A#2 REMOVED RECEIVER IF HE IS REMOVED. BUCK - 3 RECEIVER HOOK MATCH AND DELIVER. MAC - ‘TAKE BASE ALIGNMENT AND EXECUTE A BIRD TECHNIQUE. VS. PASS SCRAPE TO CONTAIN OFF OF THE OPEN RAMEND. THIS IS NOT A SNAP BLITZ. POSSIBLE GUN, ARROW, SWORD, ISO, KNIFE, BOZO, RIZO AND ZEBRA STUNTS CORNERS - _ PLAY A QUARTERS TECHNIQUE. CALL “CHINA” ROUTE INTO THE BACKER. NO #2 TO #1 READ. FAVOR INSIDE AND READ #2 TO DETERMINE, SAFETY HELP. SAFETIES = ALIGN STRONG AND WEAK. BUMP ALL MOTION ACROSS FORMATION. PLAY A CURL-POST TECHNIQUE. CP: ALERT FOR A: “CUT” CALL VS A “CRACK” SPLIT BY “XK”, CP: “LOCK/TRIO/BRACKET” CALLS BASED ON SPLIT OF #2/H3/#1. CP: ALERT TO “BUNCH” CALL FROM CORNER AND SAFETY.P) GAP MAC 4 RED ZONE SPLIT LEFT | BACKER” ‘acter @ | ® @® | ® a | DDCEO @ $ E N E“” W grec} = STECH oP RAM” TECH QUARTERS CONTAIN PRESSURE PRESSURE QUARTERS: c B M c GAP ‘BIRD : ss eae FS ECONDARY FORCE “TRIO SECO! a || yecamoene ‘ cae yi ee eee. wea Pus “GREY” (CALLS: rau e @ E LSLOT RIGHT “READ”. @® “BACKER” qi ODMDCOocp) @ “WE N mi SIECH STECH == GAP Baye G._— QUARTERS CONTAN © PRESSURE = _EE-SSURE — B Me execs ¢ | SRECEvER CONTAN ss oo READ IM FS Bired . “OPEN RIGHT” oe ‘ “GREY” Se a e Er Nozt04 READ(P) 4 RED ZONE SCP. "BRACKET = MAM #1 192 sep, -"10cK = MaMa, SCP. "BRACKET = MIM 63 “BACKER og “BACKER” ) © “READ* “BACKER® Oo oO on e ‘ ro z a Oo y Oo x y S o x 2 CooonS So oonu°o oS ; . 4 x 2 2 u c R rf 7 ¢ jc Hey \ c ae 8 ; ss. SS ~TOPENRIGHT™ = gS “OPEN RIGHT" eye ee Y ua ee X “ ‘LOCK’ “TRIO” 14 “TRIO" ory OPEN OUTSIDE LB BUCK MAC CLOSED OUTSIDE LB ‘ALON: 9TEGHNIQUE ALIGN: HEAD UP ON GUARD — | AUIGIE HeADUP ON GUARO | aLUGNE 9 TECHNIQUE OR 4-4 12.YDS DEEP “4-402 ¥08 DEEP ‘OWITH BACK SIDE TH KEY: TRUNGLE KEY: THRU GUARD TO BACKS | KEY: THRUGUARD TO BACKS —_ | KEY: TE, TACKLE. NEAR BACK (RESP: RUN RESP: Resp: ” (RESP: RIALTO: FORCE CGAP TECHNIQUE BROTECHMAUE FROMBASE | "UNTO: FORCE 7 a ‘PASS: PASS: RUSH BY CALL BUMAWAL: se a SRECEIVER HOOK Pass: QUARTERS TECHNIGUE INSIDE QUARTERS TECHNIQUE ltsIDE REMOVED #2 "OP. ALERT FOR “CHINA CALL, teP.-"Lock” = M42 SCP. -"BRACKET = MM 31/2 LEFT CORNER: STRONG SAFETY FREE SAFETY RIGHT CORNER ‘ALIGN: ALGNOFF OR RUNOFF | ALIGN: Witt VARY OFF OF 299 “| ALIGH: BETWEEN#I &22WEAK | ALIGN: ALIGN OFF OR RUN OFF BY PLAN ‘AUGHMENT BY PLAN nev: TRUE TOOB KEY: THRUA2TO QB ALIGN OFF | KEY: THRUS2TOOS KEY: THRU#2TO.OB a Resp: "RUBLIa:PLUG "BIN To; SECONDARY FORCE ‘BunTo:seconpary Force | "Ru To: PLS SECON RUNAWAY: FL RUNAWAY: ARC " RUNAWAY; ARC BUNLAWAY; FLL Pass: Pass: pass: pass: CURUPosT REsPoNSiLTY | OUTSIDE 114-NO2TO1 READ : CURUPOST ResPoNsioLmTY | READ #2 RECEIVER, OUTSIDE 144-NO2TO 1 READ POSSIBLE ‘CHINA’ CALL TRIO“ = WM (A)"CHINA CALLS LOCK = MN scp. “oP. MATCH DEEPEST & INSIDE OF 2a *CP.-"LOCK’ VS TRUE TRIPS. only BRACKET = MM #1 / HIP #2 *C.P,-POSS:"CUT: CALL WITH ‘CORNER ON- SPLITX 10. POSSIBLE “CHINA CALL, “CP.-TRIO' = MAHI (A) “CHINA” CALLS toP.-"LOCK’ = MMs SCP. -“BRACKET = MMI /HIP #2,DIME 54 RED ZONE ‘A3 under, 4 deep zone coverage with the Nickel, Backer and Dime zoning off the three inside ‘core receivers., Match up on the 3 receivers once they declare their routes. Squeeze the routes. down from outside into the next eligible receiver then drop him and come off. Ifthe Nickel or Dime gets an inside receiver running an outside route then they want to match up on him. Alert to Bracket — Trio - Combo call based ‘on formation and splits BACKER : Zone off 3 Inside receivers and match up once DIME, they declare their routes. Alert to Bracket ~ Trio - Combo calls NICKEL CP. - BACKER BE ALERT TO CUSHION #3 VERTICAL ‘VS. TRIPS OR ANY SET #3 IN VERTICAL POSITION. ‘CORNERS - Tight 3-10-30 technique when playing off the receiver. AL times we will play press and run off with this coverage. ‘You may have inside help out of your % Safety #No2 to 1 read. “China” call to Nickel/Dime ~ Only in Bunch/Bracket! CP. IF #2 IS VERTICAL SQUEEZE AND STAY OVER TOP OF POST. SAFETIES - Read release of #2 receiver to your side. 1 #2 rons a vertical route then play over the top of him, 1f #2 does not run vertical then look to help #1 inside ‘and underneath (Curl - Post) on the #1 receiver, Align outside edge of box. With #2 removed, move to inside #2. ADDITIONAL CALLS: “TRIO”: 2 BACK SET WITH A RB SET CLOSED, 2x2 ROC, TRIPS WITH #3 ON L.O.S., OR TRIPS WITH #2 AND #3 CLOSE “BRACKET”: 2x2 ROC TO STRENGTH CALL VS TRIPS WITH #2 WIDE OF #3 “compo”: BACKS OR 2x2 SET WITH RB AT HOME “CUT”: CALL WITH A “CRACK” SPLIT BY “X". CALL MADE BY FREE SAFETY. INVOLVES ‘CORNER - FREE SAFETY AND BACKER. “BUNCH”: CALL MADE TO INDICATE OFFENSIVE PERSONNEL IS IN TIGHT ALIGNMENT. NICKEL/DIME - ALERT TO MATCH FIRST TO FLAT. BACKER - MATCH FIRST SHORT INSIDE ROUTE. CORNER ~ MATCH FIRST UP-FIELD ROUTE IN/OUT. (BOUNCE) SAFETY - MATCH FIRST UP-FIELD INSIDE ROUTE.NI/ DI COVER 54 REDZONE 8s us ® m~ 20 “Binge cheele Braves” ) ° oO coofoo0? : ge geben. x he mes‘GOAL LINE DOUBLE CORA) pate o@ofkto Pee T i e a Lc LE T RI 24 \ ze POSITION, ALIGN. TECH. KEY RESPONSIBILITY Le 7 Eye Technique BalvGuard “B? Gap “Tite” Technique TE pe Tenge iat AF Gays Ponais Cap iow a | Tape Tenis ial Tap Betts Cap Tow To BH BE | Beenie Taal FF Gap Tie Tene TE a Riga Tigi Cor TE Naa a RC ‘Tight 6 Alignment ‘Tight End ‘Cover TE Man to Man BUCK | Bat on Basia Sa Tear Bak Raa 0" Gop nad ie path oT Squccs ead locker ‘Run Away - Over the top. i Coverage - Near back Man to Man MAC Based On Backfield Set ‘Near Back ‘Run to “D” Gap, read the path of the back, ‘Squeeze lead blocker. Run heap < Ove the top Coverage Near eck Mn to Man is RTOS Pie Tai | Rake Rie eo Spill vs. M. Motion or Oversplit C.P. Squeeze Onside Guard RS TXLOS. Disguise) Ball, M Rash to spill vs. ran and contain vs. pass. Spill vs. M Motion or Oversplit CP. Squeeze Onside Guard Ez ‘Head up to M, LB Depth. M, Ball, ‘Cover M M/M filll inside safety if M Blocks out. ‘Run with M Motion ‘Scrape to Spillage vs. M Block Down. =P. Check “Banjo” vs. Trick ShiftGOAL-LINE_ (08t cora) ic “\ ; \ e Bo a v0 OB: °°: ook Gre °° 8 Poss: Banyy Beteres Burk 4 2C raz) PBN, 2c 2c- “Déethw” fees eee ‘8 : ogBoogh, | 9 ° EXPLODE” Tense patho asenaees LcLe oT RE RC | RS LSLCLE T T RE RCRS', at x" N [ FOSTRION ‘ALIGN. TECH. KEY [RESPONSIBILITY LE “Eye Technique Ball Penetratc “B” Gap. Lr “Tape Technique Ball Penetrate “A” Gap. RT “Tape Technique Ball Peneirate “AY Gap. RE “Bye Technique Ball Penetrate “B” Gap. Le 7 Technique Ball Penetrate “C” Gap, RE T Technique: Bal Feneirate “C* Gap. BUCK | Based on Backficld Set Backs ‘Scrape (Backes) Hook Drop. MAC | Based On Backfield Set Backs ‘Serape (Backer). Hook Drop. _ Ts Head on Wing, Ball ‘Cora Charge. Los. RS 1 ¥ard Outside on LOS. Ball (Cora Charge Naked Disguise) Ze Outside Shade of M Ball ‘Spillage vs. M Block Down. LB Depth Run With Motion Cover M MM.fee ee BS 080d, wz 8 Buc. Keethins" GOAL-LINE BONZAT EXPLODE”GENERAL LINEBACKER PRINCIPLES |. IMPORTANCE OF LINEBACKERS IN OUR THEORY OF DEFENSE, A ™o 9 @ m Responsibility to Total Defense Keying ‘Master for Ruri Defense / Pass Defense Communication Tackling Pursuit ll, GENERAL POINTS IN PASS DEFENSE ‘A. General Principtes in Zone Coverage 4, Progression of Drop Technique a. Recognition b. Drop Point c. Vision Point d. Patter Recognition fe. Disruption f QB Read 9. Break on Ball fh, Intercept B. Principles of Man Coverage 1. Man Progression a. Help b. Footwork Concentration. d. Closing on Receiver - Intersection Point €. Closing on Ball - interception Point {Strip - Search - Punch The Pocket (Up and Out) g. Tackling h. InterceptIi, LINEBACKERS INVOLVEMENT IN PASS RUSH ‘A. Rush Lane Responsibility 8. Rush Plan 4. Techniques / Counters - Speed, Bull & Jerk, Spin, Bob Weave, Up and Under, Hump C. Finish on QB- Eyes - Contain IV, SCREEN AND DRAW COACHING POINTS. A, Screen - Force, Plug (Set) Pursuit B. Draw - Entry, Retrace and Pursuit V. FUMBLE CAUSE AND RECOVERY A. Strip - Study Film, Target the Ball B. Scoop and Score - In Open Space (When Opportunity Arises) C. Fetal Position - In Traffic Release Ball To Official Only eINSIDE LINEBACKER TECHNIQUE e |. SIGNAL CALLER ] U. TECHNIQUES IN RUN DEFENSE A Algnments : stance Keys - Pre Snap Vs Post Snap Initial Movement - Primary / Secondary mo9@ ILB'er Block Control and Protection Fundamentals I GAP CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES (REACTIONS) A. Basic B. Scrape (C or D) Bird Gap moo Tough Plug IV. FLOW AWAY CUT BACK PRINCIPLES - PURSUIT - LEVERAGE V. BOSS AND BOW PRINCIPLES 1. Boss - Backers Over Strong a. Alertto Tit b. Know Where I'm Here Safety Is. 2. Bow- Backers Over Weak a. Alert to Tit b. Know Where I'm Here Safety Is. VI. INSIDE LINEBACKER PASS COVERAGE TECHNIQUES: A. Zone Coverage 41. Hook to Curt 2. Middle Read 3. Vertical Hook e Hee 5. Key DropB. Man Coverage 1, Manbo 2. Tango 3. Sambo 4, Lock 5. Bronco Lock 6. Banjo 7. Sky Trade 8. Track 9. Hug Rush 10. Bump 11. Tandem Rush (My Side/Your Side) 12, Combo 13, Swap 14. Trio 18, Bob Vil, INSIDE LINEBACKER PASS RUSH ‘A. Responsibility 8. Plan 1. PRvsOL 2. PRvsRB 3, PRvsTE C. Pass Rush GamesOUTSIDE LINEBACKER TECHNIQUE 1. RUN SUPPORT e UL. TECHNIQUES IN RUN DEFENSE. A. Alignments 8. Stance C. Key Progression ; D. Initial Movement n Fundamentals, E, OLB'er Block Control and Prote W, CLOSED OUTSIDE LINEBACKER RUN PRINCIPLES ‘A: Plug Force Responsibility 1. Tree of Blocks B. Backer Force (Bronco in Man Coverage) 1. Tree of Blocks ©. Read Force 1. Tree of Blocks D. Sky- Cloud vs Loaded Set e 1. Tree of Blocks IV. OPEN OUTSIDE LINEBACKER A. Plug Force Responsibility 1. Tree of Blocks B. Backer Force Responsibility 1. Tree of Blocks ©. Bronco Force Responsibility V. OUTSIDE LINEBACKER PURSUIT ‘A. Run To: 1. Force - Squeeze; Spill B. Run Away: 1. If Force (Reverse) 2. FoldVI. OUTSIDE LINEBACKER PASS COVERAGE TECHNIQUE A. Zone Coverage 4. Curvat 2, Buzz 3. Buster 4. Quarters 5. Seam 6. 3 Receiver Hook 7. Sky Hook 8. Lock Vil. PASS RUSH TECHNIQUES A. Responsibility B. Rush Plan 1. PROT. 2. PRvsRB 3. PRvsTE C. Rush Games|. IMPORTANCE OF LINEBACKERS IN OUR THEORY OF DEFENSE A. Responsibility to Total Defense ‘The success of our defense will depend largely on the effectiveness of our linebackers in carrying out their responsibilies. The linebacker must be able to dispense information within the huddle prior to the snap of the ball with the effectiveness of a quarterback. He must be aware at al times of the offensive personnel on the field, tendencies and pre-snap keys. ‘The linebacker must be able to make a spli-second decision to determine whether a play is aun or pass, On a running play, the backer must be as rugged, strong and immovable a a defensive lineman while controlling his area. On a pass play, he must be as agile, quick and fast as a deep back while preventing a short pass or deceptive play. ‘These responsibilities mean that the linebacker must drill long and hard in perfecting his specialties. The dill work will be repetitive but not boring. You must concentrate on correct repetition and its relation to the game situation. ‘The linebacker is the “tink* that connects the forcing and supporting units. B. Keying Keying gives us a quick indication of what the play is. We will react to our primary key by ‘making an intial reaction. A correct initial reaction to your primary key is a vital part of whether you will make the play or not. You should see and react to your primary key for ‘two steps while expanding your vision to your secondary key. “The correct reaction, key progression, block protection, pursuit angles and intensity will determine whether you make the play on a run. After a correct intial reaction, pass technique, effort and habit will determine whether you make the play on a pass. Correct keying involves seeing the entire Picture._ All inebackers must expand their vision to pick up ail parts oftheir key progression {in each front all inebackers will have a key progression. This triangle will be made up from a primary and secondary key consisting of offensive linemen, backs, TE and the football1. Inside Linebackers Key the triangle - Look through lineman to backs and flow. ‘Thru uncovered lineman tothe inside back 2. Outside Linebackers Key the triangle - Look through tineman to backs and flow. G. Master for Run Defense There are six (6) essentials linebackers must master in order to have a good nun defense. Stance and alignment Key and initial movement . Attack and control . Shed - Escape Pursuit Tackling oraenn C.P. You must know your basic weapons to defeat blocks 1, Face and hands (shook & shed) 2. Shoulder forearm (same foot ...same shoulder) ; 3. Cut (punch the head) 4, Wipe off (cross face)D. Communication 1. All Defensive personne! must pay attention and get the huddle cali a. Dispense all information clearly and concisely b. Never leave the huddle unless you are sure of the call ¢. Linebackers must be aware of all offensive personnel on the field 2. The BUGK linebacker will echo formation strength or a closed/open call 3. The MAG linebacker will set our fourth rusher with a Rip or Liz call 2. In our closediopen fronts, inside rusti calls, and under/over fronts, the fourth rusher 4s locked in and won't be changed by motion or shft- only by scramble 4, Our inside linebacker will also communicate the backfield set, front audibles, and line charges 5. The outside linebackers need to co-sign run support calls to the secondary a, Stay aware of coverage checks and drop responsibilty changes. . Communicate rush lane responsibilty to the defensive end with a “YOU/ME™ call for fush contain ©. Also communicate any rush games with the backer and the end , Tackling Tackling is attitude, athletic abilty, and body position. great linebacker must perfect his tackling skills each and every day. Linebackers are involved in two types of tackling — lose quarters interior tackling and open field opportunities. 1. Close Quarters - Focus on the ball carrier and explode through him with your eyes and hips. Hit, lock and fit Keep your head up and your feet alive, driving through and grabbing cloth. Balance and explode through the ball carrier. 2. Open Field - Focus on the ball carrier and work to a leverage position on the ball, utilize Pursuit help or the sidefine. Work into @ good football position as you close the ground between you-and the ball carrier. Keep your head up. Explode your eyes and hips up and through the ball carrier. You should club and grab cloth with your outside and. inside hands and shoot your hips through to finish the tackle. F. Pursuit Pursuit is an important part of every great defense. For the linebacker positions it's the relentless attitude to chase down the football. Linebackers must first take care of their primary responsibilty then react in the proper angles to pursue the football, The focus of your aitention must now work to the next most dangerous blocker. itis important to be coordinated with the entire forcing unitDesire, proper Body Positioning, Play Entry and Balance are essential in tackling. 1. Keep your eyes open and look through the ball carriers numbers. 2. Bend your knees, bull your neck, arch your back and stay square to the ball carrier. Do Not hit or tackle with the top of your head. 3. Keep a wide base with your feet alive and accelerate your feet and club up and through with your arms on contact. Roll your hips into ball carrier and drive your body thru him. Squeeze as tight as possible (Wrap arms, grab cloth) and dive the ball carrier back. 4, Always bring your feet to the ball carrier, do not lunge. Keep your chin over. your toes. Tackle through to the far leg. Squeeze head back into ball carrier. 5. Do not dive unless going over a man to make the tackle or as a last resort. 6. Open Field Tackling . Balance feet and momentum slightly before making tackle. Use sideline if possible. (When outside the numbers) Keep proper pursuit position. (Leverage — cup the ball) Eliminate cutback. tackle high, do not lunge or dive. Keep body and feet square throughout approach and tackle. . Execute good tackling fundamentals upon contact (#1 - 3). Know where your help is. ROmmMpOm> 7. Angle acide .. Work to get upfield shoulder and head across the ball carrier. . Utilize good open field tackling fundamentals. (#6) . “Always, Always, Always” - Balance your feet as you close to the ball carrier. . Hit -n- lift Maintain proper leverage angles. Maintain low pad level flex knees for power/leverage. OP mo 8. Last Man ‘A. Give ground if you must. B. Use hands to play off blocker. C. Buy time for help. D. Do not pick a side. (Two Gap A blocker) E. Grab cloth give us a chance to play the next snap.Il. GENERAL POINTS IN PASS DEFENSE A. General Principles in Zone Coverage 1. Progression of Drop Technique a. Recognition - b. Drop Point - ©. Vision Point - 4d. Pattem Read - €. Disrupt Rec. - f. QB Read - 9. Break on Ball - hi. Intercept - CP, - QB Sets; Is the abilty of the linebacker to know down and distance, get a pre-snap read, and a pass key. Every time we drop we must tum and look at ‘our initial drop point in relation to the formation and our responsibility. Generally, the inside linebackers will stay inside the #2 or #3 receivers, Outside linebacker drops wil vary but generally involve the #1 and #2 receiver to the outside of the formation. 1s the abjlty ofthe linebacker to pick up the receiver on his 3" step. The linebacker can then flatten and be a factor on a 3 step route. On every zone drop each linebacker will have a receiver to key that will determine your angle of drop. ‘This will ut you in a quicker coverage position, Anytime its possible reroute receivers without distorting your drop. Try and work the tip oftheir shoulder pad ‘up into the air. Then work hard to your depth, ‘Once you have keyed out, disrupted the receiver dropped to your depth, get your head around to the passer. Keep your feet under you and your pads over your knees, Get 8 View of the QB and the ball. (vision) Keeping a good base react on long arm motion of the QB downhill to the football (run the line). Attack the ball at its hhighest point careful not to drift. Sprint to the ball in the air. Catch the bail with two hands and concentrate, Secure it before you score. Look to block intended receiver. 3 Step Drop -6 - 8 yard routes 5 Step Drop - 8 - 12 yard routes 7 Step Drop - 15 or more yards (P/A and Boot) B. Principles of Man Coverage 1 ‘Man Progression a. Help- b. Footwork - c. Concentration - We have vatied types of man coverages. It is important to know Jn each where your help will come from~ inside, outside, or none. ‘Take short quick steps. Close on the stem of the receiver's route working to a leverage position. Never give him a two way break. Keep your weight evenly distributed, hips down. Assume an open field tackle approach. Concentrate on your man totally. Stay focused on the base of his numbers. "4. Closing on Rec.- Once the receiver has committed, sprint to him and close the . Closing on Ball - 1. Strip - 9. Tackling = h. Intercept - cushion, Stay focused on the receiver and don't look for the bait until close enough to touch the receiver. Once in position, shoot hips to receiver. ‘Once in hip position of receiver, look for football, accelerate and meet ball at highest point, If nt in position “CATCH UPI" Then look! When making the tackle “Search* the upfield arm, or arm you are closest to, and rake it up and out. Be sure of the tackle, In coverage be sure to, at least, be in a position to make a sure tackle to not allow a big play. ‘Secure catch before running. Block intended receiver to help inttiate tong return. 2e UW, LINEBACKERS INVOLVEMENT IN PASS RUSH A. Rush Lane Responsibility Each rusher in our charge will have an assigned rush lane, whether it be a contain or pressure responsibility. It is important to keep a balance to our distribution, B. Rush Plan 1, Have a Plan - Each and every down a. Desire, Quickness, Tenacity, Technique . Down and Distance Stance . Pre-Snap, Keys, Protection Takeott a. Focus - Key Hips - most dangerous b. Aiming Point - 3-5 -7 step (adjust) ¢. Draw Read - Retrace 5, Block or Grab - Speed move 2. Eyes focused on blocker's arms and hands b. Be violent - Work to opposite hip 6, Open Hips - Get 6-8 inch relationship, outside foot forward a, Have slight knee bend 7, Accelerate arm over or rip arm and inside hip driving hips up and through Aenea inside of man 8. Burst and finish to the QB 10. Attack deepest shoulder of QB on finish (contain) "C.P. Pressure is as good as a sack. Never stop your feet or give up speed move, 2. Pass Rush Moves a. Speed 1. Ball Key - Race the OT (4 or 6 Steps to Comer) 2. May use an inside or outside hand block or club 3. Dip and get your inside shoulder under his arm pit 4. Get hips skinny on edge to the QB b. Swim 1, Same initial takeoff 2. Use outside block or grab 3. Get hips open to isolated shoulder 4. Accelerate inside arm over and crank elbow down through 5. Get hips skinny on edge to the 8 ©. Rip e 4. Same intial takeott 2. Use an outside hand block or grab 3. Open hips to isolated shoulder B“CP. 4. Accelerate shoulder pad under arm pit, explode and rip elbow upward (eyes to the sky) 5. Get hips through and skinny to the QB Rip and spin (Counter) ‘Same initial takeoff Use block or grab Open hips to isolated shoulder Explode shoulder under arm pit with rip Leaning into blocker, throw head and shoulders back into blocker pivot into him and crank outside elbow around into blockers back - to prevent recovery 6. Burst and finish at QB oaene Bull and Jerk (Use vs RB) 1. Same initial takeoff - eyeball him 2. Get pads under blocker (stalemate/shock) 3. Bull and get extension - (separate) 4. As he bows up-snatch him down and forward 5. Use swim or rip arm technique 6. Burst to QB - (accelerate) Bluff Bull and Jerk, 1. Same initial takeoff 2. Initiate reach for bull, get him to bow up and lunge for you 3. Block and swirritio 4, Burst to the QB Keep your center of gravity low and your shoulders over your hips Keep your eyes on the prize!!e ©. Finish on the QB 1. Burst and get skinny with your hips around edge. Accelerate to QB. 2. Look to strip ball away from QB with outside hand as you make turn on edge a. Raise arms in pressure lane but never leave your feet D. Cover Up Once ball is released tum and cover thrown ball. Be in a position to help make Play, strip ball, Bock or recover fumbled ball. ‘THE TEN COMMANDMENTS OF PASS RUSH 1. Aplayer must have a plan, a predetermined move. This will enhance the quickness of the ‘Move and make the move very crisp and sharp. 2. Get off the ball. By anticipating the ball movement. 3. Always attack a half man; never attack the man head on because the goal of the lineman is to stay between the defense and the QB, 4. The pass usher must close the distance between himself and the blocker. e@ 5. Hands and feet must be moving explosively up the field at all times. 6. Anticipate the blocker shooting their hands. 7. The pass rusher must always keep the hands of the offensive lineman off their body. 8. Players must be quick and violent with their hands, remembering to knock the opposing fine man's hands away from their body. 9. Always maintain good body lean, keeping his shoulders over his toes. 10. Get the offensive lineman's shoulders tumed, and step through, by stepping behind his foot assuring that he does not recover the block.IV. SCREEN AND DRAW DEFENSE @ A, Screen The timing on defending against a screen varies from man to zone coverage. In man coverage react quickly and attack the receiver outside-in. In zone there are two people to defend. Defender assigned to the flat attack outside-in. Curt defender attack from inside out, adjusting to the play of the flat defender. Keep ball between the force and the set defenders using the pursuit and siteline as extra defenders. 8. Draw ‘Same principles usually apply on draws. We should generally recognize the play by your 3° step and then converge based on coverage responsibility~ ILB'er force ball to flatten out and OLB'er force ball outside-in. OLB"er be sure QB drops past deepest back. 41. Prevent bail from spitting defense vertically 2. OLB'er never loose leverage on ball outside-in V. FUMBLE RECOVERY ‘A. Strip - Always look to rake the ball away from the ball carrier. B. Make an intelligent decision on whether to fall on itor pick it up. 1. Factors to consider a. Any opponent close enough to fall on it before you can pick it up e . Score and time in game ©. Field position 2. Falling on Ball a. Don't jump on ball with chest touching ball first .. Pull ball to stomach and curl body around ball with both a legs covering it up, lying on your side cc. Make the official come down to you to get the ball 3. Picking Ball Up a. Bend your knees b. Get position on the ball so itis on the side of your body (scoop and score) ©. Reach down and pick up with both hands in front of you. Keep eyes on the ball. Flex knees in good athletic position. Have it secured before you start to run. Get as many yards as you can. Score a touchdown. Possess the ball at the end of the playl! =ee 16INSIDE LINEBACKER TECHNIQUE e |. SIGNAL CALLER A. Leadership & Responsibility: to Defensive Unit 1, Interpret the signal correctly 2. Look into the eyes of every man in your huddle : a. Make sure they are looking at you 3, Be confident and clear in making the call 4. Break the huddle sharply - together 5. Be aware of offensive personnel on field a. Down and Distance 6. Make strength or open/closed declaration 7. Back sets and tendency alerts 8. See the whole picture in front seven . TECHNIQUES IN RUN DEFENSE A. Stance e@ ‘wo pot stance wth ead up, nee flexed wih pressure on the balls of your feat Back should be at a slight angle with feet paralle! to slight outside foot stagger. Depths generaty #08 yas the LOS by responsey B. Alignments 1. Heads - Nose to nose on offensive player (0/5 tech). . Shade - Inside eye on offensive player's outside eye (shade). Inside Shade - Outside eye on offensive player's inside eye (7 tech). Split - Spit offensive player's outside leg (3 tech). Foot - inside foot on offensive player's outside foot (wide $ tech). Gap - in gap between adjacent offensive lineman. Stack - Alignment directly behind defensive lineman. Outside - inside foot outside of offensive player's outside foot (9 tech. . Out - Defender aligned on a WR. Exact position determined by defense and coverage le.. “Zone - it. 10, Walk - Defender aligned between wide receiver and the remainder of the the formation, vary by width. 11. Cover - Defender aligned 1x4 off of and slightly inside #2 receiver. 12, Coverage - Linebacker aligned by back set to execute man coverage technique. 13, Hip -1 yard outside and in toe to hee! relationship on defensive lineman. 14. Fold - Inside foot on outside foot of offensive tackle at LBver depth OPNOMAeN nc. Keying 1. Pre-Snap - Look for an indication of run, pass or direction by the cheat of a stance or the eyes of a player, offset or tit of a formation, game plan tendency. 2. Key Progression - Triangle a, Primary Key - Initial focus for indication of the play for two steps i 1. Either line key - OG or OT 2. Back key - or Flow key .P, DO NOT Key the Quarterback b. Secondary Key - Must be seen through primary key by expanding vision 1: Critical when primary key goes away from your playside responsibility c. Key Coverage - Initial read when you have a man cover responsibility 1. Also primary threat in your zone drop progression C.P. All film study must be done through studying your key and reacting to his movement (cloudy / clear) 3. Triangle a. Offset Back - Primary Key b. Guard - Secondary Key ©. Flow ¢.P. - VS. | Formation or 1 back sets key the halfback.D. Initial Movement Take short direction step downhill mirroring movement of primary keys as you feel and transter vision to your secondary key. Stay in good knee bent position with your hips down e and head up. 1. Back Primary Key Guard Secondary Key a. Base Block / Cut Off © a, Oo oe O “Basic Technique Secure A Gap Secure B Gap (Gtep to stack the Nose - Alert to Fall Back) b. Toss and / or guard pull (Fast Flow) ao Sh ow B C.P.: Slip block with ball tossed away be alert to play through crack of Center's neck, to inside out the ball. Stay square on initial movement through the block of the Center. Stay on the inside hip of the ball carrier. E, Inside Linebacker Block Control Fundamentals 1, Two important factors in defeating any block are: a. The relationship of the blocker to your area of responsibil or gap b. The relationship of the ball to your area or gap 1. The more the blocker challenges your ability to maintain position in your area of responsibility, the more you must concentrate on thoroughly defeating the block.2. Should the blocker achieve too much of an angle, it is important to relate to the location of the ball. 2. Block Protection Techniques a, Face and Hands (Shock & Shed) Key angle of blocker's shoulders - Shoulders square - attack him with inside power step, keeping pad under pad - exploding with hips and 3 pt impact, keeping outside arm free. Perpendicular shoulders - work to extend ‘with arms to keep your shoulders square to leverage block. Snap hips, leverage, extend and finish off of all blocks. b. Shoulder Forearm (Seldom Used) ‘Attack with knees bent, hips down inside, power step, scribe arc from behind knee. Rotate forearm through, rolling over on ball of the foot snapping hips and keeping head up. Use off hand to shed with finish, . Low Shed - Initial movement same as above, key angle of shoulders and their height as they drop, focus your attention to the helmet and punch itaway with extension. Bend your knees and see itto the finish. May soribe the arc and rip through helmet on fast flow play. d. Wipe Off Offensive blocker at times may get to a deep cutoff position on you, drop step and let him pass by and get back to good pursuit angle. Don't round off comer, must flatten quickly. C.P. VS fast flow play do not come undemeath blocks. 20ll, GAP CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES ‘A. Basic Technique - Align 4-4 1/2 Yards Deep - Heads - Key Back flow - thru OG Run To: B Gap Run Away: Backside A gap e 1. Guard Man Blocks on You - Play guard using inside or outside shoulder technique based on coverage called use “i'm Here" safety. pk OC ay go j B -aert to Fatieack B 2. Lead Blocks - Attack lead blocker on his side of the LOS. (Redirect ball cartier quickly) p p N e B B IF GUARD DOWN, SPILL IF GUARD HOE, TURN iN TOEND ‘TO NOSE TACKLE AND OTHER BACKER 3. G Block - Play TE using “Face and Hands" principle. Also gauge the depth of, TEs block from the LOS to determine whether to use ‘wipeoff" : or play through his block. -C.P. No wipeoff vs. fast flow ° oO 600 QO s N .S)E ON B WB 4. Slip Block Opposite - Play using “Face and Hands" principle and location ofthe ball. Ce Gc Oo 9° e : ao N) > gN 7 B’ B B B ‘SCOOP CAN EQUAL ‘SPLIT (SLOW) FLOW,5, Guard Pulls - Slide with guard checking location of the ball. If off guard comes on ‘you, play using shock and shed principles through his inside earhole, ‘On guard pull toward you, use fast flow principles. “wo ee OOS, Oo ee/ : Q ee 6. 2-3 Trap - Play using shock and shed principles. Most blocks will have excessive ‘shoulder turn - Play through earhole of trapper. Use outside shoulder - Protect “A* Gap. BACKSIDE LB'ER USE a) FAST FLOW OVERLAP E N E B -reap tHe TRAPPER (SPILL IT) ‘Special is split flow playside and fast flow backside. -— O END SHOULD NOT Oooo BACKSIDE LB'ER USE goomor. AC OR OO memsorunnue BB B. SCRAPE TECHNIQUE - Align 4-4 1/2 Yards Deep on Tilt - Key Backs (Boss or Bow) Flow through Guard Run To: C orD Run Away: Backside A gap 1. Guard Straight Blocks On You - Split Flow - Guard shouldn't be able to block you. ‘Show in C Gap when you need to. 0 gap?2. Guard Straight Blocks on You - Split Flow Away - Play using shock and shed Principles. Protect ‘A’ Gap first. May have to play “A” Gap with guards body - Step to Stack Nose - Alert to Fall Back Qn PY N° B 3, Lead Blocks with Read Blocking - Scrape and look. The lead blocker shouldn't bbe able to block you except in the C Gap area because B Gap will be filled by the end. Spill o “Plug” player, Cloudy = Spili O © oer se. ih B 4. Lead Blocks with Hoe Blocking - Redirect. Attack lead block. Tum play into nose tackle like Basic. Clear = squeeze’ 0 SE ” zo Sb 5, Gut Block-- Redirect. Defeat tackle's block. 2 Gap shock and shed principle. “eee \ § oo B6. G Block (Power, Joker) - Shouldn't be a clean block because of OLB hit on TE. Play using face and hands principles but know that you shouldn't have excessive shoulder tum if OLB plays correctly. Stay square off OLB'ers tightly - Attack Down hill 7. Club Block - Play using shock and shed principles. Also gauge the depth of (Scrape) _TE’s block from the LOS to determine whether wipeoff or play through his block 1) een B 8. Slip Block Toward - Play tackle using shock and shed principles, Know whether you have aC or D scrape. Play a clean release by tackle tough nose to nose when you have a scrape C Gap, release off his block depending on ball location. Be more conscious of getting through tackle's block. when you have scrape D. (Bullets - Adjust alignment accordingly) ve Se9. Scoop Opposite - Play in coordination with nose. Use shock and shed principles and location of ball to determine whether to play crack of the neck or to wipeoff center's block. Can be fast flow read. e O~ On, On O 10. Guard Pulls - Play quad pling to bck you wing dock and shed principles, ie anes. 2 N 7. Ee N B “Use Earhole Tech. on Trapper OO, 25C. Bird (Reduction Fronts) 4. CLOSED - 4 4/2 5 Yards Deep, align head on Offensive Tackle. Key flow through O.T. Flow to: Serape Flow Away: Backside A Gap To Flow | a. Tackle Man Blocks on You - Play tackle using inside shoulder to location of the ball. _ NG OL, | _ 9000 QoQ | \SLE Y SJE b. Tackle Pulls - Shuffle with tackle checking location of ball, Attack tackle off hip of OLB'er using shock and shed principles. ¢. Tackle Slips To - Shuffle and stack outside hip of OLB'er.. Play shock and shed _off TE's inside earhole 9000 “s< E 4. Slip Block Opposite - Step and read location of ball to shock and shed on offensive guard or center. Protect A Gap, then pursue to the ball o- acer B 26©. Tackle Down Block - Begin to step up keying block by TE. TE down also veer to stack hip of OLB'er and fil inside out O e eon "E C.P.: "Bronco" Force - Will put fill point inside of outside linebacker 2. OPEN - Align on offensive tackle same as closed. Key Flow through OT. a. G- T Fan - Play lead back and squeeze back to Nose with inside shoulder technique b. OT Down - Play same as scrape backer. Stack hip of outside linebacker. Play bounce. ©. Blocks Away - Play same as closed side. Bird read. Transfer eyes. C.P.: Backer (Bronco) suppor fill inside of outside backer - Except vs. Joker 2”D. Gap Technique - Align 4-4 1/2 Yards Deep. Align Heads on Ooffensive Guard. Key - Back Flow thru Guard, Flow To: B Gap - C Gap Flow Away: Open Side A Gap 1. Flow To: Step up and defend B Gap picking up OG in your vision 2 | vel a, OG Man Block - Stuff him in B Gap using shock and shed technique to location of ball with ball staying frontside vo CP. - Alert fall back technique - Expect cutback b. 0G Down Block / OT Hoe) - Fill B Gap spilling lead back or OG with shock and shed technique. Eby 1, OG Down - OT Veer - Step and Stack hip of DE as he squeezes veer and bounces trapper. Fill where needed,¢. Guard Pull To You - Key Flow - Step and Stack DE to OLB fill by run force Cor Plug. Attack when you feel air. Shoulders square vO Hef B 4. Guard Pull Away - Key Flow - Step check B Gap - Work downhill on fast flow to opposite A. Be prepared to play OG with shock and shed principles (Inside Earhole) . Flow Away: Step and stack hip of NG working downnill to opposite A Gap. co % "e B a, Guard Scoop Away: Step and work downhill to crack of Center's inside eathole pressing him into opposite A Gap. (Fast Flow) “\iE 9 29b. Guard Pull Away: Step and work dowriill ctiecking opposite A Gap to pursuit . 2 VE E, Tough - Align 4-5 Yards Deep by Tit. Key Back Flow. Flow To: Tight A Gap to Scrape Flow Away: Opposite A gap 1. Flow To: Key Back Flow - If flow stays tight, check playside A. (NG Backside Technique) Lo a, Flow Outside of A Gap - Scrape downhill to D Gap. With Backer Force fill C Gap 2 SOPH OC 2, Flow Away: Fast flow downhill o opposite A Gap - Using shock and shed principles ‘on Center or Guard. (NG will O. backside technique) oobiep,a. Guard - Pull - Check Opposite A Pursuit to Joker COOUOD0 se SEW F, Plug - Align 3 - 3 1/2 Yards Deep - Heads. Key = Gameplan. Flow = Gameptan 1. GAP - Play heads on offensive lineman, keying snap of ball and triangle. Plug assigned ‘gap on ball key, secure assigned gap then react to blocks by lineman. Flatten on ball outside, 2 2 ee 2. SNAP - Play heads on offensive lineman, key snap of ball and triangle. Plug your basic. ‘un assignment on key of your triangle. Secure your run responsibility gap then flatten to the ball. PQ A gelee —egfieg B™B BB 3. KEY - Play heads on offensive lineman, key triangle or specific back. Plug assigned gap on key. If gap key is not indicated play normal pursuit. O oO PR O 6 og e OO'TJO o ‘KC o ey E €° N E B B H B BO Iv, FLOW AWAY CUT BACK PRINCIPLES ‘A. Know Responsibilities of Entire Front B. Is There a Blocker in the D Area 1. . Know cutback threat of backfield formation 2. 3 4, 5, Be in coordination with your nose Work up and attack ball in appropriate gap IfEnd is in a4 or §, expect more cutback help. End in wide or jet expect less TE your side expect no cutback help (Stow Play) C.P.: Attack blocker as he is pushing on defender V. BOS AND BOW PRINCIPLES ‘A. BOS - Backer over strong B. BOW- 1 2 BOS - OLB GOES FROM 6 TO ew. 2 s ena wee N. M Backer over weak Linebacker slide adjustments to improve his fill angle when he has a scrape technique with an unhindered block in D area Slide by linebackers to execute zone coverage responsibility to carry a receiver through a zone oO B BOW - BECAUSE U HAS Y HAS UNHINDERED BLOCK UNHINDERED BLOCK oO O O O 8 N OO s E ope yp 9.0) EW COVER 2 OR 4 VS. TRIPS SAM IS IN A COVERED ALIGNMENT ON #2. BUCK MUST BOS TO CARRY #3/ WE, AT TIMES, COULD HAVE A BOW AND BOS SIMULTANEOUSLY 2LINEBACKER PASS COVERAGE TECHNIQUE, BUSTER - ALIGN ON #2 STRONG, JAM AND RE-ROUTE #2 - DON'T ALLOW A VERTICAL RELEASE CLEAN - MATCH UP ON FIRST RELEASE TO FLAT MAN-TO MAN, CP. MUST CARRY FLAT AND UP - DON'T GET ANY WIDTH OR DEPTH UNTIL FORCED TO BY RELEASE OF 2 AND 3. MUST BE ABLE TO CLOSE BACK UNDER WITH #3 IF #215 UPFIELD VERTICALLY (OPTION TRAIL) - VS SLOT ALIGN ON #2. 1X4 ALIGNMENT BASED ON SPLIT OF 2 AND 3. OUTSIDE FOOT BACK - KEY INSIDE TO TRIANGLE FOR RUN OR PASS. IF #3 STEPS AWAY (FLOOD) LOCK #2 M/M - MATCH ANY OUTSIDE ROUTE - CARRY ANY VERTICAL ROUTE - DELIVER ANY INSIDE ROUTE BY #2 VS. ‘TE TRIPS ALERT TO “LOCK” CALL. CURL. FLAT - BACKER FORCE (UNLESS READ) - TAKE PRE SNAP LOOK AT SPLIT BY #1 - TAKE ADROP ANGLE TO 4 POINT 12 YARDS DEEP - 2 -3 YARDS INSIDE THE STEM OF #1. HOLD CURL AREA UNTIL FLAT IS THREATENED. C.P. YOUR ANGLE IS VERY IMPORTANT - CARRY FLAT. ‘AND UP OF 2“ MAN THRU YOUR ZONE. VS 3 STEP PASS - TURN AND RUN TO RECEIVER THEN LOCATE THE BALL - VS A REMOVED #2 ALIGN. 1X4 ON #2 -RE-ROUTE #2 OUT OF SEAM AREA - FORCE AN INSIDE RELEASE AND HOLD OFF ANY SEAM ROUTE UNTIL YOU FEEL HOOK DEFENDER THEN EXPAND TO FLAT. VS 9-7-3 BE PREPARED TO HOLD OFF 7 CUT. IF YOU GET A “CHINA” CALL TURN AND PLAY TO THE “CHINA” ROUTE. BUZZ. BACKER FORCE = TAKE PRE SNAP LOOK AT SPLIT BY #1 - TAKE A DROP ANGLE TO GET UNDER THE #1 RECEIVER 5 YARDS. DEEP AND 2 YARDS OUTSIDE #1. YOU ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR 7 CUT. CARRY ANY FLAT AND UP - IF YOU GET A “CHINA” CALL, PLAY TO IT. VS REMOVED #2 ALIGN ON #2 BASED ON #2’S SPLIT AND ALIGNMENT, QUARTERS - BACKER FORCE - ALIGN ON #2 YOUR SIDE - VS REMOVED #2 ADJUST ALIGNMENT BASED ON SPLITS OF 2 AND 3. JAM AND HOLD UP #2, KEYING BACK INSIDE TO NEXT RELEASE ‘TO CROSS YOUR FACE AND MATCH IT. ALERT TO CARRY ANY FLAT AND UP. DROP ANY VERTICAL RELEASE AT 8 - 10 YARDS. CP. #3 (BACK) AWAY FROM YOU BE PREPARED TO. DELIVER AND PLAY INSIDE ON #2. SEAM - BACKER FORCE - ALIGN AND KEY #2T0 YOUR SIDE. CARRY ANY VERTICAL RELEASE BY #2 INTO THE FREE SAFETY WITH EITHER INSIDE OR OUTSIDE LEVERAGE BASED ON SPLIT OR ALIGNMENT. KEY BACK INSIDE TO NEXT RELEASE TO CROSS YOUR FACE AND MATCH IT TOFLAT. ALERT TO CARRY FLAT AND UP - #3 STEPS AWAY, DELIVER #2 TILL CALLED OFF. IF 2. AND 3 ARE TIGHT MATCH THE DEEPEST AND OUTSIDE - MUST PLAY WITH VISION ALERT TO. MATCH CROSSERS FROM OTHER SIDE OR FAST CROSS FROM OUTSIDE TO IN, . HOOK CURL - ZONE DROPPER READING THE INSIDE OF #2 AND #3. BE PREPARED TO PLAY OVER TOP OF SHALLOW CROSS OR OPTION ROUTE IF #2 WORKS OUTSIDE LOOK UP THE INSIDE BREAK OF #1, YOU HAVE NO VERTICAL CARRY RESPONSIBILITY EXCEPT IN A “STRETCH” CALL VS 2X2. WITH A “STRETCH” CALL ILB’ER WHO HAS THE “STRETCH” CALL MUST CARRY #2 UPFIELD VERTICALLY IF 41 1S VERTICAL - IF #1 1S NOT VERTICAL PLAY THE HOOK- DROPPING POINT IS 12 YARDS DEEP AND 2-3 YARDS OUTSIDE HASH AWARE OF FIELD POSITION. PLAY WITH VISION AND DEPTH TO BREAK. MIDDLE READ - ZONE OFF THE INSIDE AND THE DEEPEST OF 2 AND 3 STRONG - CROSS OVER AND RUN TECHNIQUE - MUST CARRY #2 OR #3 VERTICAL. CP. ALERT TO “BUNCH” CALL AND ‘TO MAKE “LOCK” CALL VSTE TRIPS. ALERT TO “FLOOD” VS 2X2 SETS, FAR I AND 1 3 REC. HOOK- NO FORCE RESP. PLAY THE INSIDE ZONE DETERMINED BY #3 STRONG TO GET ‘TO THE MIDDLE OF RELEASES 8 - 10 YARDS DEEP - KEEP VISION TO QB - YOU HAVE NO. VERTICAL PASS RESPONSIBILITY- BE PREPARED TO MATCH AND DELIVER #3 INSIDE - OUT TO ‘SEAM DEFENDER. CP. - IN 6 COVERAGE 3 REC HOOK MUST BE ALERT TO CARRY #3 VERTICAL IF 1, 2 AND 3 ARE VERTICAL - ALSO ALERT TO POSSIBLE “BUNCH” AND “LOCK CALLS VS ‘TRIPS. SHUFFLE TECHNIQUE BY 3 RECHOOK, VS 7 AND 3 INTITE ALIGNMENT HOLD DEEP TO SHALLOW, DELIVER UNDERNEATH ROUTE TO NEXT OUTSIDE DEFENDER, 339. VERTICAL HOOK - HOOK DROPPER WITH A 2 DEEP SAFETY - WORK INSIDE - OUT #2 PREPARED. ‘TO CARRY #2 VERTICAL IF #1 1S VERTICAL UPFIELD. IF #2 WORKS OUTSIDE LOOK TO THE INSIDE BREAK OF #1. IF #2 ON OPTION ROUTE IN FRONT OF YOU HOLD DEEP TO SHORT ON 6 CUT BY #1, #2 BLOCKS DROP TO HOOK AND LOOK FOR COMPLIMENTARY ROUTES - IF #2 CROSSES FROM WEAK TO STRONG DELIVER #2 UNTIL CALLED OFF, THEN ZONE UP AND FIND ‘COMPLIMENTARY ROUTE. 10. KEY DROP - ZONE DROPPER RESPONSIBLE TO DROP TO HOOK AWAY FROM RALPH - LARRY ‘CALL - READ RELEASE OF #2. TO THAT SIDE - IF HE RELEASES FOLLOW NORMAL HOOK - CURL PROGRESSION - IF #2 BLOCKS SWING BACK TO #3 STRONG AND WORK INSIDE THAT HOOK. CP, ANY CROSSER TO THAT SIDE WILL CONSTITUTE A RELEASE TO YOUR SIDE, AND TAKE ‘YOU INSIDE OUT ON #1 BREAKING IN, 11, BUNCH - CALL TO ALERT 3 RECEIVERS IN CLOSE ALIGNMENT. MIDDLE READ WILL ONLY CARRY IF 2 OF THE 3 RECEIVERS GO VERTICAL. CARRY THE DEEPEST INSIDE OF THE BUNCH. VERSUS ONLY 1 VERTICAL ROUTE ALERT TO MATCH AND DELIVER THE OPTION ROUTE. 12, MATCH - TERM TO DESCRIBE TECHNIQUE THAT IS USED IN TAKING OUTSIDE ROUTES IN ZONE OR FIRE ZONE. 13, CARRY - TERM TO DESCRIBE TECHNIQUE THAT IS USED IN TAKING VERTICAL ROUTES IN ZONE OR FIRE ZONE. 14, DELIVER - TERM TO DESCRIBE TECHNIQUE THAT IS USED IN TAKING INSIDE ROUTES IN ZONE OR FIRE ZONE. cr)LINEBACKER MAN. S 1. BANJO (READ) - MAN-TO-MAN TECHNIQUE BETWEEN A SECONDARY PLAYER AND A LINEBACKER. THE SECONDARY PLAYER OR OUTSIDE MAN IN THE TWO ON TWO WILL MAKE A “YOU" OR “ME” CALL DESIGNATING THE COVERAGE RESPONSIBILITY ON THE DOWN TE. MOST UP FIELD AND VERTICAL ROUTES WILL BE A “ME” CALL. THE INSIDE LINEBACKER MUST KEY HIS COVERAGE IN THE BACKFIELD THEN SCRAMBLE TO. COVER THE TE ON “YOU” CALL, 2. TANGO (BACKER) - MAN-TO-MAN TECHNIQUE BETWEEN TWO LINEBACKERS ON TWO OFFENSIVE PLAYERS. THE OUTSIDE DEFENDER MUST MAKE THE “YOU" OR “ME” CALL. LINEBACKERS MUST KEY COVERAGE FOR RUN/PASS KEYS. 3. COMBO - TWO ON ONE WITH THE OUTSIDE LINEBACKER LOCKED ON THE TE UNTIL CALLED OFF ON A SHALLOW CROSS. HE WILL RECEIVE INSIDE HELP BY ONE OF THE INSIDE LINEBACKERS. DESIGNATED RECEIVER IS DOUBLED. CP, - OUTSIDE LINEBACKER MUST BE READY TO DEFEND THE 7 CUT ON ANY VERTICAL RELEASE BY TE 4. ALERT SWAP - EXCHANGE OF COVERAGE RESPONSIBILITY BETWEEN TWO. LINEBACKERS ON AN AT HOME BACK AS HE STEPS AWAY FROM THE LINEBACKER ‘THAT HAS COVERAGE RESPONSIBILITY ON HIM, “SWAP” EXECUTES THE EXCHANGE OF COVERAGE RESPONSIBILITY. 5. LOCK -PUTS A DEFENSIVE PLAYER “LOCKED” ON A RECEIVER ALL OVER THE FIELD. ‘YOU MUST KEY YOUR COVERAGE. 7 6. BUMP IT- TERM USED TO TELL THE CORE PLAYERS (LINEBACKERS) TO SLIDE OUT ON MOTION AS OPPOSED TO LOCKING AND RUNNING WITH MOTION, GENERALLY USED. WITH BACKFIELD OR U MOTION, 7. HUG RUSH - COVERAGE TECHNIQUE EXECUTED BY LINEBACKER, ATTACKING AN OFFENSIVE RECEIVER TO MAKE HIM FEEL YOU ARE PART OF THE RUSH. USE BULL RUSH TECHNIQUE AND TAKE HIM BACK TO THE POCKET. MAINTAIN AN INSIDE POSITION, 8, 2° BACK PEEL - CONTAIN RUSHER ON A BLITZ THAT MUST ABORT RUSH AND COVER 2” BACK CROSSING YOUR FACE. 9. B.O.B. -3 WAY COVERAGE ON TWO RECEIVERS, GENERALLY A TE AND A BACK OR 2 BACKS. MATCH MAN TO MAN PREDICATED BY THEIR RELEASE - THE FREE DEFENDER WILL GIVE BODY POSITION ZONE HELP. 10, SKY TRADE - COVERAGE ADJUSTMENT MADE 70 LOCK OUTSIDE LINEBACKER ON TE AND DB ON AT HOME OR FAR BACK (SKY). 11. TRACK - TECHNIQUE USED BY LINEBACKER TO GIVE OUTSIDE ZONE HELP ON A. RECEIVER COVERED M/M. 35Vil, INSIDE LINEBACKER PASS RUSH ‘A. Responsibility - Accelerate and close the distance between you and the blocker, Stay in your rush lane and never stop your feet. Isolate or counter from one side to another. Keep hands and feet alive. Contain or pressure lane. e jan - Set your plan every time and vary it 1. Pass Rush vs. OL ‘8, Never try and run him over, isolate 1/2 of man b. Get your pads under his, . Set your rip and surge with hips Butt and rip or swim . Don't be pushed out of your lane or stop your feet 2, Pass Rush vs. RB a. Challenge back by getting pads under his 1, Key numbers for cut block b. Get him to bow up and then use quick move ©. Butt and swim can be good vs. soft set 4. Dont aliow him to keep fet sot 3. Pass Rush vs. TE ‘a. Get to him quickly, cause him to move his feet b. Use rip arm and swim technique ©, Pass Rush Games /" -ILB'er rush over the guard, pressure lane vob? affoe * os BB. OKIE, OKIE SHADE “TIGHT” FRONT RUSH A GAP 2. "Knife" - ILB'er call nose to him Rush opposite - Pressure lane Oo B B Pressure 363. “Ram Z""- ILB'er Scrape on Snap contain lane Contain 2nd Ast ist 2nd iy \ N B B Pinch Front Lent 4. “Gun” - ILB¥er hit on snap first - Nose delay Pressure odfiog 5. “Quick Gun" - ILB'er cheat up, LB’er first - Nose second Pressure Lane Pressure id gist oO N B B Okie Left 6. “Sword” - ILB'er stunt with End - ILB'er first Contain lane Contain ‘2nd § ) ; ? READ 5 Okie Left 37ILB'er cheat up go first End second, Contain lane 7. “Quick Sword’ goo B B Okie Left 8. “Sword Z”- ILBer first End delay Z opposite by NG st 2nd tt. and bQ N Okie Left 9. “Zorro” - ILB'er stunt with opposite'end. Nose run Z to outside. Contain lane opposite Contain a te st an YOL1O B B Okie Left 10. “Zebra” - Z by End and Nose, ILB'er delay and hit 1st 2nd, B 38 Delay ” aed DIME 3-2 FIRE ZONE ALSO11, “Rizo” - ILB'er contain lane, Rush outside set of End Contain 4st 2nd BANS oe Left 12. “Bozo” - ILB’er hit opposite A behind Z stunt by Nose and End. Snap stunt Pressure lane Pressure 3rd Ast j 5 3 | oa B e ae 13. “Pistol” - ILB'er run “Gun” stunt. End ram charge. Nose Z to contain. ILB'er pressure lane. PHOg N B B Okie 39‘OUTSIDE LINEBACKER TECHNIQUE 1. RUN SUPPORT The success of our defense depends on the abilities of our outside linebackers to work in a coordinated fashion with our secondary to force the running game. itis each man’s responsibility to know his force responsibilty every time the bail is snapped, ‘We have five (5) types of force. Our inside out player will be called the plug player. As an outside linebacker we will generally fll into one or the other category. ‘A. Secondary - Primary Force (Visual trail and reverse) 1, Sky- Safety Force (Lee/Rob) OLB'er Plug - Bounce ballto outside - ex. Sam Me 33 2. Cloud - Comer Force (Ray/Lex) OLB'er Plug - Bounce ball to outside - ex. 2 Buster B. OLB'er- Primary Force (Visual tral and reverse) 1. Backer (Ralph/Larry) - Outside linebacker has primary force responsibilty to squeeze running lane back to Plug players or spill to bounce the ball carrier and blocker deep out of the running lane. 2. Bronco Force - Man Coverage. ©. Combination Force 1. Read Force - A secondary primary force responsibilty on alf blocks and by the TE. ‘except on an Are release. OLB'er Plug. a. Arc = Backer force, secondary Plug and fit force, D. Nickel 1, Core force - Someone other than a single defender has primary responsibilty - Rushing unit force ball to change course.UN. TECHNIQUES IN RUN DEFENSE A. Stance Two point stance with feet squared (may drop outside foot 6"-8" to the open side) weight on balis of the feet, hips coiled ready to strike. Hands up and coiled, eyes focused on key. Open sic B, Alignments have weight distributed to either rush or drop. Think get off. Front and coverage will dictate alignment by run support or gap responsibilty. 1. 7 Technique - 3.9. 4, Rush Position ~ 5, Wing Play - Inside eye of TE to OT key - C gap responsibility Sky or Cloud {force - Plug responsibilty. Never allow TE to ILB’er. Play open side with a Toe alignment on offensive tackle, Play all blocks the same as TE side. (DE in 3 Tech). Be prepared to pop block vs color or ball outside, Head on TE - Triangle key - D gap and plug responsibilty. ‘We will play 6 most when your end is in a 5 alignment Foot alignment on TE - Triangle key - Backer force responsibility. Squeeze outside run back to plug defenders. Alert to spill down, down, down... ie joker Cheat alignment to outside of TE ghost 9, key snap and start rush. Run at you, stop charge and squeeze run. Only used in Bronco force. Heavy alignment - Sky or Cloud. Any heavy with no I'm Up call from DB - Widen your alignment to outside split of down TE. Keep your primary vision on the down TE. Play a 6 on any block on you by down TE Back or OL. Play plug on any block by heavy wing (in the crease) a. Heavy with Backer force - Play all blocks by wing the same. Play Backer vs blocks by down TE, Back or OL. 4ts - Key football, step with inside foot at 45 at outside hip of OT and crossover with outside on ‘second step charging off the butt of the OT. Play inside all run blocks, make the tackle or bounce the ball, VS Fan block - Cross Face. a, TE to your side, use same initial footwork by using outside “rip” arm ‘through the crack of his neck. Keep your pads down, Pressure lane on all pass plays, run first, pass second. Chase all runs away fiat down L.O.S. Do not continue upfield GP: Key ahead of ball for reverse 7. Goalline - 3 of 4 point stance, low aggressive charge into TE on ball Key with feet accelerating upon contact. Collision through TE if he tries to release, *See ILB'er section for additional coverage alignments ©. Key Progression Primary key is the triangle. The triangle consists of the following: 4. Tight End or Tight Slot 2. Near Back 3. Onside lineman *C.P.: Concentrate on the’part of the triangle which is the most dangerous threat to block you. Aligned on a TE, itis the TE to near back to onside lineman. Aligned to the open side itis the near back to onside lineman, You need to have vision for both. You must also feel the offside back for flow read. aD. Initial Movement Attack TE's movement by keying his stemum and miroring his footwork without faise ‘stepping. Emphasize explosion with hands, hips, legs and extension. Work to keep shoulders square at all times, Feel his pressure for pass key (release) stalemate, separate, accelerate. E. Outside Linebacker Block Control Fundamentals. é 1. Know your force responsibility 2. Attack your primary key with the large muscles in your body--hips, back, legs 1. Attack with extension and good hand placement, roll hips through and work to control by changing LOS, Hold and re-create the L.O.S. (WIN). ‘@. Don't peak for ball until you have control (Push Principle) Do not release and find ball too soont! 3. Key goes down - Attack and squeeze next threat of triangle with proper force. Never hesitate. Very Important. 4. Always use over-reach principle if ever an exaggerated opening occurs. Take the ‘opening quickly-flat-and with your pads down. YOU MUST MAKE THE PLAY. (Example: Jump Reach, Bluff) 5. Low Blocks - Attack helmet as numbers begin to drop. Focus on hat, defeating block with extension and keeping feet alive. Don't open the gate, inside punch, 4BMl, CLOSED OUTSIDE LINEBACKER RUN PRINCIPLES A. Plug force responsibility - Sky (Lee/Rob) or Cloud (Ray/Lex) 1. Tree of Blocks a. Six (6) - C/D area responsibilty 1. TE Drive - Attack TE and secure C/D area. - Push Principle stalemate, e separate, accelerate, pad level, hand placement, recreate the L.©.S. = Win 58 B 2. TE Reach - Attack TE mirroring steps, work to change L.O.S. and secure D gap ye & of Se ; 3, Jump Reach - Spin him early with good extension on attack. Flatten and make play. mO 908 LSE B 4, Arc [ Easy - Attack and mirror to TE, No pressure release and close back to | hharden C gap 445. Cutoff - Attack with hands, Fight pressure by keeping your shoulders square. ‘Change L.O.S. and contro! C gap e ~ se | 6. TE Down - Mirror and reroute TE from ILB'er, Midline nose to nose on néxt threat and bounce football a. Back Blocks - Attack back with shoulders square, power step with near foot, hip and shoulder with C gap control {o make tackle or cause play to bounce. 16 Bob Oo pote B *C.P. - To distinguish between 8-9 or 6-7 feel depth of pullers. b. Lineman Blocks 1. UIG - Attack lineman upfield in earhole prior to him getting his shoulders squared QO deo" oa Te B 452. Joker - Close C gap and attack second puller trying to run him upfield to ball (pry to 2nd puller) If you.get Bob block, close inside to lineman - Torpedo knees and leg whip to force ball outside. Horizontal to vertical E ‘ B “"B *C.P. - Any 6 technique take down pullers when playing blocker B. 7 - Inside eye - C Gap-(Anytime DE is in a3) 1, TE Drive - Harden C Gap -shed TE outside 2, Reach - Same as 6 except keep head on inside eye. Work TE inside out down L.0.S. 3. Jump Reach - Same as 6 4. Arc - Same as6 5. Cutoff - Never allow cutoff a. Back Blocks - Same as 6 except C responsibilty . Lineman Blocks - Same as 6 except on bluff play ulilize over reach tech ‘and spill ball inside out (2 Gap block)8. Backer (Bronco) Force - (Ralph/Lamy) Foot alignment (Stem Late) 1. Tree of Blocks a. TE Blocks 1. Drive - Attack with hands holding outside leverage to make play on e bounce out. 2, Reach - Attack and walk TE. Disengage to make play on bounce out run, You must hold the force. Arc - Same as 6, except you must play next block holding force. Jump Reach - N/A from foot alignment Cutoff - Control with extension, hips and legs. Hold the force. 3. Down - Play hands on TE close to next blocker squeezing lane - hold force on onside pull - Spill near back or offside puller ‘a. Back Blocks - Same as 6, but you must be dominant with inside hand and hold leverage on the ball *C.P.: TE down = Spill b, Linemari Blocks - Play like 6, Off Guard pull, close and bounce football. Read depth and get #2 horizontal to vertical *C.P.: In Backer play all blocks tough. Squeeze running lanes. Never tun your shoulders, keep outside foot back and hold ball leverage. Off Guard pull, tu to plug and bounce ball, C. Read Force - 6 Alignment 1, Tree of Blocks ~ a. TE Blocks 1. Drive - Same as 6 e sett 3. Cutoff - Same as 6 OQ, oO QO eg “BF 45, Down - Same as 6 D. Loaded Set - Cloud or Sky Force 1, Tree of Blocks a. Heavy - Key through down TE. 1, Wing Down - Ptay D gap (Plug) 2. Wing Release - Play 6 on down TE ‘a. Back Blocks - Determined by release of TE. \ Oe w\ a c b. Lineman Blocks - Determined by release of TE oO nea wee cB 0 eo faIV. OPEN OUTSIDE LINEBACKER A. Plug Force Responsibility 1. Tree of Blocks a, Seven (7) C’Gap responsibility e 1. Near Back - Attack and spill with block control fundamentals. Make tackle undemeath or bounce football. Keep outside foot back and stay square, 2. Fan-- Altack and squeeze with extension hips and legs. Keep head outside @ A ve D B 1. Near Back - Same as 7 except Plug 2, Fan- Same as 7 except Plug a! Bob = aid | B *C.P.: Must key - 6-7 Bob or play pass difference 49B. Backer Force 1. Tree of Blocks a. Near Back - Key run/pass attack and squeeze upfield beating crack ‘block constricting running lane, Keeping shoulders square, b. Fan - Squeeze - Keeping outside leverage for bounce out "Sew ¢. Joker - Bounce football, go to plug horizontal to vertical. ©. Bronco Force (Open Rusher) 4. Tree of Blocks a. Near Back - Offside puller apply Spill technique (Open Rusher Spill Rule) b, Hoe - Squeeze - Keep outside leverage for bounce outV. OUTSIDE LINEBACKER PURSUIT ‘A. Pursuit - Play away technique depends on whether you are a rusher or pass defender and your ends technique. 1, Aligned to the closed side with Backer force you have visual trail and reverse e@ responsibilly, except when your end is in a ‘Jet’. “Bronco” >d 1 “Bronco” “Backer” Bandit & “Backer” JoooHd5op\ _9o008oo $s E ws 2. Aligned to the closed side with C gap, plug or read responsibility control him with your hands and legs. Walk him back and shed him to the ground or ‘ip under through C gap. “Cloud O “sky” O O O : 300800 o00Hoo0 Oger SE 3. On the open side with flow away you have visual trail and reverse responsibilities in all fronts when force. a. If you are in the charge pursue flat down the L.O.S. to run down the ball carrier, b. Ifyou are a pass dropper fold on the defensive side of the L.O.S, playing the cut back run. . stVil, PASS RUSH TECHNIQUES ‘A. Responsibility 1. Contain - As an outside linebacker we will have a contain lane responsibility a {good bit of the time. We must hold this lane and use our quickness and athletic ability to cause the QB to step up. if you make an inside ‘move, get vertical back to a contain’angle. 2. Pressure - At times we will have a pressure lane responsibility. We must never stall feet and continue working to push pocket. Always set and counter to isolated area. Keep rush balanced. * B, Rush Plan ‘Always set your plan and foliow your rush progression. Never give up speed move. 1. PR vs, OT - You have the advantage of a six yard race and he must back peddle. ‘See the ball. Concentrate on his set. Never allow him to set his feet or get shoulders squared. Keep all counters alive and weight evenly distributed.’ Speed and quickness is your advantage, Never forfeit it 2. PR vs. RB - Your advantage is your size and strength. Never allow him to catch you. Keep your pads under his and dip and rip through him. After he sets strong use quickness. Punch head on cut block. 3. PR vs. TE - Use speed and quickness. Get him to move and work counters, Control him as early as possible. C. Rush Games 1. “ME” - OLB'er cont ‘on rush, Base run technique Contain oO Centain Golo SE Ww 2. "YOU" (Adjust Rush) - End has contain on pass. With TE ride release then work off end’s hip. Open side work 3 steps upfield first. Base run technique. Tet Pressure b$o80R 3 EF 3 W... UPFIELD 32 UPFIELD3. “RAM. Call to end in 4 technique to take B gap on snap Contain oO Contain co alo SE Ww 4. “BULLETS” - OLB'er must be in 6, DE in a 4. Inside ball key stunt by OLB'er playing under all blocks. Rally to pass contain, oO Pressure Pressure B08, 5. “SOX"- Can be run with 6 DE will “JET* rush. OLB'er hit behind DE, read out of stunt with run at you ° ie oy 6. “DART” - Read stunt with DE in a4, OLB'erin a 6. With run play base techniques. a. OT blocks end = OLB'er contain; end pressure lane b. OT sets out on OLB'er - Set upfield work off end’s hip (pick) off OT. ‘Work into a pressure lane rush, pail Guten O Ges, Bag 337. “EXIT” - Only run to an open side. End must be in a4 and slide to or be ina 3 alignment. OLB'er rush upfield and work to pressure lane between OT and OG. End stay on guard til the OLB'er clears. ist O a é a 8. *X" - OLB'er must be in 2 6 technique to @ TE. Execute a “Bullets” on ball key, DE play 4 and work to contain on a pass. oO bS08088 : Ew 9, “SCRAPE X" - OLB'er must be ina 6 tech toa TE. Execute “Bullets” and bump hip of the OT and flatten to the ball. Come to:pressure lane on any pass set. End work to contain. ‘End must be in a 4 O ist ist Ww 10, “FREEZE” - End must be in a 3 slant into A gap. OLB'er bullets upfield, work to pressure lane under any pass blocks. Nose work to contain vs: pass. Everyone except DE plays normal run technique. Ast SE uN WwW 34GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF DEFENSIVE LINE PLAY Effective line play consists of individual skill and discipline in your part of the overall defense called. Skil] includes physical and mental preparation to allow maximum use of each individual's ability. Discipline includes each individual's dedication to his part of the team defense. Key terms associated with effective line pla Concentration, Technique, Hustle, Finish and Production. Our defensive line will employ two basic concepts: A penetrating defense and an attack/control defense. 1. PENETRATING DEFENSE - Get off with the snap. Penetrate across LOS or through the blocker. As you penetrate, read and react to the play, chase and make the tackle. Ex "Mech é'uide Pifect® ‘cH 2. ATTACK/CONTROL DEFENSE - Attack the blocker on movement. Lead with your hands and head controlling the blocker as you hit. Read and react to the blocking pattern on the move. Release, pursue, tackle and work for a turnover by second hits on the ball carrier. Ex: 4 Tech & § Tech BASIC PRINCIPLES OF LINE PLAY Stance, alignment, charge, hit, read and react: 1. STANCE - You must position your body and distribute your Weight so that you can make quick powerful tovenents in any direction with ease while never tipping the direction of your movement. Important points concerning your stance: ‘A. Must be able to play froma right or left hand stance. B. Must-be ready to attack the offense. C. Must be able to step with either foot based on your read. Eliminate false steps. 2, ALIGNMENT (Lateral /Vertical) A. LATERAL - Align by position dictated by the defense called (5, 4, 3). On any Attack/Control Defense you must hit the blocker so that he can never release free on a linebacker.5. READ AND REACT - Always read on the move. When playing our “Okie” alignment, we will get off with first movenent, read and react, hit as we attack the pattern. |A. PENETRATING DEFENSE - (Anytime we are spliting the stance of an offensive lineman 3,2) Penetrate through blocker's shoulder ‘as you work upfield. Work through your responsibility to the ball. SET = Pass Rush - Upfield quick avoiding blockers. B. ATTACK AND CONTROL - Hit and react, lead with your hands, é then lock out with your arms. React to all blocking patterns by attacking the LOS. C. REACTION TO RUN 1, DISENGAGE - AS you work from a locked out position, “Push” through to your run responsibility. As you recognize the play, throw the blocker away from the ball. Always gain contro? of blocker before throwing him. 2-Gap play requires you to react across the face of the blocker. D. REACT VS. TRAP - Always “SPILL® traps (Outside shoulder across face of trapper) Fight through trapper then upfield E. REACTION VS. DOUBLE TEAM - Always work to attack the Post blocker then drop your knee and shoulder: into-the drive blocker. Work to split the double team continuing to the ball upfield. . Never get driven off LOS. 6. PURSUIT/CHASE A. PURSUIT ~ React across face of blocker vs. Play Away 8. CHASE - Penetrate Gap following ball behind LOS Responsibility for bootleg and reverse C. CONTAIN - Keep ball inside (Run or Pass) Always work to Pressure the ball ~ Attack the ball carrier driving him back. Drive 7. TALE - ere shoulder through the football, wrap your arms and drive with your legs to follow through. Force fumbles, steal the football. 8. PASS RUSH - When-you read.pass, explode through your blocker (May be able to weave from 2 Gap technique) Rush through your rush lane attacking the QB. Make the QB know you are there anytime he sets to throw.AL DEFENSIVE LINE - BASIC RULES PERTAINING TO DEFEMSIVE LINE An offensive player from tackle to tackle may not adjust his hands once he is in a 3 or 4 point stance. He may shift from a 2 point stance, or adjust his feet. A Close back, wing, or Light end may adjust their stance. If you jump offsides and don't make contact, get back! If the offensive man jumps offsides, you must make instantaneous contact with him. Don't charge out to hit him late as this would be an’ offsetting penalty. Advance fumbles ~~ you may advance a fumble that hits the ground. You may advance a fumble caught in the air. that has hot touched the ground. A muff, which is a lateral, may not be advanced (i.e. 18 Toss Sweep or Screen Pass). Recover al] passes that don’t cross the LOS. Let the referee decide whether it is forward or lateral. No late hits after the Q8 has thrown the ball or when the ‘runner ‘is down or out of bounds. If you are replaced by a substitute, you must depart at the sideline nearest your bench. There can be no pass interference behind the line of scrimmage. Be reckless in handling potential receivers behind LOS. - If there. is no flag thrown, you have not been held. Take as much of the LOS as possible. Line up on the ball, not the offensive lineman.GET OFFS AND STARTS ALIGNMENT: CROWD THE BALL aoeD ° Align on front tip of the football. Ball's ready, you're ready. Does center tilt ball up? If so, crowd more! Know if ball is flat or not. Do not align on opponent. They will vary their depth and cheat deep. Find ball. Jgnore Line! We will never practice on a line (the ball is only ona line 8-12 times per game!). This will force you to concentrate. STANCE Tight, narrow, bunched sprinter’s stance. Tail up high, nose down. Up hand hanging out in front. Down hand out and clawing grass. Eyes up, peripheral everything. “Hair Trigger” - Hold your breath...Tick, Tick, Tick - Explode! GET.OFF e seem Movement, any movement - You're gone! Ball, that easiest, when it starts to move. Your man - is he rocking back? Is he leaning? Movement down the line. An opponent's teammate? Your teammate? : The 0.T.’s outside knee? CADENCE AND RHYTHM Do not listen! Movement, not sound. Know their cadence, we will drill it.” Sound after hard count, go! Do they have a set pattern? With motion, do they go on 27 Audibles, do-they go on 27WOSE TECANIQUES e@ ‘A 0 ZERO READ 1. Alignment 2. Stance 3. Key Responsibility 5. Execution °o C@o N 0 0 "0" head up on Center 3 Point, weight slightly forward Ball for movement. Head of Center, then flow for direction. Both A Gaps. On Tine from head of Guard to head of Guard a: Drive Block - Explode into the Center using @ hand shiver. Get your. pads underneath his pads. Get him up and away from your body. Control him and Vocate the ball. Shed and make ‘the tackle. If split flow of backs, play both A Gaps and iake play. b. Hook Block - If the Center attempts to cut you off with a low hook block, move laterally and get your hands on his head and shoulders. Stay square, push him down and away, and turn his body parallel tothe LOS as you pursue to the ball. . STip or Scoop Block - Get hands on Center and play as hook block. Keep the Center off the LB. If definitely cut off, come quick and flat through the head of Center, fon the LOS, avoiding tne Guard. Pursue flat to the ball. 4. Double Team Scrape - Drop your knee and shoulder and drive the seam. Turn your back to the Guard as you split the double team. Do not get driven back into LB pursuit. 1f you feel Guard staying on block, drop and create a pile.NOSE TACKLI PLUS (GAP) i / TECHNIQUE ‘STANCE: 3 POINT WITH YOUR OUTSIDE FOOT UP. e@ ALIGNMENT: SLIGHTLY COCKED OUTSIDE SHADE OF CENTER AND PLAY AS TIGHT TO HIM AS POSSIBLE WITHOUT BEING HOOKED. CENTERS HEAD. KEY: . RUN RESPONSIBILITY: | RUN TO: "A" GAP. RUN AWAY: SQUEEZE FAR SIDE "A" GAP. OfO ef EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF CENTER (SHOULD BE A TRAIN WRECK). GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. NEUTRALIZE CENTER ON THE L.O.S. WITH HAND SHIVER. LOCK OUT AND SEPARATE. HOLD ‘A" GAP AND SQUEEZE. SCOOP BLOCK “at EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF CENTER. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK WHEN YOU FEEL THE GUARD, GET IN THE SEAM. SHOOT UP FIELD SHOULDER THROUGH. MAKE GUARD PUSH YOU INTO THE PLAY (HOLD ON TO CENTER AS LONG AS YOU CAN, THIS WILL PULL YOU INTO GAP). C.P.: CAN NOT ALLOW CENTER OFF ON LB, IF SO, YOUR PLAY! JUBLE TEAM. EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF CENTER (TRAIN WRECK). GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. WHEN YOU FEEL THE GUARD, DROP YOUR OUTSIDE HIP AND TURN YOUR SHOULDER TO THE GUARD AND WORK UP FIELD AND ‘SPLIT DOUBLE TEAM. STAY LOW.e WN BLOCK OR. EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF CENTER. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. IF THE CENTER GOES FLAT AWAY FROM YOU, PLAY BACK TO THE GUARDS DOWN BLOCK BY SQUATTING DOWN AND EITHER SPIN OUT OF HIS BLOCK OR RUN AROUND HIS BLOCK UP FIELD. DON'T GET DRIVEN OFF THE L.O.S. C.P.: BE AWARE OF PRE-SNAP SPLITS, STANCES AND WEIGHT, ESPECIALLY UNCOVERED GUARD. HOOK BLOCK O20 § @exrrove UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF CENTER (TRAIN WRECK). GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. DRIVE THROUGH CENTER HEAD WITH HAND SHIVER AND PUSH WITH ONSIDE ARM ON SHOULDER. FLATTEN AND KEEP LEVERAGE ON BLOCK UNTIL BALL IS DECLARED INSIDE OR OUTSIDE. (CENTER RELEASES OUTSIDE CYLINDE! AeQOo & EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF CENTER. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. SEE CENTER RUN UP FIELD AND GUARD COMING ON, FIGHT TO STAY IN SEAM. BACK DOOR AND FLATTEN AS YOU RUN THROUGH. MAKE GUARD PUSH YOU INTO PLAY. USE BACKSIDE ARM TO STAY ALIVE. REPLACE LB’ER.OTK § EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF CENTER. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. AS CENTER STALKS OR BLOCKS BACK, LOOK FOR WHAM. GOTO SPILL BACK WITH UP FIELD SHOULDER: le © § . EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF CENTER. GET e ; YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. HIGH HAT = PASS! CLUB ON SHOULDER, SWIM OR RIP. % FEEL CENTER TURN YOU OUT. COME BACK OUT THE WAY YOU WENT IN. DIVERT BACKS COURSE. PLAY PASS FIRST! NOTE THE DIFFERENCE, DRAW SET-PASS SET. oléo &§ EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF CENTER. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. HIGH HAT = PASS! RUSH, RUSH, RUSH. CLUB ON. SHOULDER, SWIM OR RIP. WORKA MOVE INTO YOUR LANE. GET TO THE QB.NOSE TACKLE =i TECHNIQUE e@ ‘STANCE: 3 POINT WITH YOUR INSIDE HAND DOWN WITH THAT YOUR FOOT SLIGHTLY STAGGERED. ALIGNMENT: SHADED INSIDE OF THE OFFENSIVE GUARD AND AS TIGHT TO BALL AS POSSIBLE WITHOUT BEING CUT OFF. KEY: (GUARD WITH VISION TO CENTER RUN RESPONSIBILITY: RUN TO: “A" GAP + RUN AWAY: "A" GAP, RELEASE TO FLOW. RIVE BLOCK 8 4 ATTACK THE GUARDS BLOCK GETTING YOUR PADS UNDER HIS PADS WHILE READING THE CENTER. CONTROL THE GUARD WITH YOUR HANDS. HOOK BLOCK ATTACK THE GUARDS BLOCK. AS YOU FIGHT HIS PRESSURE, LOOK DOWN INSIDE PROTECTING "A" GAP. DON'T CROSS THE FACE OF THE BLOCKER UNTIL YOU ARE SURE THERE IS NO THREAT TO THE “A” GAP. SCOOP BLOCK ATTACK THE GUARD, SOON AS YOU FEEL THE CENTER BLOCKING YOU, ATTACK HIM AND CONTROL HIM ON THE L.O.S. DO NOT GET HOOKED BY THE CENTER, RELEASE TO THE BALL.& e ATTACK THE GUARDS BLOCK WHEN YOU FEEL PRESSURE FROM THE CENTER, ‘SQUEEZE HIM PROTECTING THE "A" GAP. WHEN THERE IS NO THREAT TO THE “A" GAP, WHIP THE CENTERS BLOCK AND SPRINT TO THE BALL, ONCE THE BALL IS “AWAY YOU CAN CROSS FACE. - Lt IARD ATTACK THE GUARDS BLOCK. {F THE GUARD PULLS, GET IN HIS HIP POCKET. IF HE IS PULLING OUTSIDE, KEY CENTER FOR TRAP OR SCOOP; KEEP INSIDE LEVERAGE. IF HE IS PULLING TO THE INSIDE, CLOSE INSIDE AND LOOK FOR CENTER BLOCKING BACK ON You. ATTACK THE GUARDS BLOCK. - STEP UP AND CHECK CENTERS BLOCK. IF CENTER BLOCKS BACK, FIND THE TRAPPING GUARD AND BLAST HIM WITH YOUR OUTSIDE SHOULDER AND FORCE THE BALL TO BOUNCE. BE SURE TO CLOSE THE DISTANCE BETWEEN YOU AND THE TRAPPER. ATTACK THE GUARDS BLOCK AS YOU CLOSE DOWN WITH THE GUARD. FLATTENING HIM ALONG THEL.O.S., DON'T LET THE GUARD CUT YOU OFF. 10LECH. TACKLE STECHNIQUE =~ STANCE: 3 POINT WITH YOUR INSIDE FOOT BACK. IGNMENT: SLIGHTLY COCKED OUTSIDE SHADE OF OFFENSIVE GUARD. PLAY AS TIGHT TO THE GUARD AS POSSIBLE WITHOUT BEING HOOKED. ~ KEY: GUARDS HEAD. VISION IS ON GUARDS HEAD. RESPONSIBILITY: RUN TO: "B* GAP. RUN AWAY: SQUEEZE AND RELEASE TO ‘A’ GAP. DRIVE BLOCK EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD (SHOULD BE TRAIN WRECK). GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. GET HANDS INSIDE, LOCK OUT AND SEPARATE. HOLD "B" GAP, SQUEEZE DOWN. SHED AND ESCAPE. HOOK BLOCK EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD (TRAIN WRECK). GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. FLATTEN THE GUARD ON THE L.O.S. AND. KEEP OUTSIDE LEVERAGE. SHED AND ESCAPE. oO § EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. DOWN BLOCK = TRAP! REDIRECT AND CLOSE, LOOK FOR TRAPPING GUARD. IF TRAPPER IS COMING, SPILL OUTSIDE WITH UP FIELD SHOULDER. uwTuc BLocK EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET _ YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. GO THROUGH THE BACK DOOR BY LOWERING THE INSIDE. SHOULDER AND FLATTENING DOWN THE LINE. IF O.T. FLAT AND YOU GET STUCK, LOWER OUTSIDE SHOULDER AND SPIN ACROSS OR CROSS FACE OF 0.T. AFTER THE BALL HAS COMMITED. SCOOP BLOCK age | EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. DROP INSIDE SHOULDER TO RUN THROUGH. RICOCHET OFF TACKLE. PLANT OUTSIDE FOOT AND PUSH OFF. USE OUTSIDE HAND TO PROTECT LEGS. DON'T GET CUT. C.P.: NOTE PRE-SNAP SPLITS AND STANCE. THIS @® THE #1 BLOCK VS. 3 TECH TACKLE. CUT OFF BLOCK §° EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. SQUEEZE GUARD INTO “A” GAP PROTECTING THE “B" GAP. WHEN THERE IS NO THREAT TO *B” GAP, SHED AND ESCAPE. Fee e © ) QP EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD (TRAIN WRECK). GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. WHEN YOU FEEL TACKLE, DROP YOUR OUTSIDE HIP AND TURN YOUR SHOULDER TO THE TACKLE AND WORK UP FIELD AND ‘SPLIT THE DOUBLE TEAM.. STAY LOW. REACH BLOCK OF. NOTE CHEATED DOWN O.T., HIS SPLIT AND STANCE. TIGHTEN DOWN TO OUTSIDE EYE OF GUARD. GET OFF ON BALL OR MOVEMENT. EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD (NO CRACK TO GET HAT IN). RICOCHETOFF TACKLE AND FLATTEN WITH GUARD. USE OUTSIDE HAND TO PROTECT LEGS. DON’T GET CUT. FOLD BLOCK EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. PULL - THINK FOLD BY CENTER. DROP INSIDE SHOULDER AND FLATTEN DOWN THE LINE BACK DOOR. C.P.: NOTE | PRE-SNAP STANCES AND SPLITS. GUARD LIGHT, CENTER HEAVY... THINK FOLD.- “oes, EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. PULL - THINK CENTER FOLD. FEEL CENTER'S BLOCK. DROP ., INSIDE SHOULDER AND SPIN OUT. INFLUENCE TRAP BLOCK oO 4 EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. HIGH HAT = PASS! KEEP RUSHING. GUARD RELEASES OUTSIDE...TRAP! CLOSE DOWN INSIDE AND SPILL OUTSIDE WITH UP FIELD. SHOULDER. PLAY PASS FIRST! : LOCK eS EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD: GET HAT IN THE CRACK. DOWN BLOCK, REDIRECT AND CLOSE THINKING TRAP. BUT FEEL DOWN BLOCK OF TACKLE (MIGHT SEE BACKSIDE PULLER). FIGHT TO HOLD GROUND. THINK UP FIELD PENETRATION. KNOCK OFF PULLERS. 14WHOE BLOCK. OM eo EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET HAT IN THE CRACK. MAY READ AS HOOK OR TURNOUT AT FIRST, BUT EVENTUALLY DOWN = TRAP! REDIRECT AND CLOSE,SPILL BACK WITH UP FIELD SHOULDER. DRAW BLOCK Hs $ e EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. HIGH HAT = PASS! KEEP RUSHING, FEEL GUARD TURN YOU OUT. GO BACK OUT THE WAY YOU CAME IN. RETRACE YOUR STEPS. DIVERT BACKS. COURSE. PLAY PASS FIRST! olée $ EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. HIGH HAT = PASS!. RUSH, RUSH, RUSH. WORK A MOVE, STAY IN YOUR LANE.3 TH. HAS A 2 WAY GO. GET TO THE QB! THIS IS WHY YOU'RE HERE.\ge©e EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF GUARD. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK, WORK A PASS RUSH MOVE AND GET INTO YOUR LANE. KEEP COMING. DON'T LET QB SET UP. 16ED EI MIDE - TECHNIQUE @ stance: 3 POINT WITH YOUR OUTSIDE FOOT BACK. ALIGNMENT: SLIGHTLY COCKED OUTSIDE SHADE OF OFFENSIVE TACKLE AND GET TIGHT AS POSSIBLE WITHOUT BEING HOOKED. KEY: TACKLES HEAD. RESPONSIBILITY: RUN TO: *C” GAP. RUN AWAY: SQUEEZE & RELEASE TO “B GAP. EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE (SHOULD BE TRAIN WRECK). GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. GET HANDS INSIDE, LOCK OUT AND SEPARATE. HOLD “C* GAP. SQUEEZE DOWN, SHED AND ESCAPE. e HOOK BLOCK COO® § EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. (TRAIN WRECK). GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. FLATTEN THE TACKLE ON THE L.O.S. AND KEEP OUTSIDE LEVERAGE. SHED AND ESCAPE. IDE CYLINDER) -gooe EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. |GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. IF O.T. IS TOO FLAT, DROP OUTSIDE SHOULDER AND. WHEEL BACK DOOR. FLATTEN AND PURSUE. YOU MUST REPLACE LB’ER. 17Dousi BLOCK gece e EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE (TRAIN WRECK). GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. WHEN YOU FEEL PRESSURE FROM THE T.E., DROP YOUR OUTSIDE HIP AND TURN YOUR SHOULDER TO THE T.E. AND WORK TO GET UP FIELD. STAY LOW. DOWN BLOCK (TRAP) O a $ EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. - GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. DOWN BLOCK = TRAP! REDIRECT AND CLOSE, LOOK FOR TRAPPING GUARD. IF TRAPPER IS COMING, ATTACK UP FIELD HIP OF GUARD AND DIP INSIDE SHOULDER FOR LEVERAGE AND SQUEEZE “B" GAP. SCOOP BLOCK EXPLODE UP FIELD ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. WHEN YOU FEEL THE T.E. GET INTO THE SEAM. SHOOT UP FIELD ARM/SHOULDER THROUGH. MAKE T.E. PUSH YOU INTO THE PLAY (HOLD ONTO TACKLE AS LONG AS YOU CAN). THIS WILL PULL YOU INTO GAP. C.P.: CANNOT ALLOW TACKLE OFF ON LB'ER. IF SO, YOUR PLAY! 18e : COOO@e e EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. “GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. SHOOT HANDS INSIDE, LOCK OUT AND SEPARATE. ‘SQUEEZE DOWN AND CONDENSE “B* GAP. WHEN THERE !S NO THREAT TO “C’ GAP, SHED AND ESCAPE. {UT OFF BL OUTSIDE CYLINDER) rn @ EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. IF 0.T. IS TOO FLAT, PUSH OFF OUTSIDE FOOT, DROP e@ INSIDE SHOULDER AND WHEEL BACK DOOR. FLATTEN AND PURSUE. YOU MUST REPLACE LBER, Oe KL oO EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP.ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK BUT TACKLE IS PULLING. PUSH OFF YOUR INSIDE FOOT AND DROP OUTSIDE SHOULDER AND WHEEL BACK DOOR. IF YOU GET STUCK OR T.E. TOO FLAT, SPIN OUT OR CLUB BY. FLATTEN AND PURSUE. €.P.: MAKE MOVE DECISIVELY AND IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT GIVE GROUND. 19BIM-O BLOCK OPCS _e SN », EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. DOWN BLOCK = TRAP! REDIRECT AND CLOSE, LOOK FOR TRAPPING GUARD. IF GUARD HAS DEEP COURSE, MEANS BIM BLOCK. GET UPFIELD AND TAKE ON BACK WITH OUTSIDE SHOULDER AND GET UNDERNEATH. C.P.: KEY IS GUARDS COURSE. FLAT IS TRAP, DEEP IS BIM. IF IN DOUBT, PLAY TRAP. BLUFF TRAP BLOCK (Rese, EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. DOWN BLOCK = TRAP!_ REDIRECT AND CLOSE, LOOK FOR TRAPPING GUARD. IF TRAPPER IS COMING, IGNORE BACK AND ATTACK UP FIELD HIP OF GUARD AND DIP INSIDE SHOULDER FOR LEVEI AND SQUEEZE “B” GAP. wKoee ® EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. GET HAT IN THE CRACK. DOWN BLOCK = TRAP! FEEL DOWN BLOCK OF T.E. PLANT INSIDE FOOT AND TRY TO-PENETRATE. FIGHT NOT TO GET WASHED DOWN. SEE BACKSIDE PULLERS AND TRY TO KNOCK ONE OFF. @ 20NOTE CHEATED DOWN T.E., HIS SPLIT AND STANCE. TIGHTEN DOWN TO OUTSIDE EYE OF TACKLE. GET OFF ON BALL OR MOVEMENT. EXPLODE UP FIELD ON FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE (NO CRACK TO GET HAT IN). RICOCHET OFF Mle FLATTEN WITH TACKLE. USE OUTSIDE HAND TO PROTECT LEGS. DON'T GET CK (BY BACK ORT. OQORO EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. TACKLE PULLS OR RELEASES INSIDE, PLANT OUTSIDE FOOT AND CLOSE. ATTACK OF FIELD HIP OF BACK OR TIGHT END, DIP INSIDE SHOULDER FOR LEVERAGE AND SQUEEZE “B” GAP. DRAW BLOCK le O®@ $ EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. HIGH HAT = PASS! KEEP RUSHING. FEEL TACKLE CLUB OR PUSH BY. COME BACK OUT THE WAY YOU CAME IN. DIVERT BACKS COURSE. C.P.: freee AND READ THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PASS SET AND DRAW SET. PLAY PASS ST! 21DROP BACK PASS oboe EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING THE NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. HIGH HAT = PASS! RUSH, RUSH, RUSH. WORKA _ MOVE. STAY IN YOUR LANE. GET TO THE QB. THIS IS WHY YOU'RE HERE. SPRINT OUT PASS Geos § EXPLODE UP FIELD WITH FIRST STEP ATTACKING NEAR SHOULDER OF TACKLE. GET YOUR HAT IN THE CRACK. WORK A PASS RUSH MOVE UP FIELD AND GET INTO YOUR LANE. KEEP COMING DON'T LET QB SET UP. 22” 1, Alignment A. 5 TECHNIQUE 2. Stance 3. Key 4. Responsibility 5: Execution COQo®@ E DEFENSIVE END TECHNIQUE Head up on offensive tackle. May widen alignment slightly vs. TE on LOS. 3 Point Tackle and Ball Run To: "C" Gap to Head of TE Run Away: Squeeze and release to 8 Gap. Pass: Contain Rush or Inside Rush (*Me" Call) a. Drive Block - Attack and neutralize the blocker with a hand shiver. Play on his side of LOS. Control the blocker away. from your body while locating the ball. Then shed and tackle. Beat the blocker to the collision point. Your shoulder should be under the blocker pads, and your hands must straighten up the blocker and create a space. Bring your feet up to a parallel position on the second step. This enables you to move laterally after hitting your blow. b. Reach or Hook Block - Drive through the head of the blocker with your hands. Keep outside arm free and do not get hooked. LOCATE THE BALL. If definitely going outside, shee blocker tooutsideand pursue the ball on LOS. If ball going inside, play back across face of blocker. Keep shoulders square and help back to inside. ¢. dump Reach or Position Block - If offensive Vineman jumps or steps for position, initially step to original alignment on tackle without committing outside too quickly. Force offensive lineman up field and anticipate falling inside to support cutback. 4. Turn Out Block - Use-your hands and drive blocker down and back into a gap. Stay square and locate the ball. Keep outside arm free until bali crosses the feet of the offensive lineman. Keep offensive lineman shoulders square. 23END TECHNIQUES (Continued) ° oao®@ e eo@e ° ogee 2 cage E f °o fea eae e. Cut - If the blocker drives his head below your knees, you must use your hands and drive him down and away. If he is trying to cut you off laterally, get your hands on his head and turn hin parallel to the LOS. Keep your legs and feet clear. . Double Team (Scrape) - If the tackle posts and the Tight End doubles down on you, drop your outside knee and shoulder and drive the seam, as you split. the double team. Do not get driven back into LB pursuit. If TE is scraping Off, work outside the ball. If TE is staying on block, widen and hold your position on the Tine. 9. Tackle Release Inside - Shiver the offensive tackle’s hips with your hands to keep him off the linebacker. Stay square and look to inside. Do not close more than 1 steps. 1. If it is a trap, close hote Taterally and drive through trapper's inside shoulder. Keeping shoulder square, force ball to bounce outside. 2. If it is an outside running play, look to back on your Side as he may chop block. If the back does not block you, locate the off side guard and ball carrier. If the tackle pulls inside and the guard blocks out on you, Stay square and-drive hard into guard with hands. If bal) commits inside, work across the guard's face.END TECHNIQUES (Continued) age? 25, - Outside Release -Fan Block - If the offensive tackle takes an outside release, look back to inside and fight to regain your initial align- ment (after recognizing that it is not a hook). If it is trap, play the trap blocker with inside shoulder and forearm on the LOS. "U" Block - If the tackle pulls out, stay square and expect the TE to block and work across his face to the outside. 1f you have penetrated the LOS, work behind the TE's block. Down Block - If TE blocks down on you, stay square and fight back across his face to the outside. Keep shoulders low - keep leverage on the blocker. Influence Trap - If tackle sets pass and then blocks out, it-could be influence trap.. Look inside and play trap blocker. “Bil1" - If the tackle closes to the inside and the near back blocks your outside leg, immediately come to hand shiver and force back's head and shoulder into the ground. He will, Most cases, be chopping you so stay up and react to flow. Dropback - If the tackle sets up for drop back pass, immediately locate bass rush landmarks. Get your hands on him and execute pass rush technique. If you get a “Me” call from the OLB take the inside pass rush lane.END TECHNIQUES (Continued) 0. Position Block for Sprint Pass - Immediately use your hands and fight through his head. Drive laterally upfield and always keep the QB in front of you. Stay on your feet. p. BIN Block - (Reverse shoulder or body block) As you feel the tackle working for outside position, work back through his outside shoulder with your hands. The tackle will usually not commit more than one step inside. Feel the intensity of his get off. 4g. BLAST - This is goalline and short yardage charge. Drive through the thigh of the offensive lineman to the side of your gap responsibility. Penetrate--you must end up in their backfield. 26e. Pulling Guard - If the guard pulls, avoid the tackle and get in the guard's a. hip pocket. If he is pulling outside, CLO widen the tackle maintaining inside | E leverage. If he is pulling to’ the inside, flatten with the guard and find the ball. Do not be cut off by the tackle. Z 3 f. Pass Block - Rush the, pass in proper (2 OS Jane. Possible "Me" cal] from OLB 27fs RUSHING THE PASSER Each rusher must make an aggressive, determined effort in getting to the passer. AS a unit we must squeeze the QB limiting his area to move and gain throwing time. We must first pressure the QB always threatening him; thus, forcing him to move his feet. The rush must produce pressure, sack hits and finally sacks. Rush lane discipline is vital in accomplishing al] of the above points. KEY POINTS IM SUCCESSFUL PASS RUSH 1, KNOW THE SITUATION A, Down and Distance B. Opponent - Blocker and QB C. Time left in half or game B. Clock - No Huddle Offense, Quick Counts, Long Counts, Cadence 2. GET OFF A. See ball or first movement B. Alert to Tips - Example: QB False Step C. Off with Ball -.Not Early, Not Late D. Concentrate on every snap in practice to develop consistent Get OFF 3. ATTACK QB AS YOU DEFEAT YOUR BLOCKER A. Have a predetermined plan of rush prior to the snap. Focus on Contact Point. B. Force biocker”into a defensive position by changing"his center of gravity or forcing his weight on his heels. You are the aggressor! C. Your rush techniques and counter moves will be determined by the blocker's reaction to your initial rush. D. Consistent pressure is a result of your momentum and ability to stay alive in rushing the QB. E. "Finish" all rushes with pressure, sack hits, sacks or turn and run al] the way to the ball making the tackle or forcing a fumble. F, When tackling the QB your technique is the same as ‘tackling a running back. ‘Use good judgement in following ‘the rules protecting tne QB. G. Hands up to deflect a thrown ball. Avoid leaving the ground with your feet as the QB may pump fake you to gain throwing time. H. Most important point to keep in mind as a rusher “BE PRODUCTIVE". 28ADJUSTMENT CALLS We will have two calls that will put us into either a pass rush mode for our line (Jet), or an upfield, penetration, block reaction mode for the Core Personnel (Hard). By formation, down and distance or field position, we would Vike our Ends to widen their alignment to outside split; play pass Ist and react to run. "Jet" may be call in the huddle or on the LOS. HARD: By formation, down and distance or field position, we would like our Core defenders to intensify their upfield movement while still reacting to run Keys. Penetration and upfield intensity are of primary concern. "Hard" may be called in the huddle or on the LOS. SPREAD FORMATION “JET* TIGHT ALIGNMENT 2nd and 10 ‘3rd and 2 o Oo S : ok ba)? c ° oO o® Seine PFoPSH BoM She New BoM 291 USE OF HANDS AND ARMS AS WEAPONS With each basic move you must lead with your hands as weapons to e get past the blocker. Visualize your move with the idea of forcing the blocker off balance. Move his center of gravity. Be ready to counter if he takes your move away. Work on strengthening the hands and arms daily. This will help your hand grabs, slaps, pulls and throws. Do not become stereotyped in your Tush; however, one perfected move with a counter is all you need to go with the change you get fron basic stunts and various blitzes. Whatever your physical traits may be--mental toughness, pride and desire to excel have no'equal. There are two basic approaches to rushing the passer. Depending on | the ability of the blocker, you may use “QUICK* moves or "POWER* moves. POWER MOYES AN] power moves are accomplished by using your basic butt-hand Shiver technique like you do against the run. You power by Vocking out your arms using your hand shiver to gain leverage. Attack the blocker by driving your forehead into the face or shoulder of the blocker. Grab the blocker under the shoulder Pads with both hands; Drive him back toward the passer. When you feel the blocker's push or pressure, use any of the following Moves. e 2, Bull Rush - You will use your Butt-Hand Shiver technique and drive the blocker toward the QB. Using your legs and arms you will drive him backwards trying to run him back to the QB or run him over. (Push the Pocket) 2. Swim - You will use your Butt-Hand Shiver technique until you feel pressure then pull down or across with power hand and swim over with opposite arm. Use cross-over (Carioca) step turning your body to cut down the blocking surface, or use slide step variation. Make sure to keep progress upfield toward the passer and accelerate. 3. Rip - You will use your Butt-Hand Shiver technique until you feel pressure then pull blocker toward you with power hand and use Rip technique with opposite arm to punch, up through and under the blocker's armpit, with inside body lean. Rip beyond the blocker's body, accelerate, lift his arm with your free hand. 304. Single Chop Swim - You will use your step rules and head fake e then you will Chop down with power hand on blocker's outside forearm. Use cross-over step and swim with opposite shoulder. 5. Double Chop Lean In - You will use your step rules and head fake then you Chop down with power hand on blocker's outside forearm. Use fe cross-over step and chop again with ‘opposite hand on forearm at elbow. ‘Lean in and accelerate upfield. 31TABLE OF CONTENTS DEFENSIVE BACK POSITION MANUAL GROUP GOALS GENERAL PHILOSOPHY ALIGNMENT FUNDAMENTALS FLOW/PURSUIT RUN SUPPORT TERMS HASH SPLIT RULES ZONE COVERAGE PRINCIPLES ZONE COVERAGE TECHNIQUES, MAN COVERAGE PRINCIPLES BUMP AND RUN PRINCIPLES, BLOCK PROTECTION TACKLING SCREEN AND DRAW ENTRY PASS INTERFERENCE RULES PAGE | PAGE 2-7 PAGE8 PAGE 9-10 PAGE 1|1 PAGE 12 PAGE 13 PAGE 14-15 PAGE 16-30 PAGE 31-34 PAGE 35-39 PAGE 40-41 PAGE 42 PAGE 43 PAGE 44-462003 WELDCAT DEFENSIVE BACKS GROUP GOALS 1. Allow NO 4" Quarter TD passes. 2. Allow.NO completions of 25+ yards. 3. Create 3 tumovers a game. 4. Allow.NO 100 yards receivers. 5. Allow_NO.225 yard passers. 6. Opponent QB rating under 68%. 7, Eliminate Mental Errors, Technique Errors, Missed Tackles.HOW TO PRACTICE 1. First and foremost, practice the way you plan to play Saturday. Practice at top speed only. Be sure to take advantage of every snap-particularly when the offense is running its own plays. Establish a discipline pattern for yourself by always being on time for all team formations and meetings. Much of your success will depend upon systematic execution of your assignments. Get in the habit of being the man that does everything the right way. . In the game of football, the lowest man usually wins. Practice your CENTER OF GRAVITY techniques; bend your knees and stay low comfortably. Be willing to devote the time necessary to perfect your playing skills. Stay after practice to work on a speed turn or a press release until you become comfortable with all your techniques. Lend a hand to a teammate who needs a partner for something he is working on. The better we become individuaiiy the better we will be collectively. Acquire the video habit. You can acquire a sense of recognition by studying video tapes of your opponent. Know the receivers you are facing on a weekly basis. Study everything they do. What are their favorite routes? What are their strengths and weaknesses? What must we stop in order to WIN? Get the job done!1 ESSENTIALS OF A WINNING SECONDARY 1, IMPORTANCE ‘The importance of a sound, disciplined secondary in contributing to a winning team defense cannot be overstated. With the continuing tendency for offenses to be passed orientated, there is a constantly growing challenge to the defensive backfield of the Kentucky Wildcats. Although good pass defense is a team responsibility you must play well in the secondary in order to contain the opponent’s passing game. The goal of the Kentucky Wildcats secondary is to prevent any Big Play-either run or pass,. We also want to contribute to the denial of aiy multi-played sustained drive by the offense. If the defensive backfield performs well, there will be no long gaining plays because they will be contained with effort and execution! We must understand that we are part of a team and that usually a Big Play by us is set up by an outstanding effort from one of our teammates (a pressure rush, tipped ball or caused fumble). Be enthusiastic and supportive of any of our teammates” successes. We also will strive to be a major factor in the Wildcats run defense. Either with solid run support techniques or effective tackling, we expect to get our part of the job done, Be alert and aggressive. Fumbles are caused and recovered by hustle and extra effort. When a ball carrier is held up, we should tackle the football. The Fumble Tackle is executed by tackling the ball and knocking it loose. When the ball is thrown, you must break towards the football no matter how far you might be, A fumble recovery or pass interception can change the entire tempo of the contest in our favor. Be offensive minded!IV. PERSONAL AND TEAM PRID! Vv. it. PROFESSIONAL ATTITUD! A great defensive back is prepared to the maximum to help his team e play winning football. He always knows the game situation down, distance, period of play, time remaining and game score. He realizes that the success of the team depends upon each man doing his specific job; he plays the defense called to the best of his ability. He never takes a foolish gamble or receives an unnecessary penalty through lack of poise. By eliminating all mental errors, he insures that his team will never beat itself. THERE IS NO PLACE IN OUR SYSTEM FOR A MENTAL ERROR. Finally, and perhaps most importantly, he realizes that to receive a “LOAF” grade on any one play is one error he can absolutely eliminate. Everything we do will be based on team effort; offense, defense and special teams. Each player must take pride in his individual performance. He must involve himself with his team’s objectives and unselfishly strive to achieve all goals. In order to play this way, one must have a complete grasp of what each defense requires and the confidence to execute his assignment effectively. Doubt will defeat aggressiveness. In order to be e@ aggressive you must have the knowledge of your position. When you prepare yourself mentally and physically, you will be able to relax and concentrate and react with speed and quickness. The confidently prepared player never worries about a previous play that didn’t go his way; he always concentrates on the business at hand—the next snap! DISCIPLINE Do what has to be done. When it has to be done, As well as it can be done And do it that way ALL THE TIME..... *Understand the concept of the defense and coverage along with memorizing your assignment. *Execute your responsibility and technique correctly every. play. *Condition yourself to perfection through proper practice habits e *Be demanding of yourself, be your own worst critic. 4VI. ATTENTION TO DETAIL e Winning is nothing less than yourself seriously enough to demand excellence. Develop awareness of even the smallest details that can help you succeed, and concentrate on improving them. Line up properly, key properly, communicate, use proper technique, develop great footwork, take proper leverage angles, have great play entry, develop great ball skills,, study your opponent. Never ignore the fundamentals. Practice for perfection. Vil. COURAGE OF CONVICTION “One is not what he says he is, but what he demonstrates himself to be.” Robert Duran e@ Courage of conviction means having the mental strength to stand for something, regardless of what others might think. It means having the courage to stand by your beliefs and not be influenced by the masses. People of conviction have strong integrity and solid sense of right and wrong. This is a trait that others notice and respect. *Practice with a purpose. *Don’t let other players dictate your practice tempo *Stay focused on the task at hand. For us to perform as a secondary at a championship level, every player must commit himself to developing these qualities. Each of us must _expect and demand of one another the commitment to these qualities. People always say “I just want to win.” That’s easy everybody “wants” to win, just like everyone “wants” to go to heaven. But in order to go to heaven, you must first be committed to something. In e order to win you must also be committed to something. You must be committed to excellence, you must be committed to yourself and you must be committed to one another. 5VIII, RESPONSIBILITY Execution of individual responsibility is essential to the success of Team Defense. You must know your assignment versus nun and pass before the snap of the ball. By gaining a complete knowledge of the defensive scheme, as well as memorizing your specific assignment, you will be better able to react to unforeseen situations. You should approach every snap of the ball with a “Plan of Acton.” Effective secondaries not only react to the offense but make the offense react to them. Things we should be consistently aware of: 1. Defensive call: Do not leave the huddle without knowing. the called defense. Watch the signal caller, listen, and concentrate on the call. 2. Individual Responsibility: Know your assignment versus pass or run, Know what your priority is. Know your alignment and any possible adjustments. 3. Strength and Weakness of the Defense: Understand the concept of the defense called, how does it affect your position, where is your help, what will offense do to attack this defense. Know why we call this defense and what we are trying to stop. 4, Game Situations: a. Down and Distance: You should always know the down and distance, listen to the Strong Safety in the huddle. Know what our opponent tendencies are by down and distance. b. Offensive Personnel: You should always know who the opponent has in the game. Listen to the Free Safety in the huddle. c. Field Position: This is equally as important as down and distance and personnel. You should be aware of our opponent's tendencies by field position. What will they do when coming out of own end zone, at what position on the field will they use trick plays, when will they gamble, etc. d. Score and Time Remaining: Know how much time is remaining in half/game and what our opponent needs to accomplish. Are they setting up for a field goal, do they need a touchdown, can they stop the clock with time-outs. are they trying to run out the clock. Always be alert to these variables. 65. Opponents Offense: a. Huddle: know where their people line up in the huddle. Find the TE to help in identifying strength. Always back out of our huddle keeping eyes on opponent as they break their huddle in order to help us quickly identify formations. Be aware of the no-huddle play when. opponent is behind and time is running out. b. Formations: What is the opponent's tendency by formation? Every formation has a favorite play or plays that run from it, you must be aware of these plays. How does motion and resultant formation affect their tendencies IX. COMMUNICATION Constant communication between defensive players is a critical element in being a successful defensive team. As defensive backs, our communication with linebackers and other defensive backs should begin as soon as the signal caller makes the defensive call, and continue right up through the whistle blowing a play dead. As the offensive team breaks the huddle and deploys, we need to recognize the offensive personnel and offensive formations. Every play will involve a Strength or Direction call, a Force call, Run or Pass calls, Crack calls, and also could involve alerting teammates to fumbles or interceptions Every player must understand and recognize the importance of proper and constant communication, and his responsibilities and assignments for communication throughout a play. During practice we will perfect our ability to communicate with linebackers and other defensive backs.X. BASIC ALIGNMENT RULES :Our alignment rules will be based on e the opponents’ personnel. (A) REGULAR 2 Wides, 2 Backs, 1 Tight End (B) ACE = 2 Wides, 1 Back, 2 Tight Ends (© KINGS 3 Wides, 1 Back, 1 Tight End (D) QUEENS 3 Wides, 2 Backs (&) FLUSH 4 Wides, 1 Back (F) STRAIT 4 Wides, 1 TE (G) ROYAL 5 Wides (H) TENS 2 Tight Ends, 2 Backs, 1 Wide () CLUBS 3 Tight Ends, 1 Back, 1 Wide (J) SACKS = 3 Tight Ends, 2 Backs (Short Yardage) In “match-up” coverage’s (0,1,3,5,7) vs 2 WR personnel groupings REGULAR or ACE- the strong safety will align to the closed side- vs slot sets (X/Z aligned on same side) strong safety align away from the slot. In “stay coverage’s (2,4,6,8, DBL Digits, F.Z., 3B) the comers stay Right and Left and the strong safety will align to the strength of the formation. VS C.O.S. motion DB’s alert to bump. e XI. FUNDAMENTALS A. ALIGNMENT: Every coverage will have a specitic alignment, You must be disciplined in your play to know and execute this phase. More importantly, you will be responsible for the disguise of our defense. DO NOT GIVE THE QUARTERBACK A PRE-SNAP LOOK. B. STANCE: A good stance allows you freedom for quick movement and permits correct steps. Comers in space have the outside foot up. Strong safety and Corners in space have the outside foot up. Strong Safety and Corners on a Tight End have inside foot up. Free Safety can assume a more erect stance with a slight stagger- either foot up.C. STANCE TIPS: Flex ankles, knees and hips Hips are cocked in slightly weight on forward foot and balls of feet Shoulders forward Head up and chin out over toes Arms hanging loosely Eyes focused on keys Alert but relaxed Pere apee D. INITAIAL STEPS: We will use Back/Pedal; Squat, Squat/.Sink, Slam, or Cross Over Run for early technique. The main difference between Squat, Slam and Back/ Pedal is the width of our BASE. We will use a Wider base for Squat and Slam. All movements should be natural and relaxed. When using the Back/Pedal, the back foot must move first. Do not turn your hips until forced to by the receiver. We want to stay square through the 14-16 yard route level. Study the angle of the receiver's hips to determine deep or intermediate routes. E. BACK/PEDAL: Backpedal into drop utilizing the “3Step Drop” read. Your steps should mirror the Quarterback’s. You need enough initial depth to allow you the time to do this. In your stance, your weight is centered over your front foot and your shoulders should be in front of your hips. Bend at the waist. Push off the front foot and step with your back foot. Guard against a false step which will ruin the 3 Step Read. Shoulders should remain square to the line of scrimmage at all times. EUNDAMENTALS (CONTINUED) The objective of a good pedal is to enable you to change the angle of your drop without crossing your legs. The longer you can stay square, the more effective your coverage will be. After the route has progressed through the 3 STEP READ, work into your normal pedal with the selected control on the receiver. ** SPECIAL NOTE** BE ALERT FOR DOUBLE ROUTES OUT OF OUR 3 STEP READ. C.P. BACK/PEDAL- SETTLE-DRIVE ON RECEIVER’S ANGLE- EYES TO WR!!!XI. eee ee ee DRIVE ANGLE: Success in secondary play is dependent in large part on taking good angles. Once you recognize where you must go, you must take an intelligent angle to get there. You must come out of your plant and drive at the proper interception angle,. In most instances, this will be the up-field shoulder of the receiver, six yards in front of him. Only duck-under a receiver to play the ball- not because of a guess. PLAY THE BALL: BE AGGRESSIVE. RESPECT is the biggest asset you can have MAKE THE RECEIVER RESPECT YOU!!! Don’t worry about what he might do in the game, let him worry about what you might do! Always play the ball at its highest point. Remember, the object of the defense is to get the ball. Hold a position that will enable you to see your coverage and the ball. If you can’t make the interception, then strip the receiver by attacking his up-field arm. If the strip is not attainable, then make the best possible tackle that you can make. TACKLE: Nothing indicates the attitude, effort or pride of a defense more clearly than the quality of its tackling. It is almost always the determining factor in a vietory. When you hit and tackle well, you WIN! The most important fundamental of tackling is the desire to put the man on the ground,. Never lunge or leave your feet too soon.. Hit through the Tunner, not to the runner. Keep your eyes open and lock your arms. You must have an aggressive frame of mind to piay foulball—t never saw a man make a big hit with a smile on his face. Earn the respect of your opponent—make him remember you. Hit, lock and lift. DEFENSING THE RUN FLOW/.PURSUIT Each defender must be able to identify the flow of a play. Every defender has a specific leverage responsibility on run toward him and run away from him. We have terms to clearly define what each defenders pursuit responsibility consists of: Force Plug Secondary Force Fill Are: Pursuitn e - 1, FORCE: Responsibility assigned to a defender to contain a perimeter running play to the inside while constricting the width of the running lane, forcing the cutback, or making the tackle. You may also force the runner to bounce deep and outside. KEY: TE, backfield triangle, OG, OT. Try to see as much as possible. When key indicates run, react quickly. TECHNIQUE: Force at an angle from outside-in. Point of aim is 4-5 yards outside the last offensive core player 1 yard across L.O.S. Meet and neutralize lead blocker before he can turn up-field. Keep outside arm and leg free and shoulders square to L.O.S. Do not trade one for one. Make tackle on ball carrier who bounces outside. Force man has pitch versus option, . PLUG: The area between the force man and the next inside pursuit. KEY: Determined by defense. TECHNIQUE: Get into position to play “fill” and hold firm. Do not be forced outside cutback area. Be in a position to make tackle as force turns ball carrier inside. Be prepared to overlap- force to spillage. . Secondary Force: Support given by deep outside defender who has pass responsibility first. KEY: Eligible receivers, QB, ball. TECHNIQUE: If key releases, stay in coverage until ball crosses L.O.S. and all possibility of pass is eliminated. If key blocks and run play develops, react to run from outside-in and become force if primary force is lost. . FULL: Support given by deep inside defender who has pass responsibility first. KEY: Uncovered linemen, QB, ball. ‘Technique: Establish an inside-out leverage position on the ball carrier to take away the inside running lane and prevent the cut back possibility.5. . Are: The furthest defender on the side away from the run must take a pursuit e angle to the ball ata point which he can intersect the ball catrier to prevent a touchdown, Do not allow the ball to cutback across your face. 6. Pursuit: All others on defense are responsible for getting to the ball after falfilling primary responsibility. Great pursuit is accomplished by great effort and proper angles. Proper play entry and leverage are critical to eliminating the big play by the offense. Most big offensive plays occur as the result of defenders taking poor leverage angles to the ball and creating cutback lanes. We will be discipline and work on every snap to have proper play entry and maintain proper leverage on the ball xm. Run Support Terms . “Sky” Safety force . “Cloud” - Comer force “Backer” - Linebacker force (Zone Coverage) |. “Bronco” - Linebacker force (Man Coverage) . “Read” - Keyed force between LB and DB vs. Tight e Formation. “Replace” - Keyed force between: CB and SS vs. crack block LB and DB vs. Tight Wing formation yaene a 1210. ML. 12. 13. “4 15. 16. 7. 18. DEFENSING THE PASS NE. GE. TE Determine prior to the snap your coverage responsibility. Be aware of personnel, formation and what receivers are threats to your area of responsibility. Approach the L.O.S. with a “Plan of Action.” Tn true zone be as deep as the deepest and as wide as the widest up to the divider point in your zone. If responsible for a deep zone, keep all receivers in front of you. Vision is through receiver to the QB, always see the ball, use peripheral vision to locate receivers. Do not play air, go only as wide and as deep as you have to go to cover your responsibility. Use cheat rule on flow away. Great ball reaction is paramount to great zone defense. Break on the QB’s left ‘hand coming off the ball and thrown. ‘When two men enter your zone, favor the deeper receiver, play deep to shallow, and break on the thrown ball to the shallow receiver. Eliminate the deep completion. Communicate with LB’s and other defensive backs to increase the cohesiveness of the defense. Most interceptions are made as the defender moves forward irito the ball. Take direct lines to the ball. A tipped ball will be an interception because of great hustle on every play. ‘Gamble for the interception when playing a short zone. ‘When responsible for a deep zone, never go in front of the intended receiver unless you can get both hands on the ball. Play the ball, not the receiver. Vision must be to the ball to avoid interference calls. “Oskie” is the call to indicate an interception. Interceptor should run towards near sideline and other deep backs become blockers.’ Be sure to block intended receiver. Strip any receiver who does catch the ball. a. Attack him, put face mask on back of his helmet, ¢. Drive through him. ». Pull his arms apart - Expand your chest. 4. Keep your legs moving e. Rip the ball out Be aware of field position. 13ZONE COVERAGE TERMS ‘True3 deep rotation to right or left. DB will play curl-flat to side of call. 2. “RALPH/LARRY” ‘Modified 3 deep rotation to right or left. Safety to call side will play hook curl. ‘Comer opposite call side will play man to man on #1 (Zone Concept). 3. “ROSE/LISA” Modified 3 ‘deep rotation to right or left. Safety to call side will play outside 1/3. ‘Comer to call side will play hard squat in lat. Comer opposite call side will play man to man on #1 (Zone Concept). 4. #RA Ys, Ye, ¥ rotation t right or left, call is made to % side. Safety to call side will play ¥% field coverage, safety opposite call side will play inside %4 technique. Comer to call side will play squat technique, comer opposite call side will play outside % technique. 5. SSTRETCH” Call made in true 3 deep zones vs, 2x2 formations to defend 4 vertical routes. Outside defenders play punch and widen to #1 if #1 is up cushion. Curl - flat player must cushion if #1 is up. 6. “CLOUD? Call that puts comer in flat zone with safety in cither outside 1/3 or deep 4. 7: Call to put specific comer in m/m in a zone concept coverage. 8. SELOW" FS call to comer in Cover 2 to alert comer to backfield action. 9, “WHOPPER” FS call to indicate formation strength is set into sideline. 10.“ZONE.IT* ' Safety call indicating true 4's technique on strong side of cover 6. 11. “ZOMBIE? Call alerting FS and Backside Comer #1 strong is in crack alignment and vs. flow pass, FS will rob dig if TE crosses and Backside Comer will drive to post. 12. “ROGER/LINDA” Fire zone 3 deep rotation to right or left. Safety to the call side play seam. Safety away from the call side play deep middle. 13, “RAP/LAM” A call indicating direction of line charge, and blitz side safety. 4ZONE COVERAGE TECHNIQUES ® inderneath Zones A. Cur-Flat Drop Take a drop angle that will take you to a point 12 yards in depth and 2 yards inside the original alignment of the #1 receiver. ° 0008 4 z Expand with depth on any route from the inside that expands to the flat zone area. With 2 outside releases you must always play from top down (deep to shallow). Do not get out flanked in width by 2 receivers. Run with and cover any flat release by an inside receiver that tums into a flat & up - eee PUNCH AND WIDEN YS. SLOT Q aa he a: i oe ie 15‘Versus a pattern with no flat release, get depth under the #1 receiver. Listen for an “in-in” or “out-out” call from the outside 1/3 defender and adjust your drop. 7: Q Q Wolo weed ® e ven in” “ont eet” ‘Ifthe #2 receiver is displaced you must re-route #2 out of the seam area and hold off any seam route until you feel the push of the hook defender, then expand to the flat. ‘PUNCH AND WIDEN Oo oof ve Ifyou get a *CHINATcall from the outside'1/3 defender turn and play to the~*CHINA™ route, i oon SNe 16‘Versus 2x2 formations with a “Stretch” call in effect, you must punch#2 on any 4 up the field vertical routes and widen to #1. If #1 is vertical “cushion”under him, o : o Boones ° Sonos lle B._Buzz Drop “Take a drop angle to get under the #1 receiver. You are not responsible for a “7” route. Ifa “Flat” route shows, jump it. Ifyou get a “China''call, play to it, Carry any 2nd man through zone. ° oO oonoo ° m0 If there is no “out” route by #1, no “Flat” route shows or no ““China"call, deepen and squeeze back to the next eligible. Q ° Q ° oie oer ° 2B 17‘C. :Seam Drop ~_ Played in 3 deep 3 uniderneath zones. Drop inside the #2 receiver and work to his outside shoulder. Squeeze #2 from outside-in on any upfield or inside release witil #3 6 forces you to the flat. Cushion #2 on vertical release to safety... Deliver #2 to next defender or next eligible - if #2/#3 tight match deepest and outside. 008 — Read #2, #3 route progression and match-up to the final #2 receiver. S can Versus the “Lead Pass” (9-7-3) you must carry the “7” route from undemeath. ° ooh boo a Ifboth #2 and #3 release opposite you, squeeze back with the upfield route, [Fo ® 18‘Versus the 3 receiver bunch “Star Pass” sit shallow. (Adjust alignment to LB'er depth.) : oo hoo goo 7 K E, Hook-Curi ‘Versus 2 eligibles to your side work inside-out on #2. If #2 to the flat, play curl, look for #1 on inside cut. ° 4 i 8 008. cooBoo pe A me If #2 is upfield, play hook, wall off #2 fiom inside-out. ° ° 1 lo ob : cooBoo lg | \ If #2 tries to release inside, collision him and squeeze him to the ball, then drop and deepen, 19If #2 releases away from you work to hook area, oO ° cobooo ce Versus 3 eligibles to your side work inside-out on #3. If #2 and #3 release outside, push to #3. ° —tshss ° 1f #2 and #3 are working upfield and inside play between them, top-downl deep route to shallow route) - Oy © good foots? Se F. Buster Drop Collision #2 and squeeze from outside-in. Squeeze #2 until a flat route shows then jump the flat. yaa e 20‘The “Buster”. technique must always be aware of the release of #3. If #3 releases away, squeeze #2 until another route threatens your flat. ° : oofooe Sano NI ‘Versus Trips or near back the “Buster” must squeeze back to and cover any “Trail” route. The Dime must carry a vertical by #2 or #3, Versus Over-Split between 42/83 prepared to lock #2 strong. o% ee ooBoo ° ooBoo ° i BR On Oe ° f ° of oo ° ° at: °° 7 ®I 9 Versus a "China" route the “Buster” will play to the "China" until another route threatens the flat. ee —P h 5 t | oodoo ° ooBooo ° | 21G. “Quarterst Technique ‘Align inside.or outside shade of #2 receiver depending on his split in relation to the #3 receiver. ® If #2 releases to the flat, jump the route and cover any flat & up. Q Q é °° b : eee 2 If #2 releases to the inside, squeeze #2 until a new #2 shows up to the flat, then play the new #2. o———. ° b — coofoo /. a a ° ° b 4 eootoo =i : 22If #2 releases upfield cushion him to 14 yards, keep vision to ball. Deny free vertical release - hand check #2 keep him out of seam e 8 b / ° : ‘ oo i oooboo fl | 7 1f #2 and #3 release upfield and to outside, cushion and break up on shallow route. ooh ‘ boo a - H. Flat Zone-Squat Collision the #1 receiver with outside hand dominance. e. On inside release, control receiver and find next inside-out receiver threat. Ifyou see ; a flat threat release #2 and work to flat area at 45°crossover, cushion any 7 route and break to flat, (Split the angle/play deep to shallow). 308 Ny | 5S & Se ee SOn upfield release, control receiver and find next inside-out receiver threat. 1f #2 is upfield continue to fall off and cushion #1 until a flat route shows then work back to flat zone. (Maximum depth 12 yards.) eo doo , pooh oo oop00 If "China" route develops, make a "China" call to next inside defender and cushion the upfield route. “China” \ ; L <'#"china” 24L. Flat Zone-Hard Squat Technique is played when you are backed up by a deep outside 1/3 defender. Sit hard on #1 and collision him from inside-out, force the outside release and sit in the flat zone, you do not cushion a deep route, jump any flat route. 4 Hee) 4 ne ooo oobo0o Q c i J. Sink Technique Collision receiver from outside-in. Cover #1 n/m on any inside breaking route except a "China® You do not have to keep width on an inside receiver to the flat g ai : oat cook : ooo0 Pl ooon0 Ifa-“China*route develops call "China-China™ and squeeze to the inside route. 2 i Or ane v oof “China. China’ If #1 gets an outside release you can roll off with him, but you must then check inside for 7 route. #1 i yours m/m unless 7 route shows. Q g ooh i ood » 4if LJ we A, Outside 1/3 ic ) + B. ‘Apply hash split rule to receivers alignment. At snap of ball read QB thru 3 step drop, react to any Quick throw. Backpedal at an angle of retreat that takes you to a point roughly 3 yards outside the numbers. Read #2 receiver, if #2 is upfield then midpoint #1 and #2. Q 4° : ° tas ° : Pe ol 1f #2 is not an upfield threat, man squeeze #1, stay over the top. i Q ° ° : een Point of Aim is 22 yards depth, 3. yards inside the top of the numbers, ‘At snap open and drive to 18 yards depth. “Fishtail” to 22-25 yards, 2 yards inside the numbers. Read QB for 3 step or run action. 1f3 step or run action show slow your drop to Feact quickly. 26See ball to big picture on pass. Read #2to#1. #2 is vertical threat #1 is width threa If #2 is upfield hold position 2 yards inside edge of numbers, keep depth to overlap #1 and #2. eee fo If #2 blocks or releases to flat, lean out to #1. g 7 h cob iL 900 C. Inside 1/4 cP. Read the release of #2 receiver. If #2 is upfield beyond 15 yards cover him mm. If #2 is not vertical, look to help post-curl on #1 on any inside route (zone- 2 L 2 ooo : boo { 1 Vs. regular formations in cover 6. An aggressive backer force and coverage ‘technique will be employed by the SS. If #2 is up-field beyond 15. yards cover him M/M. -If # 2 is not vertical, look to help curl-post on #1 on any inside route. 27If #2 releases to the flat, open to #1 and lodk'to drive on Quick slant. Roll off on Post. If #1 is on outside route look to offside help. 24 24 24 : | ooo oon Sef 1f#2 releases across, zone inside 1/4. Look to help comer on 6 cut or post, play from topdown. (Cover 6 play curl-post roll off on 6 cut underneath.) Q °° : Q : [ Q00 Lp c If#1 is underneath #2 look to nail the inside shoulder of #2 on upfield route. o0—> oo Q i Q ood | oo ° hy J “7 D. Middle 1/3 Post) ‘Drive to middle of field, “Fishtail” and backpedal to gain depth. Read release of outside receivers. If#I’s are on inside release get depth in post and finish all post routes from top down. Gain depth the longer the QB holds the ball. If#1's release to outside, feel inside routes and break on deep outside routes. 28ZOMBIE CALL ALERTING FS AND BACKSIDE CORNER ##1 STRONG OR WEAK IS IN CRACK ALIGNMENT VS. FLOW PASS, FS WILL ROB THE DIG AREA AND THE BACKSIDE CORNER WILL DRIVE TO THE POST. GP.: "ONLY" CALLED WHEN PLAY 3 DEEP COVERAGES. (INCLUDING FIRE ZONES) ZO IT CALL MADE BY SAFETY IN 6 COVERAGE VS. CRACK ALIGNED #1 - TRIPS - REMOVED #2. "ZONEAT” CONVERTS CORNERS TECHNIQUE FROM INSIDE M/M (PRESS) TO OUTSIDE 1/4 TECH. “ZONE4T” CONVERTS: ‘THE SAFETIES INSIDE 1/4 TECH FROM CURL/POST TO POST/CURL. AND CHANGES HIS ALIGNMENT FROM 7210 10 YARDS DEEP. SAFTIES BACKPEDAL AT WR SPEED “WHITE LEFT” “RAY” | “LEX” “WHITE RIGHT. Oo oO Oo oc Oo cooBco clo cocoon s s Pee Pe S| c ‘SQUAT vA, SREG FS FS ss “ZONEIT” SZONEST” 29 i s Align head up t inside shade of receiver. Concentrate on the receiver alone, do not be offsides. Stay square to L.O.S. Do not lunge out at receiver, stay balanced. Do not over react to outside fakes, except to inch back from receiver. Must wider release of WR. No free releases. Versus Outside Release = Use offhand to jam and disrupt the receivers route and knock him off stride. Play high and take a good cutoff angle to defend the fade route. = Get eyes to offside hip and react to out and comeback, feel receivers lower body with outside hand. - Versus 6 route back inside use speed turn to close to receiver. Versus Inside Relea: = Clamp receiver with outside hand and squeeze him down the L.O.S.— do not allow him to get his shoulders tumed up field. - _ Play low shoulder and outside if he is inside the numbers. If outside the numbers play high and cut off all deep routes. ‘Tight Outsides Press - Align head up to outside shade of the receiver. Concentrate on the receiver alone, do not be offsides. + Stay square to L.O.S ~ Do not lunge out at receiver, stay balanced. - Do not over react to inside fakes, except to inch back from receiver. Versus Outside Release A ae = Use offhand to jam and disrupt the receiver's route and knock him off stride. Play high and take a good cutoff angle to defend the fade route. - Get eyes to offside hip and react to out and comeback, feel receivers lower body with outside hand. Versus Inside Release > Clamp Receiver and squeeze him down inside. - Maintain position on outside hip on any up field releases, take away deep routes. - You must cut off seam to force receiver to M.O.F. safety. = Versus shallow cross route cut right behind receiver to avoid “pick” and protect on pivot route.Align head up to the receiver. -On Straight ahead release use two hand jam. -Vetsus outside release use offhand jam, overplay fade. -Versus inside release clamp and squeeze. -Versus multiple L.O.S. fakes by the receiver, inch back and be patient, stay . square and jam on receivers release. ‘Quick Jam Inside ign head up to inside shade of receiver. -This is a quick and aggressive technique. -At snap of ball step up and to inside with inside foot and deliver a hand shiver to the nape of the receivers neck. -Lock out at elbow and deny the inside release. ~Keep separation. -Do not lunge out at receiver, stay balanced. -On outside release maintain contact with receiver, open outside hip and work high to cutoff the fade. -If receiver swipes your hand off just swing with his swipe and replace your hand. d Jam jam) ~Align head up to the receiver. -Use peripheral vision to key ball. -At snap strike out at receiver with both hands, bring lower body with you. -Do not lunge, stay balanced. -Deny inside release and use offhand jam on release. @ -Only use this technique with safety ¥% help. snap, slide step inside and use inside hand to jam and restrict inside route, make inside route go over the top of you. -Versus upfield release work back to outside position and use safety help. -Slip to receivers outside shoulder “only” no wider. “Slip may occur only after curl, slant, dig possibilities are exhausted 12-15 yards deep. ‘Soft (Stand) ~Align head up to receiver. -At snap, retreat staying square and shuffle to keep receiver in front of you. When receiver closes to you use ofthand jam to gain proper leverage position. ~Align head up to receiver At snap, hop back a step to give the receiver the impression you are using a soft technique. ~Use press the release techniques. @. 36Pass alignment use slam footwork, stepping with inside foot. Jump on quick inside release. Can use “Catch” technique. ‘You want to get inside position, so if the receiver widens on his release, do not over commit outside. If the receiver goes inside of you, slide in to obtain inside position. When receiver gets even with you tum and run with him 1 yard underneath and 1 yard inside. Run under control so that you can react quickly to his moves and not over-run. If outside pattern, take a reduced angle to get in the throwing lane. (It is important to always work for an underneath position on the receiver - don’t get even or driven upfield.) Be aggressive at the L.O.S, and patient once receiver progresses into his route — eyes should be focused on receivers inside bip — alert to hip height and stride length. 37MAN COVERAGE TERMS 2 Defenders playing 2 receivers inside/outside on release. Generally a LB’er and DB. f 2 Defenders playing inside/outside on 1 receiver. ‘A Bracket on the #2 receiver. A slot receiver. ‘A Bracket on the #1 receiver. A Bracket on a motioning receiver that has the safety playing the outside % of the bracket. ‘Man to man coverage on a back who Blocks. Coverage is from depth. Call vs. motion to indicate DB’s stay with assigned coverage, Call vs. motion to indicate DB’s will switch assigned coverage so as not to Call between safeties to indicate they will cover any motion. Call between safeties to indicate they will invert or bump motion. 2 Defenders playing 2 receivers inside/outside on release (DB and DB.) You/me call off inside receivers release. Call indicating inside to outside M/M technique vs. slot or “Nasty” split WR. Cail made by either safety indicating 3 defenders playing 2 receivers inside/outside and hole on release. “14. “COMBO” ‘Two defenders playing man to man on one receiver based on his release.BLOCK PROTECTION Not allowing your self to get blocked by one offensive player, maintaining proper leverage on a blocker, and keeping your feet will make us a great pursuit defense. 1 Chop Bloc! Be aware of blockers angle towards you. Is he trying to kick you ‘outside or wall you inside. Close the space between yourself and the blocker to squeeze the running Jane. Bend your knees, outside foot back. Keep your eyes on the blocker, while maintaining ball awareness. Put your inside hand on the blocker, while maintaining ball awareness. Drive blocker into ground, do not let him get into your legs. C.P. It is imperative you leverage the ball — not the block. Shuffle your fect, staying square to L.O.S, and maintain leverage keep the ball inside of you, turn the ball back to the pursuit. Never give up one for one on any block. G. After defeating blocker, find the ball and make the tackle. ‘Again — leverage the ball carrier — not the blocker. BDO wp ee Tl. —_Kick-Out Block A. Close the space between yourself and the blocker to squeeze the running lane, Stay square to L.O.S. keeping outside foot back. B. Bend your knees and tuck your chin into your shoulder. Eyes on blocker. Hit and lift. Maintain leverage and awareness to the ball. C. Explode into blocker and use hands to separate and maintain proper leverage. Never give up one for one on this block. Stay alive to the ball. (give ground to make ground) D. After defeating blocker, find the ball and make the tackle. If ball cartier attempts to bounce outside, pursue parallel to L.O.S. If ball cartier cuts sharp inside, fll in to make tackle. TIL. Stalk Block By Receiver A. Maintain proper leverage position on receiver. B. Attack blocker, butt him straight-up use hands to separate from. blocker and keep him away from your body. Grasp the jersey at the top of his numbers and jerk and pull yourself by. C. —_ Beaggressive, change your approach to defeating this block. At times you can simply out quick receivers, especially if you have played him aggressively a few times and he’s sitting back. D. _If you hesitate and play “cat and mouse”, your getting blocked. Be aggressive and use your strength and quickness. @ E. _ Dono get walled away from your assigned leverage responsibility. : G. Stalemate, Separate, Accelerate!!! 39Iv. Crack Block 1. 2 3. a Be aware of a minus split or motion to shorten split. ‘The defender seeing the block must call out “Crack” to-alert inside defenders. Inside defender must attack running lane to beat crack underneath causing drastic crack angle by receiver. This helps eliminate the “Crack & Go” so outside defender can replace the inside defenders run lane by closing directly off the tail of crack block. Crack the.cracker. Do not pop the crack - if cracked play under the block and assume crack and go coverage responsibility.TACKLING Desire, proper Body Positioning, Play Entry and Balance are essential in tackling. 1. Keep your eyes open and look through the ball carriers numbers. 2. Bend your knees, bull your neck, arch your back and stay square to the ball cartier. Do Not hit or tackle with the top of your head. 3. Keep a wide base with your feet alive and accelerate your feet and club up and through with your arms on contact. Roll your hips into ball carrier and drive ‘your body thru him. Squeeze as tight as possible (Wrap arms, grab cloth) and drive the ball carrier back. 4, Always bring your feet to the ball carrier, do not lunge. Keep your chin over your toes. Tackle through to the far leg. Squeeze head back into ball carrier. 5. Do not dive unless going over a man to make the tackle or as a last resort. 6. Open Field Tackling ‘A. Balance feet and momentum slightly before making tackle. B. Use sideline if possible. (When outside the numbers) C. Keep proper pursuit position. (Leverage - cup the ball) D. Eliminate cutback. E. tackle high, do not lunge or dive. F. Keep body and feet square throughout approach and tackle. G. Execute good tackling fundamentals upon contact (#1 - 3). H. Know where your help is. 7. Angle Tackle ‘A. Work to get upfield shoulder and head across the ball carrier. B. Utilize good open field tackling fundamentals. (#6) C. “Always, Always, Always” - Balance your feet as you close to the ball cartier. D. Hit-n- lift. E. Maintain proper leverage angles. F. Maintain low pad level flex knees for power/leverage. 8. LastMan ‘A. Give ground if you must. B. Use hands to play off blocker. C. Buy time for help. D. Do not pick a side. (Two Gap A blocker) E. Grab cloth give us a chance to play the next snap. 41